Volume 2 Written Statement Full (PDF 4 MB) - Vattenfall

Environmental Report 

Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm 

Onshore Transmission Works 

December 2012 

PREFACE ....................................................................................................................... 5 

1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 6 

1.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 6 

1.2 The Proposed Development ................................................................................. 6 

1.3 The Applicant ........................................................................................................ 7 

1.4 Project Team ........................................................................................................ 8 

1.5 Purpose of the Environmental Report ................................................................... 8 

1.6 Limitations and Technical Difficulties .................................................................... 9 

1.7 Structure of the ER ............................................................................................... 9 

2 SITE SELECTION AND ASSESSMENT OF ALTERNATIVES ................................. 11 

2.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 11 

2.2 The Requirement for the Proposed Development ................................................. 11 

2.3 The ‘Do nothing’ Scenario ..................................................................................... 11 

2.4 Methodology for Site Selection Process ................................................................ 11 

2.5 References ........................................................................................................... 20 

3 PLANNING AND POLICY CONTEXT ...................................................................... 21 

3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 21 

3.2 The Statutory Development Plan (Development Plan) .......................................... 21 

3.3 Material Considerations ........................................................................................ 28 

3.4 Concluding Statement .......................................................................................... 34 

3.5 References ........................................................................................................... 35 

4 ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL PROCESS, SCOPING AND CONSULTATION 

RESPONSES .................................................................................................................. 37 

4.1 Scoping and Consultation ..................................................................................... 37 

5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 45 

5.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 45 

5.2 Proposed Development Site Description ............................................................... 45 

5.3 Proposed Development Description ...................................................................... 45 

5.4 Construction ......................................................................................................... 54 

5.5 Operation .............................................................................................................. 60 

5.6 Decommissioning ................................................................................................. 61 

5.7 Glossary ............................................................................................................... 62 

5.8 References ........................................................................................................... 64 

6 HYDROLOGY, HYDROGEOLOGY AND GROUND CONDITIONS .......................... 65 

6.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 65 

6.2 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 67 

6.3 Baseline ................................................................................................................ 69 

6.4 Development Design Mitigation ............................................................................ 81 

6.5 Impact Assessment .............................................................................................. 81 

6.6 Mitigation .............................................................................................................. 84 

6.7 Residual Impacts .................................................................................................. 86 

6.8 Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 86 

6.9 Cumulative Impacts .............................................................................................. 86 

6.10 In-Combination Impacts ........................................................................................ 86 

6.11 Statement of Significance ..................................................................................... 87 

6.12 Summary of Impact Assessment .......................................................................... 87 

6.13 Appendices ........................................................................................................... 89 

6.14 References ........................................................................................................... 89 

7 ECOLOGY AND ORNITHOLOGY ............................................................................ 91 

7.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 91 

7.2 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 95 

7.3 Baseline ................................................................................................................ 98 



7.6 Mitigation and Enhancement ................................................................................ 109 

CONTENTS Page 2 of 211




December 2012 


7.8 In-combination Impacts ......................................................................................... 111 


7.10 Appendices ........................................................................................................... 113 

7.11 References ........................................................................................................... 113 

8 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL ..................................................................................... 115 

8.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 115 

8.2 Assessment Methodology ..................................................................................... 116 

8.3 Baseline Assessment ........................................................................................... 120 



8.6 Summary .............................................................................................................. 145 

8.7 Appendices ........................................................................................................... 146 

8.8 References ........................................................................................................... 146 

9 CULTURAL HERITAGE ........................................................................................... 147 

9.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 147 

9.2 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 148 

9.3 Baseline ................................................................................................................ 152 



9.6 Mitigation .............................................................................................................. 157 

9.7 Residual Impacts and Monitoring .......................................................................... 157 

9.8 Cumulative and In-Combination Impacts .............................................................. 157 

9.9 Summary of Impact Assessment .......................................................................... 158 


9.11 Summary .............................................................................................................. 160 

9.12 Appendices ........................................................................................................... 160 

9.13 References ........................................................................................................... 160 

10 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT ................................................................................... 162 

10.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 162 

10.2 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 164 

10.3 Baseline ................................................................................................................ 165 



10.6 Mitigation .............................................................................................................. 177 

10.7 Cumulative Impact Assessment ............................................................................ 178 


10.9 Appendices ........................................................................................................... 178 

10.10 References ........................................................................................................... 178 

11 NOISE & VIBRATION .............................................................................................. 180 

11.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 180 

11.2 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 181 

11.3 Baseline ................................................................................................................ 182 



11.6 Mitigation .............................................................................................................. 188 


11.8 Cumulative Impacts .............................................................................................. 189 

11.9 In-Combination Impacts ........................................................................................ 189 

11.10 Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 190 


11.12 Summary .............................................................................................................. 190 

11.13 Appendices ........................................................................................................... 192 

11.14 References ........................................................................................................... 192 

12 SOCIOECONOMICS, TOURISM AND RECREATION ............................................. 193 





December 2012 

12.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 193 

12.2 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 194 

12.3 Baseline Study ...................................................................................................... 196 



12.6 Mitigation .............................................................................................................. 201 


12.8 Summary of Impacts ............................................................................................. 201 


12.10 References ........................................................................................................... 202 

13 OTHER ISSUES ...................................................................................................... 203 

13.1 Electro Magnetic Fields......................................................................................... 203 

13.2 Safety and Security ............................................................................................... 203 

13.3 Carbon Balance .................................................................................................... 204 

13.4 Air Quality and Dust Management ........................................................................ 204 

13.5 Waste Management .............................................................................................. 204 

13.6 References ........................................................................................................... 205 

14 SUMMARY OF MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT ................................................ 206 

14.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 206 

14.2 Implementation of Mitigation Measures ................................................................. 206 

14.3 Review Procedure ................................................................................................ 206 

15 CONCLUSIONS ....................................................................................................... 209 





December 2012 

PREFACE 

This Environmental Report 

accompanies the planning 

application by Aberdeen Offshore 

Wind Farm Ltd to Aberdeenshire 

Council to construct and operate 

Onshore Transmission Works for 

the Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm 

(AOWF) at Blackdog, 

Aberdeenshire. 

Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd 

is a legal entity set up for the sole 

purpose of developing the 

Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm. 

Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd 

is owned by Vattenfall Wind Power 

Ltd (VWPL) (75 %) and Aberdeen 

Renewable Energy Group (AREG) 

(25 %). 

The Environmental Report has 

been prepared to EIA professional 

standards by SLR Consulting on 

behalf of AOWFL and consists of 

the following: 

Volume 1: Non Technical 

Summary 

Volume 2: Written Statement – 

main volume text 

Volume 3: Landscape and Visual 

Visualisations and Figures 

Volume 4: Appendices 

The Environmental Report will be 

available for public inspection for a 

period of 3 weeks from the date of 

advertisement in local press. 

A copy of the application, with a 

plan showing the land to which it 

relates, together with a copy of the 

Environmental Report and Design 

Statement, are available for 

inspection free of charge during 

normal office hours at: 

Aberdeenshire Council 

Infrastructure Services 

Planning & Building Services 

45 Bridge Street 

Ellon AB41 9AA 

Any comment or representation to 

the application can be made: 

• By completing the online 

representation form on the 


Planning website - 

http://www.aberdeenshire.gov. 

uk/planning/apps/index.asp 

• By email to Aberdeenshire 

Council - Formartine Area 

mailbox - 

fo.planapps@aberdeenshire.go 

v.uk 

• By post to Aberdeenshire 

Council, Infrastructure 

Services,Planning & Building 

Services, 45 Bridge Street, 

Ellon AB41 9AA 

Comments should be dated and 

should clearly state the name and 

full return email or postal address. 

The NTS will be made available for 

download from AOWFL corporate 

website 

http://www.vattenfall.co.uk/en/aber 

deen-bay.html 

In addition hard copies of the NTS 

are available free of charge and 

hard copies of the Environmental 

Report may be purchased by 

arrangement for £250 per copy or 

£10 per CD rom from: 

Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd, 

Vattenfall Wind Power Ltd., Bridge 

End, Hexham, Northumberland 

NE46 4NU 

Any further queries may be 

directed to: 

helen.jameson@vattenfall.com 

01434 611300 

PREFACE Page 5 of 211




December 2012 

1 INTRODUCTION 

1.1 Introduction 

1 This Environmental Report (ER) has been prepared by SLR Consulting Ltd 

(SLR) to accompany a planning application for the Onshore Transmission 

Works for the Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm (AOWF) (also known as the 

European Offshore Wind Deployment Centre (EOWDC)) The ‘Proposed 

Development’ is for onshore infrastructure above Mean Low Water Springs 

(MLWS), namely the substation complex and underground cabling required to 

facilitate export of power from AOWF to the national electricity transmission 

system (NETS). 

2 This ER reports the findings of an environmental assessment which has been 

carried out to identify the potential significant effects of the Proposed 

Development. A formal Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the 

offshore elements of AOWF (up to Mean High Water Springs (MHWS) is 

reported in the European Offshore Wind Deployment Centre Environmental 

Statement (ES) (July 2011) and Addendum (June 2012) which accompanied 

the Section 36 and Marine Licence consent applications submitted to Marine 

Scotland. 

3 This proposal has been considered by the Aberdeenshire Council in 

accordance with the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact 

Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2011, who have advised in their Scoping 

Response “that this development would not require an EIA.” (November 

2012). Notwithstanding, this Environmental Report (ER) has been written with 

due regard to the Guidelines for EIA issued by IEMA in 2004, and with other 

guidance documents as discussed within the relevant chapters. 

4 This Environmental Report accompanies a planning application for the 

Proposed Development, submitted to Aberdeenshire Council under The Town 

and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997. 

5 The process followed by AOWFL and its consultants ensures that all of the 

potential impacts associated with design, construction, operation and 

decommissioning have been identified and assessed and, where necessary, 

appropriate mitigation strategies adopted. Monitoring of some of the 

mitigation measures would continue during the operational phase of the 

project. 

1.2 The Proposed Development 

6 The site of the Proposed Development (the Development Site) shown in 

Figure 1-1 lies to the south-east of the village of Blackdog, approximately 4 

km to the south of Balmedie and approximately 8 km north of Aberdeen city 

centre, in the Aberdeenshire Council administrative area. 

7 The Proposed Development consists of the following: 

• Substation Compound, shown in Figure 5-1 and 5-2, comprising: 

o Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd (AOWFL) Substation 

o Voltage Power Factor Control (VPFC) equipment area (if required) 

o Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission (SHET plc) Substation 

Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION Page 6 of 211




December 2012 

o internal access roads 

o car parking area 

o landform and landscaping 

• Underground Cable Corridor, shown in Figure 5-1, comprising: 

o Cable Landfall Area between MLWS and MHWS (up to four cables) 

o Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area 

o Onshore Cabling 

8 The Proposed Development is described in detail in Chapter 5. 

9 The export of electricity from AOWF would also involve the installation of 

onshore power export cables between the SHET plc Substation and point of 

connection to the NETS at Dyce. The relevant consents for this connection 

required to be obtained by SHET plc and this connection does not form part 

of this ER or the accompanying planning application. An overview of the 

likely route of the connection from the SHET plc Substation to the NETS is 

included in Chapter 5. 

1.3 The Applicant 

10 AOWFL is an established legal entity owned by Vattenfall Wind Power Ltd 

(VWPL) (75 %) and Aberdeen Renewable Energy Group (AREG) (25 %). 

11 The overall project is being part-funded by a grant under the European Union 

(Economic Recovery Programme in the Field of Energy). Consortium 

members in this grant action are VWPL, AREG and Technip UK Ltd 

(Technip). 

Vattenfall 

12 VWPL’s ultimate holding company is Vattenfall AB (Vattenfall). Vattenfall is 

owned by the Swedish state and is Europe’s fifth largest generator of 

electricity and the continent’s largest producer of heat. 

13 Vattenfall currently operates over 500 megawatts (MW) of onshore wind and 

almost 700 MW of offshore wind across northern Europe. This portfolio 

includes Kentish Flats Offshore Wind Farm and Thanet Offshore Wind Farm, 

both located off the UK’s Kent coast. 

14 Vattenfall constructed Ormonde Offshore Wind Farm off Barrow-in-Furness in 

2011. An application to build Kentish Flats Offshore Wind Farm Extension has 

been submitted and Vattenfall is also in partnership with ScottishPower 

Renewables to develop the UK Round 3 East Anglia Offshore Wind Farm. 

15 Scotland is an important region for VWPL. The Edinbane Onshore wind 

project on Skye won the Scottish Renewables Green Energy Awards ‘Project 

of the Year’ in December 2012, while the north-east contributes to the 

proposed energy clusters through the development of the planned AOWF, the 

Clashindarroch onshore scheme approved for consent in December 2010, 

and the proposed Aultmore onshore scheme currently in planning. 

Aberdeen Renewable Energy Group (AREG) 

16 AREG is an incorporated company representing the interests of over 170 

member organisations. Established in 2001, AREG aims to ensure that 





December 2012 

Aberdeen City and Shire and its businesses play a major role in the energy 

revolution. AREG has been supported by the Energising Aberdeen Fund of 

Aberdeen City Council. The Fund represents a £22.25 million investment in 

the future of Aberdeen over five years by the Scottish Government. 

Technip 

17 Technip is a world leader in the fields of project management, engineering 

and construction offering innovative solutions to the global energy industry. 

18 With 23,000 employees, integrated capabilities and proven expertise in 

underwater infrastructure, offshore facilities and large processing units and 

plants on land, Technip is a key contributor to the development of sustainable 

solutions for the energy challenges of the 21st century. 

19 Through its Aberdeen based operating centre, Technip provides best-in-class 

subsea products and services to oil and gas companies operating offshore 

UK, Denmark, the Netherlands and West Coast of Ireland. Further to its 

established subsea business, Technip is rapidly developing capability to 

support the growing offshore wind sector. 

1.4 Project Team 

20 The environmental assessment has been managed, and this ER prepared, by 

SLR. SLR is a multi-disciplinary consultancy and a leading planning and EIA 

consultant to the renewable energy industry in the United Kingdom. 

21 SLR is a registered Environmental Impact Assessor and Member of the 

Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA). The 

company has significant experience in the preparation of planning 

applications and undertaking environmental assessment and EIA for a wide 

variety of projects including renewable energy, minerals, waste, and 

infrastructure developments. 

22 SLR has drawn upon the expertise of a predominantly in-house team of 

appropriately qualified and experienced specialists comprising town planners, 

engineers, hydrogeologists, archaeologists, ecologists and other 

environmental specialists for the majority of the technical assessments 

presented in this ER. 

23 SLR has worked closely with LDA Design in respect of the landscape and 

visual assessment of the Proposed Development. 

1.5 Purpose of the Environmental Report 

24 The main aim of the ER is to ensure that Aberdeenshire Council is able to 

assess the accompanying planning application in the full knowledge of any 

likely significant effects on the environment, which are likely to arise as a 

result of the Proposed Development. 

25 The Proposed Development on its own does not constitute EIA development 

as it falls below the relevant thresholds set out in Schedules 1 and 2 of the 

Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Scotland) 

Regulations 2011 (‘EIA Regulations’). 





December 2012 

26 However, recent case law 1 and subsequent amendments to the EIA 

Regulations (2011) suggest that extensions or amendments to existing EIA 

development could be subject to the same Regulatory controls as the main 

Schedule 1 or 2 development. 

27 This Proposed Development could be considered as an ancillary part of the 

offshore application for AOWF (EOWDC) currently being considered by 

Scottish Ministers. AOWFL therefore considers that the Proposed 

Development should therefore fall under Part 13 of Schedule 2 of the EIA 

Regulations (2011) and therefore requires to be screened as an EIA project. 

28 As discussed further in Chapter 4, AOWF commenced early consultation and 

requested a scoping opinion as if Section 14 of the EIA Regulations (2011) 

(Request for a scoping opinion) applied. 

29 The Scoping Opinion concluded that there have been no significant concerns 

raised through the consultation process and that provided consultees 

comments are taken on board and have been considered in the supporting 

information, the submission of an application is encouraged. 

30 AOWF has chosen to proceed with a professional environmental appraisal to 

EIA standards to ensure that any significant impacts were identified and 

mitigated appropriately, and it was agreed that the information would be 

presented as a Environmental Report, rather than a formal Environmental 

Statement (refer to Chapter 4: Environmental Appraisal Process, Scoping and 

Consultation Responses). 

1.6 Limitations and Technical Difficulties 

31 No significant technical difficulties were encountered when undertaking the 

environmental assessment. 

32 Where other constraints arose in undertaking any of the technical 

assessments reported in this ER, such matters are reported within the 

relevant assessment to which they refer. However, none of these issues have 

prevented the accurate assessment of potential environmental impacts or the 

identification of appropriate mitigation measures. 

1.7 Structure of the ER 

33 The initial scoping opinion from Aberdeenshire Council in October 2012 has 

informed the structure of the ER and the full results of this are set out in 

chapter 4 

34 Volume 1 provides a non-technical summary (NTS) of the ER. The purpose of 

the NTS is to ensure that the findings of the environmental assessment can 

be more readily disseminated, and the conclusions are easily understood by 

non-experts. 

35 Volume 2 of the ER is a written report and provides detailed appraisal on the 

environmental assessment process and findings. This has been set out as 

follows: 

1 R (Baker) v Bath and North East Somerset Council and Hinton Organics (Wessex) Limited [2009] EWHC 595 

(Admin) 





December 2012 

• Background information is provided in Chapters 1 to 5. These chapters 

are descriptive in nature setting out an overview of the Development Site 

and the surrounding area. 

o Chapter 1: Introduction 

o Chapter 2: Site Selection 

o Chapter 3: Planning and Policy Context 

o Chapter 4: Environmental Appraisal Process, Scoping and 

Consultation Responses 

o Chapter 5: Project Description 

• A range of detailed technical assessments are provided in Chapters 6 to 

15 covering the environmental subjects of; 

o Chapter 6: Hydrology, Hydrogeology and Ground Conditions 

o Chapter 7: Ecology and Ornithology 

o Chapter 8: Landscape and Visual 

o Chapter 9: Cultural Heritage 

o Chapter 10: Traffic and Transport 

o Chapter 11: Noise and Vibration 

o Chapter 12: Socio-Economics 

o Chapter 13: Other Issues including Electromagnetic Interference, Air 

Quality, Carbon Balance and Waste Management 

o Chapter 14: Summary of Mitigation and Management. 

o Chapter 15: Conclusions 

36 For each subject area, the relevant data and baseline information is provided 

and the potential impacts are considered. Where appropriate, mitigation 

measures are proposed and any residual impacts are considered. 

37 All of the figures that are referred to in each chapter of the ER are compiled 

separately in Volume 3: Figures. 

38 All Technical Appendices are compiled separately as Volume 4. 





December 2012 

2 SITE SELECTION AND ASSESSMENT OF ALTERNATIVES 


39 This Chapter presents a discussion of the alternative sites and designs 

considered and also discusses the ‘do nothing’ scenario, as well as the 

factors influencing site selection. 

40 Environmental considerations were given weight from the outset of the site 

selection and design process. 

41 Alternatives have been evaluated on the basis of environmental, technical, 

economic and engineering constraints identified during the design and 

environmental impact assessment process. 

2.2 The Requirement for the Proposed Development 

42 The Proposed Development is required to provide the connection between 

Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm (AOWF) and the National Electricity 

Transmission System (NETS). The Proposed Development includes the 

infrastructure which is required to convert the electricity generated by AOWF 

into a high voltage to connect to the onsite Scottish Hydro Electric 

Transmission (SHET) plc substation (included in this ER for completeness). 

2.3 The ‘Do nothing’ Scenario 

43 The ‘do nothing’ scenario assumes the baseline conditions reported in this ER 

would remain, and that no grid connection is developed for AOWF. The 

purpose of the Proposed Development is to generate electricity to export to 

the NETS and therefore if there were no AOWF, there would be no 

requirement for the Proposed Development. Conversely, without the 

Proposed Development AOWF could not progress as there would be no 

means of exporting the power generated to the NETS. 

2.4 Methodology for Site Selection Process 

44 The site selection process implemented a step by step approach as follows: 

• Step 1: Understanding of the electricity infrastructure requirements 

• Step 2: Identification of the grid connection and landfall points 

• Step 3: Identification of physical constraints. This included assessments 

of topography, access, land use and availability 

• Step 4: Identification and mapping of sites of the highest amenity, eg. 

internationally designated nature conservation sites. 

• Step 5: Defining the ‘Study Area’. Identification of a “long list” of potential 

sites that can physically accommodate the Proposed Development 

• Step 6: Defining and mapping of areas of national amenity (eg national 

nature conservation, landscape and archaeological designations) and 

areas of local amenity importance (e.g. Public Rights of Way) 

• Step 7: Consideration of local context and ability to mitigate. 

• Step 8: Appraising the sites based on the environmental and technical 

constraints. 

Chapter 2 SITE SELECTION Page 11 of 211




December 2012 

• Step 9: Identification of preferred option(s) 

45 The site selection process for potential substation sites within the area of 

search (Steps 5 to 9 above) was undertaken with reference to the ‘Horlock 

Rules’ (National Grid, 2006) which establishes a set of seven key criteria to 

assist those responsible for the siting and design of new substations, or 

substation extensions, in order to mitigate the environmental effects of such 

developments. 

TABLE 2-1 

Horlock Rules – siting and design of electrical substations 

Overall system options and site selection 

1. In the development of system options, including new substations, consideration must be given to 

environmental issues from the earliest stage to balance the technical benefits and capital cost 

requirements for new developments against the consequential environmental effects in order to keep 

adverse effects to a reasonably practicable minimum. 

Amenity, cultural or scientific value of sites 

2. The siting of new National Grid substations, sealing end compounds and line entries should as far as 

reasonably practicable seek to avoid altogether internationally and nationally designated areas of the 

highest amenity, cultural or scientific value by the overall planning of the system connections. 

3. Areas of local amenity value, important existing habitats and landscape features including ancient 

woodland, historic hedgerows, surface and ground water sources and nature conservation areas should 

be protected as far as reasonably practicable. 

Local context, land use and site planning 

4. The siting of substations, extensions and associated proposals should take advantage of the 

screening provided by land form and existing features and the potential use of site layout and levels to 

keep intrusion into surrounding areas to a reasonably practicable minimum. 

5. The proposals should keep the visual, noise and other environmental effects to a reasonably 

practicable minimum. 

6. The land use effects of the proposal should be considered when planning the siting of substations or 

extensions. 

Design 

7. In the design of new substations or line entries, early consideration should be given to the options 

available for terminal towers, equipment, buildings and ancillary development appropriate to individual 

locations, seeking to keep effects to a reasonably practicable minimum. 

2.4.1 Step 1: Understanding the electricity infrastructure requirement 

46 In determining the infrastructure requirements of the Proposed Development, 

a conservative approach to the requirements was taken, with worst case 

assumptions being used as a starting point for building dimensions, working 

areas and cable landing areas. The main infrastructure requirements of the 

Proposed Development have not changed and include: 

• A Substation Compound, comprising: 

o Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd (AOWFL) substation 


o Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc (SHET plc) substation 

o internal access road 






December 2012 


• A Cable Corridor, comprising: 

o Cable Landfall Area between Mean Low Water Spring (MLWS) and 

Mean High Water Spring (MHWS) 



47 In addition to the infrastructure outline above, Horizontal Directional Drilling 

(HDD) was considered as an alternative onshore cable installation method (to 

surface cut trenches) if required. It was also not known at the start of the 

process whether the infrastructure required as part of the SHET plc 

Substation would be external or housed within a building therefore the ability 

of sites to accommodate either option was considered. 

2.4.2 Step 2: Identification of the grid connection and landfall points 

2.4.2.1 The Offshore Cable Route and Cable Landfall 

48 The offshore cable route is constrained by a preference to avoid the Danger 

Area associated with Blackdog Firing Range restricting the northern extent, 

and the Port of Aberdeen Anchorage Zone restricting the southernmost extent 

as shown in Figure 2.1. A 3.5 km length of beach accessible by an offshore 

export cable route between these two constraints was identified as the area of 

search for the cable landfall. 

2.4.2.2 The connection to Onshore Transmission Works Area of Search 

49 During the initial site search exercise, it was not known where the eventual 

point of connection to the NETS would be, and therefore, the area of search 

for all onshore transmission works infrastructure, including provision for the 

SHET Plc Substation was defined to include an approximately 750 m wide 

strip of land inland from the length of coast identified for the cable landfall, 

with all the land lying between the A90 and the MLWS. Locating the onshore 

transmission works in this area was considered to preserve the most flexibility 

in the location of the connection to the NETS. 

50 The area of search included land within the boundaries of Aberdeen City 

Council and Aberdeenshire Council (to the north) as shown in Figure 2-1. 

2.4.3 Steps 3 and 4: Identification of physical constraints and designated 

sites of the highest amenity (eg internationally designated nature 

conservation sites) 

51 The area of search surveyed contains a mixture of land uses including: 

• three golf courses (including a 9-hole course) 

• agricultural land with isolated farm properties 

• plantation woodland 

• operational and historic landfill sites 

• an existing and a proposed business park 

• the village of Blackdog 





December 2012 

52 The area of search identified does not have any internationally important 

statutory designations within it, and in terms of topography and potential 

access routes from the A90, most of the area of search was considered to be 

suitable for accommodating the infrastructure of the Proposed Development. 

The centre of the area of search was less accessible than other parts of the 

area of search using existing roads, however a new business park proposed 

in this part of the area of search would provide better access. 

53 Parts of the area of search were considered physically unsuitable for 

accommodating the infrastructure required including the actively used areas 

of the golf courses, the active Tarbothill land fill site, and land immediately 

adjacent to properties at Blackdog and the isolated farm properties. 

54 Three main burns cross the area of search from west to east, and the 

adjacent areas of land at risk from flooding was considered unsuitable for 

accommodating the infrastructure required. Parts of the east of the area of 

search are also identified by SEPA as being at risk of flooding by the sea, and 

these areas were also discounted. 

2.4.4 Step 5: Defining the ‘Study Area’. Identification of a ‘long list’ of 

potential sites that can physically accommodate the Proposed 

Development 

55 The Study Area used to identify a list of potential sites constituted the area of 

search identified in Step 2 with the omission of the areas with physical 

constraints to development identified in Step 4. 

56 The ‘long list’ of potential sites was drawn up with regard to land availability, 

and the commercial viability of particular sites taking into account factors such 

as length of offshore cable required to reach a cable landfall point. 

57 Within the Study Area, four sites were identified for further consideration: 

• Aberdeen Science & Energy Park - a plot within the existing business 

park 

• Murcar A – land close to Murcar Links Golf Club 

• Murcar B – a plot within the proposed Berryhill Business Park 

• Blackdog – land south east of Blackdog village 

2.4.5 Step 6: Defining and mapping of areas of national amenity and areas of 

local amenity importance 

58 Following identification of the area of search (Step 2), desk top and onsite 

baseline environmental surveys were undertaken across the area of search in 

June 2011 and July 2011. This work was undertaken to identify constraints to 

development within the area of search to inform the site selection process, 

and was also intended to be used to form the baseline for environmental 

assessment of the impacts of the Proposed Development to support a later 

planning application (on any site in the area of search). The work undertaken 

included the following consideration of the following: 

• Planning Policy 

• Ecology and Ornithology 

• Hydrology, Hydrogeology and Ground Conditions 





December 2012 

• Cultural Heritage 

• Noise 

• Socioeconomics, tourism and recreation 

• Traffic and Transport 

• Landscape and Visual 

59 The findings of the baseline environmental surveys were used to inform the 

consideration of sites against the criteria in Step 6. 

60 Within the Study Area, the only designated site of national importance 

identified was a listed building, a Salmon Netting Station, to the south west 

and south of the Study Area as shown on Figure 2-1. In terms of local 

amenity, a right of way forming part of the North Sea Trail coastal path runs 

along the eastern boundary of the Study Area, the only public access to the 

beach within the Study Area is at Blackdog where a number of footpaths link 

the village to the beach. 

61 A district wildlife site, Blackdog and Balgownie Links includes the dune 

systems running parallel to the coast from the south of the Study Area to the 

Aberdeenshire Council boundary. 

62 Parts of the Study Area are designated as ‘Coastal Zone’ and ‘Greenbelt’ in 

the respective local Aberdeenshire and Aberdeen City local plans. Greenbelt 

covers the majority of the eastern part of the Study Area. 

63 The Study Area also included an area of mixed use development land east of 

Blackdog village, and land proposed for industrial and business use in the 

centre of the Study Area with an existing outline permission for construction of 

a new business park. 

2.4.6 Step 7: Consideration of local context and ability to mitigate 

64 All of the sites within the Study Area were considered to have the capacity to 

accommodate the required infrastructure. Designated sites, and areas of local 

amenity were identified (Step 6) and it was determined that these sites could 

be avoided, through either location of the infrastructure away from these 

areas, or through use of appropriate construction methodologies such as 

HDD beneath golf courses and dune systems. The parts of the site with 

existing screening from plantation woodland, and the areas with existing 

proposals for development, or existing industrial development were 

considered to give the best opportunities for mitigation of potential impacts on 

the designated sites and areas of local amenity identified in Step 6. 

65 During this Step, meetings were held with planning officers from Aberdeen 

City Council and Aberdeenshire Council to discuss the available options and 

obtain information on any planning policy constraints to feed into the site 

appraisal process (Step 8). 

2.4.7 Step 8: Appraising the sites based on the environmental and technical 

constraints 

66 The site appraisal process was carried out on the ‘long list’ of four sites 

identified with reference to the baseline survey work carried out in Step 6. The 

four potential sites were considered in the context of environmental and 





December 2012 

technical constraints. Land availability and economic and commercial 

considerations were also taken into account at this Step. 

67 At the time of appraising the ’long list’ of sites, discussions with SHET plc 

identified that their connection point to the NETS would be to the existing high 

voltage (HV) ‘stub’ at National Grid Reference NJ 90630 12450, 

approximately 1 km to the east of Dyce. 

2.4.7.1 Aberdeen Science and Energy Park 

68 A vacant plot within the Aberdeen Science and Energy Park was identified as 

a potential substation location. 

69 In terms of technical constraints, this site has good access, and the existing 

land use includes industrial uses such as warehouses and storage yards. The 

infrastructure required for the Proposed Development was considered to be 

similar to the existing land use. 

70 This location would require the onshore cabling to cross Royal Aberdeen Golf 

Course, it was assumed during the site appraisal that HDD would be used to 

avoid impacts on the use of the golf course and to avoid disturbance of the 

Blackdog / Balgownie Links District Wildlife Site. The cable route would also 

cross the Aberdeen City Council Green Belt (Aberdeen City Council, 2011). 

However, following construction there would be no above ground 

infrastructure related to the onshore cabling. 

71 A cable landfall on the beach immediately east of the Aberdeen Science and 

Energy Park would require the greatest length of offshore cable to reach the 

cable landfall of the four sites identified. 

72 Following identification of the point of connection for SHET plc to reach the 

NETS, this site would require the greatest length of onshore cabling for SHET 

plc to reach the HV stub at Dyce. 

73 In terms of environmental constraints, the potential substation location on an 

existing cleared plot of a business park was considered to have either a 

minimal or no impact upon the environmental baseline conditions established 

through the surveys undertaken. 

74 The Aberdeen Science and Energy Park site was not progressed to Step 9 as 

a preferred option due to the distance from AOWF, the distance to the 

connection to the NETS, and lack of availability of land between the 

Substation location and the cable landfall for the onshore cable route. 

2.4.7.2 Murcar A 

75 An area of practice ground between Murcar Links Golf Club to the east, and 

the proposed Berryhill Business Park to the west was considered as a 

potential substation location. 

76 In terms of technical constraints, this site relies upon access from the 

proposed Berryhill Business Park in order to reach the site location. The 

existing access to Murcar Links Golf Club would be unlikely to accommodate 





December 2012 

the abnormal loads which could potentially be required to deliver substation 

components. 

77 As with Aberdeen Science and Energy Park, HDD was assumed to be 

required to cross Murcar Links Golf Course and avoid disturbance of the 

Blackdog / Balgownie Links District Wildlife Site. The HDD route would be 

required to pass between the Murcar Links Golf Club Clubhouse and the 

Salmon Netting Station, which is designated as a listed building. The cable 

route would also cross the Aberdeen City Council Green Belt (Aberdeen City 

Council, 2011). However, following construction there would be no above 

ground infrastructure related to the onshore cabling. 

78 A cable landfall on the beach to the east-north-east of Murcar A would require 

a length of offshore cable to reach the cable landfall between the maximum 

and minimum of the four sites identified. 


NETS, this site would require the shortest length of onshore cabling for SHET 


80 The Murcar A substation site lies within Aberdeen City Council Green Belt 

(Aberdeen City Council, 2011). 

81 The proposed Berryhill Business Park (adjacent to the west) includes details 

of landscaping which is required along its eastern boundary in order to reduce 

the visibility of the business park from Murcar Links Golf Club and other parts 

of the greenbelt. 

82 The area proposed to be used for the substation infrastructure consists of 

improved grassland, currently used for recreation as a practice ground by 

Murcar Links Golf Club. The substation would be visible from much of the 

Murcar Links Golf Course. 

83 An alternative location within the proposed Berryhill Business Park was 

identified immediately to the north-east of the Murcar A site (Murcar B) 

84 The Murcar A site was not progressed to Step 9 as a preferred option due to 

its location within the Aberdeen City Green Belt, uncertainties regarding the 

ability to secure a viable access to the site and the availability of an adjacent 

alternative site (Murcar B) within an area proposed for ‘industrial and 

business use’ area in the Aberdeen City Local Plan. Consultation with 

Aberdeen City Council Infrastructure Services also identified a clear 

preference for the Murcar B site. 

2.4.7.3 Murcar B 

85 A plot on the proposed Berryhill Business Park was identified as a potential 

substation location. 

86 In terms of technical constraints, the site access would be provided by the 

newly constructed access for the proposed business park, and a flat, cleared 

plot would be provided within the business park. The existing landscaping 

plan for the business park includes a 20 m wide landscaping strip on the 

eastern boundary of the site, and there is also a requirement to restrict 

building sites on the eastern 10 m of the plot. It was found that the required 





December 2012 

infrastructure could be accommodated within the available plot, whilst fulfilling 

the visual requirements imposed as part of the business park consent. 

87 Horizontal Direct Drilling (HDD) was assumed to be required to cross Murcar 

Links Golf Course and to avoid disturbance of the Blackdog / Balgownie Links 

District Wildlife Site. The cable route would also cross the Aberdeen City 

Council Green Belt. However following construction there would be no above 

ground infrastructure related to the onshore cabling. 

88 A cable landfall on the beach to the east-north-east of Murcar B would require 

a length of offshore cable to reach the cable landfall between the maximum 

and minimum of the four sites identified. 


NETS, this site would require the shortest length of onshore cabling for SHET 


90 The site lies within land designated as suitable for business and industrial use 

in the Aberdeen City Local Plan (Aberdeen City Council, 2011). 

91 In terms of environmental constraints, the current baseline for the site 

consists of semi-improved grassland, post and wire fencing and some dry 

stone walls. This baseline would be altered by the construction of the 

business park which would introduce new built elements into the area, with 

which the infrastructure proposed would be in keeping. Following construction 

of the business park, the introduction of the substation infrastructure to the 

altered baseline was considered to be likely to have minimal environmental 

impacts. 

92 The Murcar B site was progressed to Step 9 as a preferred option due to lack 

of technical constraints particularly through its location within a proposed 

business park with similar buildings and uses. The environmental impact of 

the infrastructure proposed was considered likely to be minimal, both through 

the location of the site within a business park and the assumed use of HDD 

for the onshore cabling. 

2.4.7.4 Blackdog 

93 Land to the south-east of Blackdog village was identified as a potential 

substation location. 

94 In terms of technical constraints, the site lies adjacent to Hareburn Terrace 

which provides suitable access, albeit with sensitive management of traffic 

during construction. Land to the south, west and north of the site has areas of 

coniferous plantation woodland which provide existing screening to the site. 

95 The site lies within land designated as suitable for mixed use in the 

Aberdeenshire Local Plan (Aberdeenshire, 2012). 

96 The site lies adjacent to the only existing beach access within the Study Area. 

The track running between Hareburn Terrace and the beach is considered to 

be suitable for surface cut trenches to be used between the cable landfall and 

the substation site, utilising an existing break in the dunes to minimise 

environmental impacts. 





December 2012 

97 This cable route would cross the Aberdeenshire Council Green Belt 

(Aberdeenshire, 2012). However following construction there would be no 

above ground infrastructure related to the onshore cabling. 

98 A cable landfall on the beach to the east of Blackdog would require a length 

the shortest length of offshore cable of the four sites identified. 


NETS, this site would require a longer length of onshore cable than Murcar 

A/B, but a shorter length than the Aberdeen Science and Energy Park for 

SHET plc to reach the HV stub at Dyce. 

100 Through the baseline environmental surveys carried out, it was established 

that the site consists of semi-improved grassland on the location of a historic 

landfill, which was used for inert waste (eg construction waste, bricks, rubble 

and concrete etc). 

101 The topography of the site is varied, with the centre of the site lying 

approximately 10 m below the level of Hareburn Terrace. This in combination 

with the existing planting around the site was considered to provide potential 

for screening of the substation infrastructure. 

102 The Blackdog site was progressed to Step 9 as a preferred option due to lack 

of technical constraints particularly through its location within an area 

proposed for mixed use development, which offers potential for use of 

existing screening by landform and plantation woodland to minimise the visual 

impacts of the substation. The availability of a route for surface cut trenches 

and direct access to the cable landfall through an existing break in the dunes, 

and the shortest offshore cable route were also positive considerations. 

2.4.8 Step 9: Identification of preferred option(s) 

103 Blackdog and Murcar B are the preferred locations identified for the onshore 

infrastructure required to connect AOWF to the NETS. 

104 As the Murcar B site lies within, and is partly dependent upon the construction 

of Berryhill Business Park, Blackdog has been identified as the preferred 

option for the onshore infrastructure required as set out in section 2.5. Site 

Refinement 

105 Following the site selection process and the progression of the Blackdog site, 

the site design has evolved to respond to the specific requirements of the 

Blackdog site. These include: 

• determining that the SHET plc Substation would be an indoor substation 

of smaller dimensions than used in the initial infrastructure appraisal 

• determining the likely formation level of the site, to make use of the 

existing landform and tree screening 

106 Further details of the Design Process are included in the Design Statement 

submitted to Aberdeenshire Council in support of the planning application. 





December 2012 

2.5 References 

• Aberdeen City Council (2011) Aberdeen City Local Development Plan 

• Aberdeenshire Council (2012) Aberdeenshire Local Development Plan 

• National Grid, (2006) Guidelines on Substation Siting and Design (‘The 

Horlock Rules’) 





December 2012 

3 PLANNING AND POLICY CONTEXT 


107 Planning Applications are required to be determined in accordance with the 

Development Plan “unless material considerations indicate otherwise” 

(Scottish Government, 2006). This Chapter of the Environmental Report (ER) 

which accompanies the planning application seeks to provide an overview of 

the statutory development plan (Development Plan) policies and the relevant 

material considerations. The project is linked to the Aberdeen Offshore Wind 

Farm (AOWF) (also known as the European Offshore Wind Deployment 

Centre) and therefore the material considerations are likely to be important. 

This Chapter does not provide an assessment in terms of the statutory test as 

this is provided within a planning statement which would accompany the 

planning application submitted to Aberdeenshire Council. 

108 This Chapter identifies the relevant provisions of the Development Plan then 

identifies potential material considerations. 

3.2 The Statutory Development Plan (Development Plan) 

109 The Development Plan for the Proposed Development site comprises: 

• Aberdeen City and Shire Structure Plan 2009 (ACSSP), approved by 

Scottish Ministers on 14 August 2009 

• Aberdeenshire Local Development Plan 2012 (ASLDP), adopted by 

Aberdeenshire Council on 1 June 2012 

110 Land use planning designations are shown in Figure 3-1. 

3.2.1 Aberdeen City and Shire Structure Plan 2009 (ACSSP) 

111 The purpose of the ACSSP is to set a clear strategic direction for the future 

development of the North East Scotland towards which the public and private 

sectors can work to deliver a vision. 

112 The ACSSP states: 

“In assessing development proposals, we will balance the importance given to 

each aim in coming to a decision, taking into account the spatial strategy, 

objectives and targets of the plan.” 

3.2.1.1 Section 3 - The Spatial Strategy 

113 Under the heading Spatial Development, the ACSSP identifies three Strategic 

Growth Areas. The Proposed Development lies within the Aberdeen to 

Peterhead Strategic Growth Area. This section states: 

“The current work to set out the detail of the Energetica initiative will also 

have a role to play. The focus needs to be on developing and diversifying the 

economy, delivering vital infrastructure projects in the first plan period to help 

create growth. These include building the Aberdeen Western Peripheral 

Route, dualling of the A90 between Balmedie and Tipperty, improvements to 

the Haudagain Roundabout and delivering a Third Don Crossing. Until this 

Chapter 3 PLANNING AND POLICY CONTEXT Page 21 of 211




December 2012 

infrastructure is in place, development in the southern part of the corridor will 

be limited; ;strategic growth areas should focus on creating sustainable 

mixed communities with the services, facilities and infrastructure necessary 

for the 21st century.” 

3.2.1.2 Section 4 - Objectives 

114 Section 4, Objectives includes the following relevant objectives: 

Economic Growth 

115 The economic growth objective of the ACSSP is: 

“To provide opportunities which encourage economic development and create 

new employment in a range of areas that are both appropriate for and 

attractive to the needs of different industries, while at the same time 

improving the essential strategic infrastructure necessary to allow the 

economy to grow over the long term.” 

116 The ACSSP sets out how these aims can be achieved, including paragraph 

4.3 which states: 

“Making sure that there is enough of the right type of land for business use, in 

the right places, will give Aberdeen City and Shire a competitive advantage, 

this includes mixed-use developments on appropriate sites. We expect that 

the ‘Energetica’ initiative will help to deliver this in the Aberdeen to Peterhead 

strategic growth area.” 

Sustainable Development and Climate Change 

117 The sustainable development and climate change and growth objective of the 

ACSSP is: 

“To be a city region which takes the lead in reducing the amount of carbon 

dioxide released into the air, adapts to the effects of climate change and limits 

the amount of non-renewable resources it uses.” 

118 At paragraph 4.7 the ACSSP sets out how this can be achieved: 

“We also need to tackle both the supply of and demand for energy during the 

plan period. This will involve increasing the supply of energy from renewable 

sources (making a significant contribution towards meeting Scottish targets) 

and reducing demand from new developments. Developers will need to 

examine the scope for including energy efficient technology, such as 

combined heat and power schemes when preparing development proposals. 

The electricity grid will need to be upgraded to allow new sources of 

renewable energy to be developed. A central part of this will be to upgrade 

the East Coast transmission route to 400kV, identified as a ‘national 

development’ in the National Planning Framework.” 

119 The ACSSP also includes a target for the city region’s electricity needs to be 

met from renewable sources by 2020. 

Quality of the Environment 





December 2012 

120 The quality of the environment objective of the ACSSP is: 

“To make sure new development maintains and improves the region’s important 

built, natural and cultural assets.” 

Relevant targets include: 

• “To make sure that development improves and does not lead to the loss 

of, or damage to, built, natural or cultural heritage assets 

• To avoid new development preventing water bodies achieving ‘good 

ecological status’ under the Water Framework Directive” 

3.2.1.3 Section 5 - Putting this Plan into Practice 

The ACSSP concludes with a list of proposals which would help achieve the 

aims of the structure plan. This includes the Energetica initiative being 

promoted by Aberdeen City and Shire Economic Future for the Aberdeen to 

Peterhead strategic growth area. The Proposed Development is located 

within the Energetica framework area and more detail is included in Section 

3.3.7 of this Chapter. 

3.2.2 Aberdeenshire Local Development Plan 2012 (ASLDP) 

121 The ASLDP sets out the policies which would be used for assessing planning 

applications and confirms the principle of development on sites across 


122 Each of these policies recognises the need to balance protection of the 

environment with the development of sustainable mixed communities. These 

policies include: 

3.2.2.1 Policy 1 Business development 

123 Aberdeenshire Council seek to support the development of business and 

sustainable economic growth in all areas by taking account of the economic 

benefits of proposed development when making decisions in development 

management. In particular they give priority to business development within 

the regeneration areas and the area covered by the ‘Energetica’ framework 

area. The Proposed Development is located within the ‘Energetica’ framework 

area and more detail is included in Section 3.3.7 of this Chapter. 

SG Bus5: Development in the Energetica Framework Area 

124 Whilst the overall aim of the ‘Energetica’ framework is to create an area which 

promotes a high class lifestyle, leisure and, ultimately, a global business 

location. It is recognised that this would include creating a technology lifestyle 

community showcasing the latest low carbon technologies. 

3.2.2.2 Policy 3 Development in the countryside 

125 The Proposed Development is currently located outside the settlement 

boundary of Blackdog. Aberdeenshire Council seek to support development 

in the countryside where it meets the needs of a rural community by 





December 2012 

contributing to its overall social and economic wellbeing, and by promoting 

vigorous and prosperous rural settlements. 

SG Rural Development 2: Wind farms and medium to large wind turbines 

126 Aberdeenshire Council supports the development of renewable energy 

technologies providing that it is demonstrated that there would not be a 

significant environmental effect. In defining wind farms, the policy also 

includes ‘associated equipment’. 

3.2.2.3 Policy 4 Special types of rural land 

127 The ASLDP protects the special character of the greenbelt and the coastal 

zone. In these areas the Aberdeenshire Council have special controls on 

development. These include a presumption against development that would 

erode the special nature of these different areas. Whilst the substation 

compound would not be located within the greenbelt or the coastal zone 

landscape designations it is on land which is adjacent to these designations. 

In addition the proposed cable corridor from the substation to the Mean Low 

Waters Spring (MLWS) crosses land designated as greenbelt and coastal 

zone. 

128 In line with National Policy (see Section 3.3.4), certain types of development 

may be acceptable in appropriate circumstances in the greenbelt include: 

essential public infrastructure, development identified as a national priority; or 

development identified under the policy for safeguarding of resources and 

areas of search as required to meet established need. 

SG STRLtype1: Development in the coastal zone 

129 The aim of this policy is to protect the special nature of the coastal area, and 

to direct development to the least environmentally sensitive areas. The 

majority of Aberdeenshire’s coastline is covered by statutory nature 

conservation designations ranging from National Nature Reserves to Special 

Areas of Conservation. The coast is a valuable social, economic and 

environmental asset. It provides opportunities for recreation, and sustains the 

quality of life for those living and working in Aberdeenshire. Any proposed 

development would be required to demonstrate that this protection would not 

be compromised. 

SG STRLtype2: Greenbelt 

130 The aim of this policy is to protect the Aberdeen greenbelt from new 

development that would be inconsistent with its functions, and to support 

proposals that would enhance it. The policy does not assess the individual 

merits of a planning application, but identifies when a proposed development 

may be supported within the greenbelt. 

131 Where a proposal would not normally be consistent with greenbelt policy, but 

has an identified need such as transportation, utilities, or waste management 

works, it may be approved if there are no other appropriate sites. These are 

generally developments which are strategic in nature or are of national 

importance. 

Greenbelt Review 





December 2012 

132 Aberdeenshire Council carried out a technical review of the greenbelt 

boundaries in 2005. This assessment looked at issues associated with 

recreation potential, landscape setting and avoidance of calescence, but 

acknowledged that, in line with emerging Scottish Planning Policy there was 

also a need to consider the strategic land needs for development around the 

city. 

133 The settlement of Blackdog has been identified within the Aberdeenshire 

settlement strategy as an area which has potential to make a significant 

contribution to the Council’s strategic development needs in relation to 

housing and employment development along with accommodating the 

northern end of the Aberdeen Western Periphery Route. To this end, land to 

the south, east and north of Blackdog has been removed from the greenbelt. 

This strategic growth area has been subject to the development of a strategic 

settlement strategy for Blackdog. 

3.2.2.4 Policy 8 Layout, siting and design of new development 

134 The ASLDP supports new development on sites that have allocated within the 

plan, where they conform with a previously agreed development framework 

and/or masterplan (whichever is appropriate) for the site. The Aberdeenshire 

Council would require all development, whether on allocated sites or 

elsewhere, to adopt a process that includes appropriate public consultation 

and appropriate standards for design, safety and sustainability. 

SG LSD2: Layout, siting and design of new development 

135 The purpose of this policy is to improve the standard of layout, siting and 

design of developments in Aberdeenshire, to achieve the highest standards of 

urban and rural design. It is a requirement that applicants submit a design 

statement to set out the context for the site and the design process along with 

the planning application. 

3.2.2.5 Policy 11 Natural heritage 

136 This policy seeks to improve and protect designated nature conservation sites 

and the wider biodiversity and geodiversity of the area. Where there is 

uncertainty over the impacts of a proposed development, Aberdeenshire 

Council would adopt an approach based on the precautionary principle. 

SG Natural Environment1: Protection of nature conservation sites 

137 This policy promotes the protection of nature conservation sites from new 

development that may affect the qualifying interests of these protected areas, 

as set out in Planning Advice Note 60: Planning for Natural Heritage. 

138 Where there is evidence to suggest that a habitat, geological feature or 

species of importance exists on the site, the applicant must undertake an 

assessment and/or survey at their expense of the site’s natural environment. 

All assessments and/or surveys should be undertaken by an independent and 

competent consultant. 

SG Natural Environment2: Protection of the wider biodiversity and 

geodiversity 





December 2012 

139 This policy gives strong protection to habitats, species, and geological 

features even when they are not associated with specifically designated 

nature conservation sites, in order to fulfil the Council’s biodiversity duty as 

required under the Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004. In addition, 

species, habitats, geology and soils provide a valuable indicator of 

sustainability, and it is very important that every opportunity is taken to 

protect, enhance and retain the quality of the wider environment. 

3.2.2.6 Policy 12 Landscape Conservation 

140 Aberdeenshire Council plan for and promote the improvement and protection 

of all landscapes in Aberdeenshire by recognising and using landscape 

character areas. They would use the Landscape Character Area framework 

as a basis for future planning and management policy. Aberdeenshire 

Council would also take into consideration particular opportunities, 

sensitivities and vulnerabilities of different landscapes, and make sure that 

the implications of development on these are managed in an appropriate and 

sensitive way. 

SG Landscape1: Landscape character 

141 The ASLDP recognises that landscapes can be vulnerable to the effects of 

new development, and the aim of this policy is to provide all landscapes 

within Aberdeenshire with adequate protection against damaging 

development as Aberdeenshire boasts a highly dynamic landscape. 

142 The Proposed Development site is located within Landscape Character Area 

Formartine Links and Dunes. This area, north of Aberdeen, is essentially 

sandy, merging gradually into a farmed hinterland. Between the mouths of 

the River Don and River Ythan, a 16 kilometre long crescent of beach and 

sand dunes has grown up in front of the ancient cliff line of the post glacial 

raised beaches. 

SG Landscape2: Valued views 

143 The aim of this policy is to provide those rural views which are valued by the 

community at large with a degree of protection from development which 

would “spoil the view”, whether this is something as innocuous as a garden 

shed adjacent to a popular viewpoint, or a major development such as a 

quarry in the far distance. It is not appropriate to use this policy to protect a 

“private” view, where there is no public interest, or as an ad hoc constraint. 

Valued views need to have been identified proactively to protect the 

development industry from uncertainty. Valued views have already been 

taken account of in the allocations made in the plan, and where an allocation 

has been made, the principle of development cannot subsequently be 

overturned by reference to impact on a view. 





December 2012 

3.2.2.7 Policy 13 Protecting, improving and conserving the historic environment 

144 Aberdeenshire Council supports the protection, improvement and 

conservation of the historic environment. There would be a presumption 

against development that would have a negative effect on the quality of these 

historic assets. Different parts of the historic environment are required to be 

subject to specific guidance and controls to make sure that they maintain and 

improve their value. 

SG Historic Environment4: Archaeological sites and monuments 

145 The aim of this policy is to give archaeological sites and Scheduled Ancient 

Monuments (SAMs) strong protection from any development that could 

damage them. Aberdeenshire Council would only approve development that 

would have an adverse effect on a scheduled ancient monument or on any 

other archaeological site, including battlefields, of either national or local 

importance, or on their setting, subject to other policies, if: 

1) there are imperative reasons of overriding public interest, including those 

of a social or economic nature, and 

2) there is no alternative site for the development, and 

3) where there is doubt, the applicant has provided further information, at 

their expense, on the nature and location of the archaeological feature(s) 

involved, prior to determination of the planning application. 

3.2.2.8 Policy 14 Safeguarding of resources and areas of search 

146 Aberdeenshire Council would not support developments that sterilise, 

degrade or otherwise make unavailable key strategic resources, including the 

water environment, important mineral deposits, prime agricultural land, open 

space, trees and woodlands. Other key strategic resources include sites that 

may reasonably be required in the future for the delivery of transportation 

improvements, waste facilities or energy generation, including the ability of 

Peterhead power station to adapt and expand. They have identified areas of 

search to help the development industry to locate major waste, minerals and 

energy-generating facilities in appropriate places, taking account of 

opportunities, constraints and the settlement strategy of the plan. 

3.2.3 Supplementary Guidance Volume F, Settlement Statements Formartine 

147 Supplementary Guidance (SG) also forms part of the Development Plan, and 

provides more detailed information on specific issues and proposals setting 

out more detailed policies. Supplementary Guidance Volume F, Settlement 

Statements Formartine is relevant to the site. 

148 This SG provides detailed proposals for development within the settlements in 

Formartine, which have been identified in the ASLDP, including Blackdog. 

The area to the north and east of Blackdog has been identified as having 

potential for up to 600 houses, along with ancillary uses including a health 

centre and a primary school. Aberdeenshire Council are in the process of 

developing a masterplan for the area. 





December 2012 

149 The Proposed Development is within this area and would be required to 

consider any potential impacts on the delivery of this emerging strategy; 

which is to: 

• Meet the need for new housing in the Strategic Growth Area. 

• Provide opportunity for employment in the Strategic Growth Area. 

• Provide employment opportunities to support the “Energetica” framework. 

• Provide improved local facilities and development of a village centre. 

• Protect specified sites - Protected Land including: 

o Site R1 is safeguarded for the route of the AWPR and the M90/A90 

Trunk Road (Balmedie to Tipperty) scheme. 

o Site BUS1 is safeguarded for employment uses. 

• Protect the greenbelt. 

150 Whilst the master plan is currently in development it is understood that the 

proposals are for mixed use development including houses, businesses and 

associated community infrastructure. The Proposed Development site is 

located within an area identified as policy M1 which is allocated for up to 600 

houses, in the second phase, with a new primary school and associated 

facilities, and employment land (4 ha employment land & 7 ha strategic 

reserve). Park and ride provision, a specialist retail facility, land for a gypsy / 

traveller transit site is also to be provided within the developing masterplan. 

3.3 Material Considerations 

3.3.1 International Context 

151 The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change came into 

force on 21 March 2004 and seeks to stabilise the atmospheric 

concentrations of greenhouse gases at “safe levels”. The Convention 

provides an overall framework for international government efforts to address 

the challenge posed by climate change. Currently there are 194 parties 

signed up to the convention. The convention embodies a series of review 

mechanisms. The first of these, The Kyoto Protocol, was adopted in 

December 1997 and has been ratified by 192 parties. As a result of this 

protocol the European Union is obliged to secure an 8% reduction in 

greenhouse gas emissions from 1990 levels by 2012. The EU reduction 

target is the subject of an EU Renewable Energy Directive (2001/77/EC). 

The UK’s commitment to the protocol is a reduction of greenhouse gasses to 

12% below the 1990 levels by 2012. 

3.3.2 European Context 

152 Offshore wind farm applications have the potential to engage with European, 

UK and Scottish energy policy. At both a UK and Scottish level there has 

been an emphasis on the considerable scope for the deployment of offshore 

wind as an essential element to meeting relevant renewable energy targets. 

In addition there is a consistent theme in both UK and Scottish documents 

that in order for the offshore wind potential to be realised, technological 

advances associated with offshore deployment are required. 





December 2012 

3.3.2.1 Renewable Energy Directive (Directive 2009/28/EC) 

153 The Renewable Energy Directive (Directive 2009/28/EC) is the primary 

legislation in respect of European Union renewable energy policy. The 

Directive: 

• establishes a common framework for the promotion of renewable energy 

throughout the European Union; 

• sets legally binding targets on member states for the use of renewable 

energy, in particular requiring 20% of the overall energy consumption in 

the European Union to come from renewable sources by 2020 (Article 3 

and Annex I). 

154 The Directive's policy of setting legally binding targets means that the UK 

must achieve 15% of its energy needs by renewable sources by 2020, from a 

base level in 2005 of 1.3% (Annex I). This is an ambitious target which would 

require a range of renewable technologies to be implemented, including a 

significant contribution from offshore wind power. Indeed, a European Union 

communication (Commission of European Communities 2008) takes the view 

that, "while land-based wind energy will remain dominant in the immediate 

future, installations at sea will become increasingly important." 

3.3.3 UK Context 

3.3.3.1 Climate Change Act 2008 

155 The Climate Change Act 2008 is legislation which legally binds the UK 

Government to ensure that net emissions of greenhouse gases in the UK are 

reduced by at least 80% by 2050 (from 1990 emission levels). By 2020, the 

2008 Act requires a reduction of at least 34% from 1990 emission levels. 

3.3.3.2 National Renewable Energy Action Plan for the UK 

156 In response to Article 4 of the Renewable Energy Directive, the UK 

Government produced the National Renewable Energy Action Plan for the 

UK. This document outlines the UK Government's strategy to meet its legally 

binding target of 15% of total energy needs being met by renewables by 

2020. At page 7, the Renewable Energy Action Plan states: 

"Offshore wind is a key area for development. We will work to develop an 

offshore electricity grid to support our continuing commitment to being world 

leaders in this technology. This new generation of offshore wind power will 

play a key role in meeting our 2020 target." 

157 At page 87, the Renewable Energy Action Plan states: 

"The scale of the offshore wind potential around the UK strengthens the 

economic, policy and security of supply arguments for working to maximise 

this offshore renewable potential;" 





December 2012 

3.3.4 Scottish Government Policy and Legislation 

3.3.4.1 National Planning Framework 2 (NPF2) 

158 The NPF2 is the long term strategy for the development of Scotland over the 

next 20 to 25 years. It identifies key strategic infrastructure needs to ensure 

that each part of the country can develop its full potential. The strategy 

provides the national context for development plans and planning decisions, 

as well as informing programmes of the Scottish Government, public 

agencies and local authorities. 

159 The NPF2 seeks to promote sustainable development and the Scottish 

Government’s commitment to sustainable development is reflected in policies 

on various matters, including climate change and renewable energy. NPF2 

advises that planning authorities have a duty to contribute to sustainable 

development through their development planning function. It specifically 

advises that tackling climate change and reducing dependence on finite fossil 

fuels are two of the major global challenges of our time. 

160 The NPF2 incorporates references to off-shore wind found at paragraphs 65, 

145, 146, 147, 203 (recognition of the potential for knowledge economy 

associated with energy along the east coast) and 204 (specifically identifying 

the potential for Aberdeen and Aberdeenshire to develop new renewable 

technologies to reinforce its position as a global energy hub.) NPF2 provides 

strong support for the development of the off-shore wind sector in Scotland 

and the wider potential for that to contribute to Scottish economic 

development. It also specifically identifies Aberdeen and Aberdeenshire as 

having the necessary skills to become a market leader in the required 

research and development. This is subsequently reflected in the relevant 

development plan policy for the area through the “Energetica” concept 

described in section 3.2.7 of this chapter. 

161 A Scottish Government announcement (13 September 2012) stated that the 

existing SPP and the NFP2 are in the process of being updated, with one of 

the stated needs for the revision being the requirement to take into account 

the marine spatial planning system, the emerging Marine Spatial Plan, and 

the sectoral Strategic Environmental Assessments which have been 

conducted for marine renewables and offshore wind projects. 

3.3.4.2 Scottish Planning Policy 2010 (SPP) 

162 Paragraph 192 of the SPP provides specific national planning policy in 

relation to offshore renewable energy generation. 

“Off-shore renewable energy generation presents significant opportunities to 

contribute to the achievement of Government targets. Although the planning 

system does not regulate off-shore development, it is essential that 

development plans take into account the infrastructure and grid connection 

needs of the off-shore renewable energy generation industry. Development 

plans should identify appropriate locations for facilities linked to the 

manufacture, installation, operation and maintenance of off-shore wind farms 

and wave and tidal devices.” 





December 2012 

3.3.4.3 Climate Change (Scotland) Act, 2009 

163 The Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 (2009 Act) is legislation which 

legally binds the Scottish Ministers to ensure that net emissions of Scottish 

greenhouse gases are reduced by at least 80% by 2050 (from 1990 emission 

levels). By 2020, the 2009 Act requires a reduction of at least 42% from 1990 

emission levels. 

164 In addition to the targets set in the 2009 Act, on 18 May 2011 the First 

Minister announced a commitment to generating the equivalent of 100% of 

Scotland's own electricity demand from renewable resources by 2020, with 

offshore wind playing a key role in achieving this ambitious target. 

3.3.4.4 Renewables Action Plan, 2009 

165 In June 2009, the Scottish Government published its Renewables Action Plan 

(RAP), containing the Scottish Government's various policies towards 

renewable energy. According to the RAP, the Scottish Government expects 

offshore wind: 

• "To make a significant contribution to 2020 renewables targets and 

beyond 

• To maximise economic benefits to the Scottish Economy, and enable a 

young industry to establish, whilst working in harmony with the marine 

environment" 

166 Additionally, the RAP highlights the Scottish Government's ambition: 

"to drive the success of the Scottish offshore wind industry, and facilitate the 

timely development and installation of offshore wind projects within the 

Scottish Territorial Waters;" and "to build Scotland's position as a key base 

for the offshore wind, innovation, manufacturing and installation, leveraging its 

oil and gas experience." 

3.3.4.5 2020 Renewable Energy Routemap for Scotland (Scottish Government, 2011) 

– (2020 Routemap) 

167 This document is currently in draft but the targets set out in the 2020 

Routemap were updated through an announcement by the First Minister in 

May 2011 and include: 

• Generating 100% of electricity demand equivalent from renewable 

sources by 2020 

• A new target of 30% of all energy demand from renewable sources by 

2020 

168 This document also notes that Scotland has 25% of the offshore renewable 

energy resources within the EU. 

3.3.5 UK and Scottish Marine Energy Policy 

169 The UK Marine Policy Statement (UKMPS) (HMSO, 2011) is likely to be a 

material consideration together with the draft Marine National Plan (Marine 





December 2012 

Scotland 2011), as well as the Sectoral Marine Plan for Offshore Wind Energy 

in Scottish Territorial Waters (Scottish Government, 2011). While it is 

acknowledged that lesser weight is likely to be attached to the draft plan, it is 

however important to note that the Scottish studies demonstrate the 

significant scope that offshore wind has for making a significant contribution 

to renewable targets. 

170 The purpose of the National Renewables Infrastructure Plan N-RIP (Stage 1 

and Stage 2) (Scottish Enterprise, 2012) is to support the development of a 

globally competitive offshore renewables industry based in Scotland through 

the development of energy clusters and the preparation of the 2020 Offshore 

Wind Route Map (Scottish Government 2011). 

3.3.5.1 A Prevailing Wind: Advancing UK Offshore Wind Deployment 

171 In June 2009, the UK Government published A Prevailing Wind: Advancing 

UK Offshore Wind Deployment (‘A Prevailing Wind’). This policy document 

outlines the UK Government's policies in respect of offshore wind. The UK 

government expects an offshore contribution of some 25GW by 2020. A 

Prevailing Wind notes, however, that "there is a need for new renewable 

energy infrastructure to meet the [UK] Government's climate change 

mitigation and energy objectives. That need is sufficiently great and urgent 

that it should be given substantial weight in determining an application which 

contributes to meeting the [UK] Government's climate change mitigation and 

energy objectives." (UK Government, 2009) 

A Prevailing Wind pragmatically adopts the policy that "there will by their 

nature be significant impacts from offshore wind farms wherever they are 

located, but these may be positive impacts and, where they are adverse they 

may be acceptable when weighed against the national need for new energy 

infrastructure" (UK Government, 2009). 

3.3.5.2 Blue Seas – Green Energy: A Sectoral Marine Plan for Offshore Wind Energy 

in Scottish Territorial Waters, 2011 

172 Further to the RAP, in March 2011 the Scottish Government published its 

policy document aimed specifically at offshore wind energy, entitled Blue 

Seas – Green Energy (‘Green Energy Plan’). The Green Energy Plan 

recognises offshore wind as an integral element in Scotland's contribution 

towards action on climate change and seeks to maximise the contribution that 

offshore wind energy makes to renewable energy generation in Scotland, 

whilst recognising that Scotland must compete with the rest of Europe and 

globally to maximise its share of the renewable energy market. 

173 Policy recommendations of the Green Energy Plan for North East waters 

towards offshore wind energy development in the North East of Scotland 

include: 

• Recognition that the North East is a suitable location to progress the 

development of offshore wind 

• The development of the short term [offshore wind] option should be taken 

forward 





December 2012 

3.3.5.3 The National Marine Plan pre-consultation draft, 2011 

174 The pre-consultation draft was launched in 2011 by Marine Scotland. 

Consultation on the Draft National Marine Plan and Sustainability Appraisal is 

currently timetabled to follow in June 2013. 

175 The draft emphasises the need to ensure that on-shore grid connection is 

considered. It states: 

“The Scottish Government vision is for Scotland to play its part in developing 

onshore and offshore grid connections to the rest of the UK and to European 

partners – to put in place the key building blocks to export energy from 

Scotland to national electricity grids in the UK and Europe.” 

3.3.6 National Planning Advice 

176 Scottish Government has also published specific topic related Planning 

Advice Notes (PAN). Those considered as part of this Proposed Development 

include: 

• Planning Advice Note 60 Planning for Natural Heritage 2000 (PAN 60) 

• Planning Advice Note 75 Planning for Transport 2005 (PAN 75) 

• Planning Advice Note Planning and Noise 1999 (Circular 1/2011) 

• Planning Advice Note 79, Water and Drainage, Scottish Executive 

• Development Department (2006) 

3.3.7 Energetica Supplementary Guidance (SG) 

177 This SG is a 'design and placemaking' policy which covers land within two 

strategic growth areas (parts of north Aberdeen and Blackdog to Peterhead), 

as identified in the Aberdeen City and Shire Structure Plan 2009. 

178 As identified in Section 3.3.4 the NPPF 2 and the relevant Development Plan 

recognise the importance of the north east diversifying its economic base into 

renewable energy research and development. This is embodied within the 

development plans through the Energetica concept. 

“EOWDC is a major component of ACSEF’s flagship project, Energetica. As 

a pioneering off-shore wind project, it will be at the cutting edge of the 

development of new technologies and presents significant opportunities for 

Aberdeen City and Shire to build a viable, robust supply chain around offshore 

wind, particularly in the areas of development, operation and 

maintenance.” Sarah Budge, Project Manager for Energetica, Aberdeen City 

and Shire Economic Future (ACSEF) (Appendix 23.2 of AOWFL Offshore 

ES). 

3.3.8 Aberdeen City Local Development Plan 2011 (ACLDP) 

179 The Proposed Development site is located close to the northern 

administrative boundary of Aberdeen City Council. 

180 ACLDP paragraph 1.7 acknowledges the importance of the ‘Energetica’ 

framework by seeking to build on the energy sector and offshore strengths of 





December 2012 

the region, diversifying into new renewable and clean energy technologies to 

consolidate Aberdeenshire’s position as a global energy hub. 

181 Policy NE1 seeks to protect, promote and enhance the wildlife, recreational, 

landscape and access value of the Green Space Network. Proposals for 

development that are likely to destroy or erode the character or function of the 

Green Space Network would not be permitted. Development which has any 

impact on existing wildlife habitats, or connections between them, or other 

features of value to natural heritage, open space, landscape and recreation 

must be mitigated through enhancement of Green Space Network. 

182 In line with SPP, policy NE2 states that no development would be permitted in 

the greenbelt for purposes other than those essential for agriculture, 

woodland and forestry, recreational uses compatible with an agricultural or 

natural setting, mineral extraction or restoration or landscape renewal. 

However, proposals for essential infrastructure, including grid connection, 

which may be permitted where it is demonstrated that there is no alternative. 

183 Policy NE7 seeks to protect the Coastal Zone. Development would be 

permitted in the developed coastal areas only where it is demonstrated that a 

coastal location is necessary. Development would only be permitted in 

undeveloped coastal areas if it can be demonstrated that; There is no other 

suitable site including the re-use of brownfield land; and it respects the 

character, natural and historic environment, plus, the recreational value in the 

surrounding area; or there is an overriding environmental benefit 

3.3.9 Emerging Development Plan Policy 

3.3.9.1 Aberdeen City and Shire Strategic Development Plan (ACSSDP) 

184 Aberdeen City Council and Aberdeenshire Council (‘the Councils’) are 

working together through the Strategic Development Planning Authority to 

prepare a strategic development plan to tackle planning issues which affect 

both areas. 

185 In October 2011 the Councils published a main issues report which sets out 

how they propose to work together to tackle common planning issues. This 

document has been consulted on and it is currently proposed to submit a 

strategic development plan (replacing the ACSSP) to Scottish Ministers in 

August 2013. 

186 This report recognises that helping to provide renewable energy and 

associated infrastructure as well as wider energy related initiatives builds on 

the area’s current strengths and brings economic benefits. It continues to 

support the Energetica supplementary guidance, which includes the 

Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm. 

3.4 Concluding Statement 

187 This Chapter sets out the relevant provisions of the Development Plan and 

other Material Considerations which have been taken into account in the 

design and assessment of the Proposed Development. 





December 2012 

188 The following ER Chapters have set out how the policies have been 

considered by environmental topic in relation to identifying potential 

environmental impacts, significance of impact and proposed mitigation. 


Aberdeen City and Shire Council (2009) Aberdeen City and Shire Structure 

Plan 

Aberdeen City and Shire Council (2011) Aberdeen City and Shire Strategic 

Development Plan: Main Issues 

Aberdeen City and Shire (2012) Local Transport Plan 

Aberdeenshire Council (2009) Aberdeen City and Shire Structure Plan 

Aberdeenshire Council (March 2010) Proposed Greenbelt boundaries 

Aberdeenshire Council (2011) Energetica Placemaking 

Aberdeenshire Council (2011) Aberdeen City and Shire Strategic 

Development Plan, Main Issues Report 

Aberdeenshire Council (2012) Aberdeenshire Local Development Plan 

Aberdeenshire Council (2012) Aberdeenshire Local Development Plan 2012 

Supplementary Guidance Volume F Settlement Statements Formartine 

The Cabinet Office (May 2010) The Coalition, our programme for government 

Commission of Eurpoean Communities (2008) Offshore Wind Energy: Action 

needed to deliver on the Energy Policy Objectives for 2020 and beyond, COM 

(2008) 768 final) 

Committee on Climate Change (June 2010) Meeting Carbon Budgets – 

ensuring a low-carbon economy 

Council of Europe (2000) European Landscape Convention 

Department Business Enterprise and Regulatory Reform (June 2008) UK 

Renewable Energy Strategy Consultation 

Department of Environment, Transport and Regions (2000) Climate Change 

the UK Programme 

Department of Energy and Climate Change (March 2010) Beyond 

Copenhagen The UK Governments International Climate Change Programme 

Department of Energy and Climate Change The National Renewable Energy 

Action Plan for the United Kingdom Article 4 of the Renewable Energy 

Directive 2009/28/EC 

Department of Trade and Industry (July 2010) Our Energy Future – Creating a 

Low Carbon Future (2003) 

European Parliament (2009) Promotion of the use of energy from renewable 

sources and amending and subsequently repealing Directives 2001/77/EC 

and 2003/30/EC 

GarradHassan (2010) Renewable Energy Scenarios for Scotland in 2020 

Performance and Innovation Unit (2000) Energy Review 

Scottish Enterprise, (2012) National Renewables Infrastructure Plan N-RIP 

(Stage1 and Stage 2) 

Scottish Executive (2007 and 2008) Scotland’s Climate Change Declaration 

Scottish Government (1983) Town and Country Planning (Structure and Local 

Plans) (Scotland) Regulations 

Scottish Government (1997) Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 

Scottish Government (1999) Planning Advice Note Planning and Noise 

(Circular 1/2011) 

Scottish Government (2000) Planning Advice Note 60 Planning for Natural 

Heritage (PAN 60) 

Scottish Government (2003) Land Reform (Scotland) Act 





December 2012 

Scottish Government (2004) PAN 69 Planning and Buildings Standards 

Advice on Flooding 

Scottish Government (2004) Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 

Scottish Government (2005) PAN 73 Rural Diversification 

Scottish Government (2005) Planning Advice Note 75 Planning for Transport 

(PAN 75) 

Scottish Government (2006) Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 

as amended by the Planning etc (Scotland) Act 

Scottish Government Planning Advice Note 79, Water and Drainage, Scottish 

Executive Development Department (2006) 

Scottish Government (2006) PAN 51 Planning, Environmental Protection and 

Regulation 

Scottish Government (January 2008) Climate Change Consultation on 

Proposals for a Scottish Climate Change Bill 

Scottish Government (2009) Circular 4/2009 Development Management 

Procedures 

Scottish Government (June 2009) Climate Change Delivery Plan 

Scottish Government (2009) Climate Change (Scotland) Act 

Scottish Government (June 2009) Renewables Action Plan 

Scottish Government (June 2009) National Planning Framework for Scotland 

(NPF) 2 

Scottish Government (2009) Scotland's Offshore Wind Route Map: 

Developing Scotland's Offshore Wind Industry to 2020 

Scottish Government (February 2010) Scottish Planning Policy: 

Scottish Government (2010) Towards a Low Carbon Economy for Scotland: 

Discussion Paper 

Scottish Government (2011) Sectoral Marine Plan for Offshore Wind Energy 

in Scottish Territorial Waters 

Scottish Government (2011) 2020 Routemap for Renewable Energy in 

Scotland 

Scottish Natural Heritage (1998) South and Central Aberdeenshire: 

Landscape Character Assessment No. 102 

UK Government (1974) The Control of Pollution Act 

UK Government (1981) Wildlife and Countryside Act 

UK Government (1990) The Environmental Protection Act 

UK Government (2004) Protection of Badgers Act: 1992 (as amended by the 

Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act) 

UK Government (2007) The Economics of Climate Change (Stern Review) 

UK Government (2008) Climate Change Act 

UK Government (2008) The Energy Act 

UK Government (2008) The Planning Act 

UK Government (July 2010) 2050 Pathways Analysis 

UK Government (2011) Carbon Plan 

UK Government (2011) Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact 

Assessment)(Scotland) Regulations 

UK Government (2011) UK Marine Policy Statement 

United Nations (1992) Framework Convention on Climate Change 





December 2012 

4 ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL PROCESS, SCOPING AND 

CONSULTATION RESPONSES 

189 This Chapter of the Environmental Report (ER) outlines the environmental 

assessment process that has been undertaken in relation to the proposed 

Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm (AOWF) onshore transmission works (the 

‘Proposed Development’). 

190 Although not required, the supporting environmental appraisal process for the 

Proposed Development has been undertaken to Environmental Impact 

Assessment (EIA) standards, and has involved the following key stages: 

• initial development of design concepts and site / route options 

• baseline data gathering, including site survey work 

• confirmation of site / route and evolution of design 

• scoping of the assessment with Aberdeenshire Council and consultees 

• assessment of impacts (including any indirect/secondary and cumulative 

impacts) 

• development of mitigation and enhancement measures (where 

necessary), and identification of residual impacts 

• preparation of the Environmental Report 

191 A systematic analysis of the potential impacts of the Proposed Development 

in relation to the existing baseline environment has been carried out. The 

assessment has been undertaken in order to identify the likely significant 

environmental effects. The generic methodology is set out later in this 

chapter but each assessment sets out the methodology applied to the 

particular assessment chapter. 

192 The process followed by AOWFL and its consultants ensures that the 

potential impacts associated with design, construction, operation and 

decommissioning have been identified and assessed and, where necessary, 

appropriate mitigation strategies adopted. Monitoring of some of the mitigation 

measures would continue during the operational phase of the project. 

193 This Environmental Report (ER) has been written with due regard to the 

Guidelines for EIA issued by IEMA in 2004, and with other guidance 

documents as discussed within the relevant chapters. 

4.1 Scoping and Consultation 

194 Prior to advice from the local authority that the project was NOT considered to 

be an EIA development, early consultation was undertaken as if Regulation 

14 of the EIA Regulations (2011) applied. Accordingly, in September 2012, a 

request for an EIA Scoping Opinion was made to Aberdeenshire Council for 

the Proposed Development to facilitate the export of electricity from AOWF – 

see Appendix 4A. 

195 The request contained information on the proposal, the proposed content of 

any environmental statement; and the proposed desk and field study methods 

which would be used to collect information for the studies to be presented. 

Chapter 4 

ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL 

PROCESS, SCOPING AND 


Page 37 of 211




December 2012 

196 The Aberdeenshire Council’s Scoping Opinion (see Appendix 4B) concludes 

that the Council consider “that this development would not require an EIA.” 

The response gives an indicative list of matters which should be addressed in 

an accompanying report, and makes reference to responses from other 

consultees. 

197 The Scoping Opinion concludes that there have been no significant concerns 

raised through the consultation process and that provided consultees 

comments are taken on board and have been considered in the supporting 

information, the submission of an application is encouraged. 

198 Accordingly, and although AOWF wished to proceed with a professional 

environmental appraisal to EIA standards to ensure that any significant 

impacts were identified and mitigated appropriately, it was agreed that the 

information would be presented as a Environmental Report, rather than a 

formal Environmental Statement. 

199 The initial scoping request was circulated to a large number of statutory and 

non-statutory consultees. Copies of scoping responses from these consultees 

are presented in Appendix 4C. Table 4.1 below provides a summary of the 

main responses received during this scoping process and where in the ER 

they are addressed. The issues highlighted in the table are arranged in order 

of topic and are not attributed to individual consultees. 

TABLE 4.1 

Summary of Scoping Responses Received 

Consultee Issues Relevant Section 

Marine Scotland (15 th Development does not go beyond MHWS and n/a 

October 2012) 

therefore have no comment 

Aberdeen Western Do not object to this application 

n/a 

Peripheral Route (18 th 

October 2012) 

Scottish Water 

(23 rd October 2012) 

Aberdeenshire Council – 

Scientific Officer (23 rd 

October 2012) 

Aberdeen City Council – 

Planning (24 th October 2012) 

University of Aberdeen – 

Entomology (24 th October 

2012) 

Historic Scotland (30 th 

October 2012) 

Advised there are Scottish Water waste water assets 

in the area that may be affected by the proposed 

development. It is therefore requested that these 

assets are protected from the risk of contamination 

and damage. 

The proposal may be impacted by a number of 

potentially contaminated and contaminated sites 

which are not considered in the scoping report. 

These sites may affect the design and/or location of 

the installation. Remedial works may be required. 

No comment 

The assessment should refer to potential impacts on 

seabirds. 

No assets within HS statutory remit in the survey 

area 

ZTV would need to address potential indirect impacts 

on SAMs 

Cable route would not impact of HS assets 

Only Temple Stones (scheduled ancient monument) 

would theoretically be visible – needs to be confirmed 

and considered in the assessment. 

These matters are 

addressed in Chapter 6 

of this ES 



of this ES 

n/a 



of this ER 



of this ER 

Chapter 4 




Page 38 of 211




December 2012 

TABLE 4.1 



Scottish 

Protection Agency 

(30 th October 2012) 

Environment 

Scottish Natural Heritage 

(31 st October 2012) 

Advised that the following key issues should be 

addressed: 

• Disruption to wetlands including peatlands; 

• Requirement for a Phase 1 Habitat Survey and a 

NVC survey; 

• Potential effects on existing groundwater 

abstractions; 

• The design where possible should avoid the use of 

engineering activities in the water environment; 

• Details of any water use / abstraction should be 

provided; 

• Details should be set out foul drainage 

arrangements; 

• Sources of pollution and measures required to 

prevent pollution; and 

• If flood risk is identified as a potential concern, a 

flood risk assessment should be completed. 

Ecology 

• Follow up surveys from the Phase 1 Habitat 

Survey, if required, should follow specific 

methodologies 

• Species within the NE Biodiversity Action Plan 

should be considered 

• Support the development of a management plan 

Coastal Processes 

• The assessment should include consideration of 

coastal processes including whether this could lead 

to cables becoming exposed 

• The assessment should consider the diversion of 

Blackdog Burn 


• Need to consider recreational views from coastal 

path and golf course 

Access and Recreation 

• Need to consider impact on coastal path 


addressed in Chapters 6 

and 7 of this ER 


addressed in Chapters 

6, 7, 8 and 12 of this ER 

JMP Consultants on behalf of 

Transport Scotland 13 th 

November 2012 


EHO (14 th November 2012) 


Roads (14 th November 2012) 

The assessment should consider impact of 

construction traffic on A90/Hareburn Terrace junction 

Need to consider noise and vibration of construction 

traffic 

Noise 

• Assessment to included both construction and 

operation 

EMF 

• Should not exceed ICNIRP limits 

Both assessments need to assume that housing and 

a school may be located nearby 

Should be demonstrated that deliveries will not 

exceed current maxima 

Parking spaces and surfaced hard standing should 

accord with Council’s Car Parking Standards 



10 and 11 of this ER 



11 and 13 of this ER 



of this ER 

Chapter 4 




Page 39 of 211




December 2012 

TABLE 4.1 



RSPB (27 th November 2012) 

The assessment should include assessment of 

potential disturbance to common and velvet scooters. 

Impact on coastal wintering birds is likely to be low 

The construction works will not have a negative 

impact on seabird populations 

Substation infrastructure is not anticipated to have a 

significant impact on ornithological interests 

The impact of direct habitat loss on breeding birds is 

not expected to be significant 



of this ER 

200 The Proposed Development has evolved over time in response to discussions 

with Aberdeenshire Council and individual stakeholders involving a wide 

range of environmental and technical interests. 

201 Following the submission of the Scoping Report further consultation was 

completed with Belhelvie Community Council on 15 October 2012. In 

summary the issues raised by this consultation included: 

• Potential contamination from landfill during excavation of cable 

corridor – the cable route assessment should set out how the route 

crosses Blackdog Burn. Assessment should include consideration of an 

intrusive site investigation. This matter is addressed in Chapter 6. 

• Gas escape from landfill and potential for explosion - Gas is regularly 

burnt off at Tarbothill landfill just south of Blackdog and consideration 

should be given to landfill composition. This matter is addressed in 

Chapter 6. 

• Access along Hareburn Terrace during cable laying – The 

assessment should consider whether vehicular/pedestrian access would 

be restricted. This matter is addressed in Chapter 10. 

• Traffic issues – The assessment should consider whether the 

construction works would interfere with residential, business and Banbury 

Cross nursery vehicle movements and safety. This matter is addressed in 

Chapter 10. 

• Electromagnetic radiation – The assessment should assess potential 

health hazards associated with electrical substations and cables in close 

proximity to residences. This matter is addressed in Chapter 13. 

• Drainage/flooding – The assessment should include site drainage and 

flooding potential. This matter is addressed in Chapter 6. 

4.1.1 Content of the Environmental Report (ER) 

202 The ER comprises four volumes: 

• Volume 1: non-technical summary (NTS) presenting a summary of the 

assessment findings 

• Volume 2: main text divided into chapters 

• Volume 3: drawings, visualisations and graphics 

Chapter 4 




Page 40 of 211




December 2012 

• Volume 4: technical appendices presenting supporting information and 

technical reports 

203 Volume 2 of the ER would comprise the following Chapters: 

1. Introduction 

2. Site Selection and Assessment of Alternatives 

3. Planning and Policy Context 

4. Project Description 

5. EIA Process, Scoping and Consultation Responses 

Technical Chapters 

6. Hydrology, Hydrogeology and Ground Conditions 

7. Ecology and Ornithology 

8. Landscape and Visual 

9. Cultural Heritage 

10. Traffic and Transport 

11. Noise and Vibration 

12. Socio-economic 

13. Other 

• electromagnetic fields 

• security 

• carbon balance 

• air quality and dust management 

• waste management 

14. Summary of Monitoring and Mitigation Measures 

15. Conclusions 

Generic methodology for ER chapters 

204 Each ER chapter would comprise the following information: 

• Introduction 

• Policy and Guidance 

• Methodology 

• Study Area 

• Baseline 

• Impact Assessment – Construction, Operation and Decommissioning 

o Potential Impact 

o Mitigation 

o Residual Impact 

o Monitoring 

Chapter 4 

• Cumulative Impact Assessment 




Page 41 of 211




December 2012 

• In-combination Impact Assessment 

• Statement of Significance 

• References 

4.1.2 Terminology 

205 In EIA’s, the terms ‘impact’ and effect’ can be used interchangeably, often 

leading to confusion. For this assessment, the following definitions have been 

applied: 

• IMPACT: any pressure on or change to the environment, attributable to 

the proposed development that has the potential to cause environmental 

effects (ie they are the cause of the effect) 

• EFFECT: the consequences or results of these changes on specific 

environmental receptors 

206 In the case of each impact, the assessment aims to describe the magnitude of 

the impact and the sensitivity of each receptor. The combination of the 

impact, and the sensitivity of the receptor are then used to derive the 

significance of the effect. 

4.1.3 Impact Assessment Methodology 

207 The predictions of potential impacts covers three phases; construction, 

operation and decommissioning. During each phase of development 

difference environmental impacts are likely to arise. For example, during the 

construction phase, traffic volumes would be larger than during the 

operational phase of the substation. 

208 Following a prediction of the possible type of impacts which might result from 

the development, the assessment then uses baseline information to predict 

changes to existing site conditions. The assessment addresses the nature, 

magnitude, duration and significance of the likely effects of the construction, 

operation and decommissioning of the onshore transmission works 

(substation facilities and underground cabling). 

209 A variety of methodologies are commonly used to assess environmental 

effects, depending upon the subject area being assessed. All methods are 

based upon recognised good practice and on relevant IEMA and regulator 

guidelines, together with regulations and relevant planning advice notes. 

210 In general, the effect that the substation and underground cabling would have 

on each environmental receptor would be influenced by a combination of the 

sensitivity of the environment/receptor and the predicted degree of change 

from the existing baseline conditions (both positive and negative). 

Environmental sensitivity can be categorised as either vulnerability to change 

from a particular activity or pressure, or it could be a measure of conservation 

value (eg rarity and statutory level of protection). 

211 Within each technical chapter, the criteria for determining the significance of 

this change is made explicit: 

Chapter 4 




Page 42 of 211




December 2012 

212 The impact significance is given as major, moderate, minor or negligible using 

the generic matrix in Table 4.2 as a guide in the assessment process. Not all 

assessments directly follow this but have used this as a guide.” 

TABLE 4.2 

Matrix for Significance of Effect 

Magnitude of 

Impact 

Sensitivity of Receptor 

Very High High Medium Low Negligible 

Very High Major Major Major Moderate Minor 

High Major Major Moderate Minor Negligible 

Medium Major Moderate Moderate Minor Negligible 

Low Moderate Minor Minor Negligible Negligible 

Negligible Minor Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible 

213 For the purposes of environmental assessments therefore, ‘effect’ is generally 

considered in terms of: 

• Negligible (Non-significant) – no detectable or material change to a 

location, environment/habitat or species; 

• Minor significance– a detectable but non-material change to a location, 

environment/habitat or species 

• Moderate significance – a material but non fundamental change to a 

location, environment/habitat or species 

• Major significance – a fundamental change to a location, 

environment/habitat or species 

214 Each specialist has identified appropriate mitigation measures, after which 

there is an assessment of residual effects, after the mitigation has been 

applied. 

215 In order to ensure consistency of assessment over all topics, any 

impact/effect which is stated as being of moderate or major significance is 

targeted with specific mitigation/management measures. These are designed 

to avoid, reduce and if possible, remedy the effect such that residual effects 

are reduced to insignificant levels 

4.1.4 Cumulative Impacts 

216 The proposed approach for the assessment of potential cumulative impacts is 

set out below. There are three possible types of cumulative impacts which 

may require consideration in the assessment of the onshore works across all 

topic areas. 

4.1.4.1 Cumulative Impacts Arising with Other Schemes 

217 At present, there are a number of schemes known in the local area that are at 

the planning stage or have received planning permission and scheduled to be 

constructed within or near to the timeframe of the onshore works. These 

include: 

Chapter 4 




Page 43 of 211




December 2012 

• Phase 1 of Berryhill Business Park 

• Housing development at Dubford 

• Aberdeen Western Peripheral Route 

4.1.4.2 Impacts Arising from the Onshore Construction Works 

218 Cumulative impacts would be assessed across all topic areas in relation to 

the potential for onshore construction works to cumulatively lead to significant 

impacts on a single receptor. In particular cumulative assessment would 

cover impacts of construction traffic in association with the above schemes. 

4.1.4.3 Impacts of the Proposed Development in Combination with Offshore 

Construction and Operation 

219 The potential for cumulative impacts arising from the Proposed Development 

in combination with offshore construction and operation works would be 

assessed. These impacts are most likely to arise when offshore works below 

the low water mark, associated with AOWF, take place alongside onshore 

works at the landing point (up to the MLWS). The potential for this type of 

cumulative impact would be considered for all environmental topics. 

Chapter 4 




Page 44 of 211




December 2012 

5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 


220 This chapter provides a description of the Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm 

(AOWF) (also known as the European Offshore Wind Deployment Centre 

(EOWDC)) Onshore Transmission Works (‘the Proposed Development’) 

including a description of the Proposed Development site and details of the 

infrastructure proposed. This chapter also summarises the key activities 

associated with the construction, operation and decommissioning phases of 

the Proposed Development. 

221 This Environmental Report (ER) covers the transmission works associated 

with the Proposed Development above Mean Low Water Springs (MLWS). 

This includes the SHET Plc substation which is referred to in this document 

for completeness. AOWF ES, July 2011 (Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd., 

2011) covers the offshore elements of AOWF below Mean High Water 

Springs (MHWS). 

5.2 Proposed Development Site Description 

222 The location of the Proposed Development site is shown in Figure 1-1 and 

lies to south-east of the village of Blackdog, approximately 4 km to the south 

of Balmedie and approximately 8 km north of Aberdeen city centre, in 

Aberdeenshire Council administrative area. 

223 The character of the Proposed Development site and surrounding area is 

influenced by the village of Blackdog immediately to the north-west, 

recreational land use associated with Murcar Links Golf Course adjacent to 

the south, beach access to the east, current and former landfill activity to the 

south-west, north and east, and industrial and business uses adjacent to the 

west of the Proposed Development site. The coastal location of the Proposed 

Development site has a strong influence on landscape character, particularly 

on the varied landform and vegetation. There are semi-mature coniferous 

plantations to the north and south of the Proposed Development site. 

224 The village of Blackdog and its surrounding area has been identified within 

the settlement strategy supplementary guidance for Aberdeenshire 

(Aberdeenshire Council, 2012) as being suitable for mixed use development. 

A draft masterplan for Blackdog is currently being developed. Further detail 

on the development framework for the Proposed Development site is included 

in Chapter 3, Planning and Policy Context of this ER. 

5.3 Proposed Development Description 

225 The Proposed Development is required to facilitate the export of electrical 

power generated from AOWF to the national electricity transmission system 

(NETS). 

226 The Proposed Development infrastructure would include the Cable Landfall, a 

Substation Compound, and the onshore cabling between the Cable Landfall 

and the Substation Compound, as shown in Figure 5-1. 

Chapter 5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION Page 45 of 211




December 2012 

227 The permanent elements of the Proposed Development are summarised 

below: 

• Cable Corridor, comprising: 

o Cable Landfall Area between Mean Low Water Spring (MLWS) and 

Mean High Water Spring (MHWS) (up to three cables) 



• Substation Compound, comprising: 

o Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd (AOWFL) Substation 


o Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (SHET Plc) Substation 

o internal access road 



228 The permanent footprint of the Proposed Development including all of the 

above ground elements would not exceed 0.7 hectare (ha). An indicative 

layout for the Proposed Development is shown in Figure 5-1. The final design 

of the substation is likely to have a smaller footprint and smaller components 

associated with it as the design at this stage represents a realistic worst case. 

229 The following temporary working areas would also be required during 

construction: 

• temporary construction compound 

• surface cut trench working area 

• Cable Landfall working area (including beach access) 

• Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area working area 

230 Details of each of the above elements of the Proposed Development 

(including the realistic worst case dimensions) are included in the following 

sections. 

5.3.1 Cable Corridor 

231 The extents of the cable corridor are shown in Figure 5-1. 

5.3.1.1 Cable Landfall 

232 The Cable Landfall is the point where the (up to three) submarine cables from 

AOWF would come ashore. The Cable Landfall would be located between 

MLWS and MHWS, the exact location would be established following detailed 

geotechnical studies and further site investigation post consent/ preconstruction. 

At the Cable Landfall, up to three cables would be spaced 

between 10 metres (m) and 25 m apart, narrowing towards where the Cable 

Corridor passes through the existing break in the dunes. Between AOWF and 

the Cable Landfall the submarine cables would be buried to a depth of 

approximately 1.5 m to 2 m through the use of a subsea cable burying 

system. From the Cable Landfall towards the Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area, 

the submarine cables would continue to be buried to a target depth of 

approximately 1.5 m to 2 m, likely using surface cut trenches. Preinstalled 

cable ducting is likely to be used, to allow the trench to be excavated and 





December 2012 

backfilled prior to submarine cable pull-in, minimising disturbance and 

improving the availability of beach access during the submarine cable 

installation. 

5.3.1.2 Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area 

233 The Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area would be located at National Grid 

Reference (NGR) NJ 96390 14040 on open ground adjacent to the south east 

of Blackdog Fishing Station. This is the point where the submarine cable 

installation would end and the onshore cable installation begins. Following 

detailed design, if it is established that the submarine cables can be 

terminated at the Substation Compound, there would be no requirement for a 

jointing area at this location but a Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area may be 

required within the Substation Compound. 

Photograph 1 

Example of Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area 

234 Following submarine and onshore cable installation operations, each cable 

joint would be made within a jointing pit located at the submarine cable 

termination point. Up to three cable joint pits (one per submarine cable) would 

either be located adjacent to each other (in effectively one large pit), or in 

separate pits in order to enhance connection security and reduce thermal 

dependency. Should individual joint pits be used, they would likely be located 

behind each cable duct termination. The jointing pit(s) would likely be 

constructed prior to submarine cable installation operations in order to 

minimise any delay to the submarine cable pull-in operations. 

235 Within the jointing pit, electrical and data transmission connections would be 

made between the submarine and onshore cables, and the submarine cable 

would be anchored in a strain termination in order to protect against tension 

being introduced into the landfall section of the submarine cable. The need 

for, and location of the cable jointing pit(s) would be finalised during the 

detailed design stage pre-construction. 

236 Jointing pit construction would likely involve: 

• mechanical excavation of the jointing pit chamber (up to 6 m x 10 m for a 

single pit) 





December 2012 

• construction of shuttered, concrete metal reinforced jointing chamber 

walls 

• external backfill of excavated spoil (or potentially hardcore/sand) to firm 

up chamber walls 

237 Following connection of the submarine cables to the onshore cables the 

connection pit would be partially filled-in with stabilised backfill. Cable marker 

tiles would be placed on top of the stabilised backfill, followed by the 

reinstatement of excavated top soil and the finished surface. Post installation, 

the jointing pit(s) would not require regular access (only being excavated 

should a fault develop), and typically two small ‘link boxes’ with locked 

manhole access would be constructed in order to provide routine testing and 

inspection of each cable sheath, earthing system and fibre optic patch. Link 

boxes would be located within the jointing pit footprint and would be 

approximately 0.5 m deep and 1 m square in plan. 

5.3.1.3 Onshore Cabling 

238 Onshore Cabling would be likely to be installed using a single surface cut 

trench a minimum of 1.6 m in width (circuits laid closely together are thermally 

dependant, and for this reason greater separation may be sought between 

circuits at the detailed design stage leading to greater trench widths within the 

10 m wide Cable Corridor) and using preinstalled cable ducting. Between the 

Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area and Hareburn Terrace, it is proposed that the 

existing Blackdog Fishing Station access track would be upgraded, and the 

onshore cables would run beneath the upgraded track to minimise any 

adverse impact on the surrounding vegetation and dune systems. The Cable 

Corridor is shown in Figure 5-1, and is shown indicatively as up to 10 m wide 

to include the trench and a working area. The final width and depth of the 

trench and the separation between each onshore cable circuit would be 

finalised at the detailed design stage. 

239 From Hareburn Terrace to AOWFL Substation, where the Onshore Cabling 

terminates, the cable is likely to take the most direct route between Hareburn 

Terrace and AOWFL Substation. The route would be confirmed following 

detailed ground investigations prior to construction. More detail on the 

installation of Onshore Cabling is contained in section 5.4.3. 

240 Additional short sections of Onshore Cabling are also likely to be required 

between AOWFL Substation and VPFC equipment, and AOWFL Substation 

and the SHET Plc Substation. 

241 Following completion of the onshore cable installation, there would be no 

above ground infrastructure visible. 

5.3.2 Substation Compound 

242 An indicative layout of the Substation Compound is shown on Figure 5-1. 

Indicative Substation Compound elevations are shown in Figure 5-2. 

243 The Substation Compound is likely to include AOWFL substation, SHET Plc 

substation and VPFC equipment. It would not be known whether VPFC 

equipment is required until the final selection of wind turbine model and a 

detailed study of integrated electrical system design has taken place. 





December 2012 

244 The Substation Compound area would be excavated and levelled to form a 

suitable bearing strata for the buildings and equipment proposed. The 

formation level of the Substation Compound would be a maximum of 16.5 m 

above ordnance datum (AOD). As the Proposed Development site includes 

made ground, it is not known at the time of writing whether excavated 

material can be reused as part of the groundworks required to level the site. 

Should the material not be suitable to form an appropriate bearing stratum, it 

can be reused on other parts of the site for landscaping, and the formation 

level of the compound would be lowered to avoid any requirement to import 

large volumes of construction material to the Development Site. The minimum 

level of the Substation Compound would be 12.5 m AOD. Due to the 

uncertainty regarding the nature of the made ground, and the final formation 

level of the Substation Compound, it has been assumed that the buildings 

may require piled foundations. 

245 The substation compound would require permanent security fencing 

throughout the life time of the development. A fence of not less than 2.4 m in 

height is typically required in order to prevent unauthorised access to any 

plant or equipment which is not encased. This requirement is set out in 

greater detail in Chapter 13, Other Issues of this ER. 

5.3.2.1 Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Limited Substation 

246 The Onshore Cabling terminates at the 33 kV AOWFL Substation which 

would be likely to be situated at approximate NGR NJ 96190 13900 towards 

the north-east of the Substation Compound as shown in Figure 5-1. Figure 

5.3 shows indicative building elevations. 

247 This building would contain: 

• MV Switchgear (wind turbine feeders and SHET Plc incomer(s)) 

• VPFC protection and control equipment (if necessary) 

• dynamic cable temperature monitoring system(s) / equipment 

• metering, Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) 

communications systems 

• welfare and storage facilities 

248 The building is likely to be a steel frame and aluminium clad building with a 

pitched roof. The final appearance of the building would be agreed in 

consultation with Aberdeenshire Council prior to construction. The maximum 

dimensions of AOWFL Substation are summarised in Table 5-1. 

TABLE 5-1 

AOWFL Substation maximum building dimensions 

Maximum Height (m) 6 

Maximum Width (m) 20 

Maximum Length (m) 30 

249 If VPFC equipment is required to be located in a separate compound, this 

equipment would be linked to AOWFL Substation via short sections of 

Onshore Cabling. AOWFL Substation would also be linked to the SHET Plc 

Substation via Onshore Cabling for electricity to be exported to the NETS. 





December 2012 

Voltage Power Factor Control 

250 In order to connect, and export power onto, the NETS, the electricity 

generated by AOWF is required to comply with National Grid and SHET Plc 

technical and performance requirements, which may require Voltage Power 

Factor Control (VPFC) equipment at the point of connection between AOWFL 

Substation and the NETS. 

251 With a potential range of wind turbine technologies/manufacturers, each with 

different electrical, control and power output characteristics, achieving 

compliance with these requirements may necessitate additional onshore 

VPFC equipment. This may result in a requirement for additional outdoor 

electrical infrastructure, comprising of a variety of containerised and stand 

alone electrical components, which could include: 

• reactors 

• capacitors 

• static VAr Compensator (SVC) 

• static synchronous compensator (STATCOM) 

252 If required, this equipment is proposed to be located within a VPFC 

equipment compound shown in Figure 5-1 adjacent to the south of AOWFL 

Substation at NGR NJ 96190 13870. A typical VPFC equipment compound is 

shown in Photograph 2. 

Photograph 2 

Example equipment within a VPFC Compound (Siemens, 2012) 

253 Following final turbine selection post-consent, detailed design can begin 

including finalisation of VPFC equipment requirements. The maximum VPFC 

compound dimensions are provided in Table 5-2. 





December 2012 

TABLE 5-2 

VPFC Compound maximum dimensions 

Maximum Equipment 5 

Height (m) 



5.3.2.2 SHET Plc Substation 

254 The 132/33 kV SHET Plc Substation would be likely to be situated towards 

the south-west of the Substation Compound at NGR NJ 96160 13880. The 

transformer and associated electrical control equipment is likely to be housed 

within a steel frame and aluminium clad building with a pitched roof. The final 

appearance of the building would be agreed in consultation by SHET Plc and 

Aberdeenshire Council prior to construction. Figure 5-4 shows indicative 

building elevations. A typical 132/33 kV substation building is shown in 

Photograph 3. 

Photograph 3 

Example SHET Plc Indoor Substation (Edinbane, Isle of Skye) 

255 The maximum SHET Plc Substation building dimensions are summarised in 

Table 5-3. These building dimensions allow for electrical safety clearances 

between equipment and provide adequate air circulation and cooling. 

TABLE 5-3 

SHET Plc Substation building maximum dimensions 

Maximum Height (m) 10.6 



Connection to the NETS 

256 A connection would be required between the SHET Plc Substation and the 

NETS at Dyce. It is anticipated that this connection would consist of an 

underground transmission cable, predominantly following highways to 

connect to an existing High Voltage “stub” to the east of Dyce, at approximate 





December 2012 

NGR NJ 90630 12450. This connection is not considered further in this ER. 

The relevant permissions would have to be obtained by SHET Plc. 

5.3.2.3 Access within Substation Compound 

257 Within the Substation Compound, a permanent 4.5 m wide access road, 

finished in a bitmac surface, would be installed in order to allow shared 

operational transport access from the public highway via Hareburn Terrace to 

both AOWFL and SHET Plc Substations and the VPFC Compound. Further 

details of the access track specification are given in Section 5.4.2 of this 

chapter. 

5.3.2.4 Car Parking within Substation Compound 

258 Approximately 5 permanent car parking spaces, adjoining the access road 

and extending to a total area of between approximately 60 m 2 are proposed 

within the Substation Compound, to the north of the access road, and 

adjacent to the west of AOWFL Substation at NGR NJ 96160 13900. 

5.3.2.5 Site Access Point 

259 The Substation Compound would be accessed from the north, at approximate 

NGR NJ 96040 14020 from Hareburn Terrace, as shown on Figure 5-1. The 

access point would be constructed to comply with Aberdeenshire Council 

Roads Department requirements. Appropriate signage would be located at 

the site entrance during construction and operation. Further information is 

included in Chapter 9, Traffic and Transport of this ER. 

5.3.2.6 Landform / Landscaping 

260 The Substation Compound area is required to be levelled prior to construction 

of the substation buildings and earthworks are also likely to be necessary to 

form the required gradient for the access road between Hareburn Terrace and 

the Substation Compound. Material excavated onsite would be utilised in the 

earthworks where possible, or stockpiled onsite and used in landscaping 

during site restoration post-construction. 

261 The formation level of the Substation Compound is likely to be a maximum of 

16.5 m, resulting in the buildings being set down in the landscape relative to 

the surrounding land to the north, west and south. As a result, no landform 

screening is proposed, beyond re-distribution of excess material won onsite. 

Three stands of plantation forestry of a total area of approximately 7,750 m 2 , 

in keeping with the existing land use around the Proposed Development site, 

are proposed on the west, north-west and east of the Substation Compound. 

These stands of plantation forestry would be located towards Hareburn 

Terrace as shown on Figure 5-1. These plantations would provide visual 

screening of the Substation Compound from current and proposed residential 

areas at Blackdog. 

262 Consideration of landscape and visual impacts, and details of mitigation 

proposed are provided in Chapter 8, Landscape and Visual Impact 

Assessment of this ER. 





December 2012 

5.3.2.7 Site Drainage 

263 Adequate drainage would be required to ensure that the equipment within the 

Substation Compound is protected from storm events. It is likely that drainage 

channels would be required around the substation compound, and these 

would discharge into existing drainage channels to the east of the 

Development Site. More detailed plans of the drainage proposals would be 

submitted at the detailed design stage, and would respond to specific 

drainage requirements once the formation level of the Substation Compound 

is known. Further details of onsite drainage are included in Chapter 6, 

Hydrology, Hydrogeology and Ground Conditions of this ER. 

5.3.3 Temporary Works Areas 

5.3.3.1 Temporary construction compound 

264 An indicative temporary construction compound with an area of up to 

2,500 m 2 is shown on Figure 5-1 centred on approximate NGR NJ 96170 

13930. Construction worker welfare facilities would be required on site 

throughout the construction phase. These would likely include an office unit, 

canteen/mess facilities, a toilet unit with washing facilities, waste disposal 

skips, and storage cabins for materials and tools. Following completion of 

construction activities, this area would be reinstated and is likely to be used in 

part for landscaping. 

5.3.3.2 Surface cut trench working area 

265 Assuming up to three onshore cable circuits are laid within a single trench 

measuring approximately 1.6 m wide and 1 m deep, the spoil arisings would 

approximate to a linear heap 2 m wide by 1.5 m high located to the edge of 

the trench or may as an alternative be stockpiled for later reinstatement. The 

overall trench construction width could be wider, up to an approximate 

working width of approximately 5 m to 6 m allowing for plant and personnel 

working, but would in all cases be contained within the 10 m wide Cable 

Corridor. The number of circuits within the trench, the lay pattern, presence of 

pre-existing services or obstacles, etc may affect the final trench width. The 

10 m wide onshore Cable Corridor is depicted in Figure 5-1. 

5.3.3.3 Cable Landfall working area (including beach access) 

266 Working areas (typically up to 15 m wide) are likely to be required at each 

cable duct ‘punch-out’ point on the beach. Temporary bunding may be used 

around each punch-out position on the beach between high and low tide in 

order to extend working windows. 

267 In addition to Cable Landfall and trenching works, an area of the beach may 

be used to assemble cable duct sections from lengths of duct pipe prior to 

duct installation. Should this prove to be viable during detailed design, then a 

working area on the beach would be required for; duct pipe storage, welding 

equipment mobilisation/storage, and duct string fabrication. An area of the 

beach as close as practical to the cable duct route would be used to 

assemble the cable duct sections. It is anticipated that this working area 





December 2012 

would be contained within the submarine cable and cable corridor shown in 

Figure 5-1. 

268 During cable duct installation works at the Cable Landfall it would not be 

necessary to fence off large areas of beach for extended periods in order to 

bar access from members of the public. Temporary demarcation of individual 

working areas by safety warning tape (upgraded to security fencing if 

necessary) may be required to restrict public access (members of the public 

would not be prevented from accessing parts of the beach unaffected by 

cable duct installation works) or an appropriate security patrol to ensure 

members of the public are protected from areas of activity during cable duct 

installation works. 

269 There is not expected to be any requirement to leave plant and machinery on 

the beach during cable duct installation and other Cable Landfall works. Plant 

and equipment would instead likely be deployed from the cable pull-in and 

jointing working area, or the temporary construction compound. 

270 In order to reach the Cable Landfall, beach access is required during the 

construction phase. This would utilise the upgraded existing track to Blackdog 

Fishing Station and the existing beach access and river crossing through the 

dunes to the east of Blackdog Fishing Station. 

271 The beach access would be required to enable access for excavation 

equipment install the surface cut trench from the Cable Landfall to the cable 

pull-in and jointing area adjacent to the south-east of Blackdog Fishing 

Station. In addition, some equipment required to install the submarine cables 

from the Cable Landfall to MLWS (eg temporary cable support or guidance 

equipment) may access the beach via this route. 

5.3.3.4 Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area 

272 A temporary working area of approximately 30 m by 20 m would be required 

at the Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area during construction. 

5.4 Construction 

273 The key activities required in order to construct the onshore infrastructure, 

including indicative phasing and duration of works, is summarised in Table 5- 

4. 

TABLE 5-4 

Indicative Construction Programme 

Task Name 

Site Mobilisation and 

Enabling Works 

Internal Site Access 

Tracks and Compound 

Earthworks 

Onshore Cable 

Installation Works 

Month 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 





December 2012 

TABLE 5-4 

Indicative Construction Programme 

Task Name 

Month 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

AOWFL Substation 

Construction (incl. VPFC) 

SHET Plc Substation 

Construction 

Mobilise Cable Pull-in 

Spreads (winch & plinth) 

Cable Installation and 

Demobilisation 

Test and Commission 

Site Reinstatement (road 

finishing, landscaping 

etc) 

274 It is anticipated that for the majority of construction activities described, 

standard daytime working hours would apply. For example, 08:00 to 18:00 

Monday to Friday and 08:00 to 12:00 on Saturday, with an additional one 

hour start-up and shut-down period (for fuelling, preparation etc). 

275 Submarine cable installation works may require 24 hour working, due to both 

the time sensitive nature of the works and the requirement for continuous 

operations. 

276 A summary of each respective construction activity and construction 

methodology is included in the following sections. 

5.4.1 Site Mobilisation and Enabling Works 

277 Site mobilisation works are anticipated to include: 

• erection of temporary site fencing, signage and lighting around the 

perimeter of the Substation Compound 

• clearing, and establishing a working surface within, the Substation 

Compound 

• setting up construction worker welfare facilities 

• establishing temporary services to the Substation Compound 

278 Establishing a level working surface within the Substation Compound would 

require cut and fill excavation of topsoil, and subsoil (and/or made ground) in 

order to form a level area. The precise amount of material to be excavated 

would be established during detailed design and may change should the 

material won be unsuitable for use as fill. Good practice dust suppression 

techniques such as dust screening and wheel washing would be implemented 

as necessary during construction to avoid potential adverse impacts on air 

quality. 





December 2012 

279 Based on a level working surface for the Substation Compound at 16.5 m 

AOD, it is estimated that approximately 3,100 m 3 of material would be 

excavated, and all of this material can be reused onsite. If necessary, should 

the excavated ground not be suitable for use as fill, the formation level of 

16.5 m AOD could be lowered in order to ensure that large volumes of stone 

are not required to be brought onto site to form a competent formation level. 

Competent ground is estimated to lie at 13 m AOD. 

280 Temporary construction worker welfare facilities would be required on site 

throughout the construction phase. These would likely include an office unit, 

canteen/mess facilities, a toilet unit with washing facilities, waste disposal 

skip(s), and storage cabins for materials and tools. 

281 It is anticipated that site mobilisation and enabling works would last 

approximately one month. 

5.4.2 Internal Site Access Tracks and Substation Compound Earthworks 

282 Onsite access track and construction hard standing works are anticipated to 

include: 

• delivery of construction equipment and plant – typically by Heavy Goods 

Vehicle (HGV) 

• earthworks to establish a level surface for the Substation Compound 

• establishment of a temporary construction compound 

• delivery of road/hard standing formation materials (to coincide with stock 

piling or removal from site of excavated material) 

• excavation and construction of permanent internal access roads and 

temporary construction hard standing 

283 The internal site access track would be approximately 4.5 m wide, and would 

have a minimum bend radius of 18 m, a maximum gradient of 1 in 15, and 

would be approximately 300 m in total length and approximately 1,375 m 2 in 

total area. This specification applies up to a single gross vehicle mass of 120 

tonnes however this may be downgraded accordingly upon confirmation of 

the maximum abnormal load total vehicle mass. Abnormal loads would 

typically include oversized vehicles and/or loads that require an escort, and 

may include transformer deliveries and potentially drill rig and crane access. 

284 Establishing the temporary construction compound within the Proposed 

Development site would typically involve partial excavation, with subsequent 

formation and compaction of backfill material. 

285 It is anticipated that internal site access track construction and substation 

compound earthworks would last approximately one to two months. 

5.4.3 Onshore Cable Installation Works 

286 It is expected that each onshore cable circuit, comprising three power cables, 

would be installed in a trefoil arrangement within surface cut trenches. 

Following a detailed survey of the cable route and full search for existing 

utilities, services and obstacles, a trench would be constructed using a 

conventional excavator. A roller or whacker plate would be used to prepare 

the base of the trench, before a shallow bed of stabilised backfill would be 





December 2012 

formed. Each circuit would either be directly laid within the trench, or 

alternately installed using cable ducting. An example cable trench section, 

using SHET plc guidance for 33 kV circuits (SSE, 2010), is depicted for 

information in Photograph 4 showing ducted and direct lay cables in a trefoil 

arrangement. 

287 Cables would be surrounded by stabilised backfill material (such as graded 

sands) complying with Energy Networks Association (ENA) guidance (ENA, 

1997). This material would improve/ensure adequate heat dissipation and 

would surround the cable or duct with a minimum depth of 100 mm of material 

above the top of the cable or duct. Cables laid direct would be installed with 

the first 50 mm of compacted backfill in place. Continuous plastic cable 

marker tiles would be placed centrally 150 mm above each circuit for its entire 

length. 

Photograph 4 

Indicative Surface Cut Trench Detail 

288 Minimum circuit spacing and trench width is depicted in Photograph 4 for two 

33 kV circuits laid within a single trench. Should more circuits be placed within 

a single trench, the same minimum spacing between circuits would apply. 

Assuming up to three 33 kV circuits laid in a single trench, the trench width 

would extend to a minimum of 1.6 m wide. It should be noted that circuits laid 

closely together are thermally dependant, and for this reason greater 

separation may be sought between circuits during detailed design leading to 

greater trench widths. The overall trench construction width, allowing for plant 

and personnel working, would be in the order of 5 m to 6 m within the 10 m 

wide Cable Corridor. 

289 The depth of cable burial within the trench is dependent upon the type of 

ground in which the cables are laid. The minimum depth to the top of the 

cable or cable duct (distance A in Photograph 4) is described in Table 5-5 for 

different ground uses. Any obstacles (eg watercourses, services, drains etc) 

would require a different burial depth. Typically, an increased burial depth 

would be required in order to allow maintenance to these services without risk 

of disturbance to the cable circuit. 





December 2012 

TABLE 5-5 

Indicative 33kV Cable Burial Depths 

Ground Type 

Depth of cover to top of cable tile (mm) 

Unmade ground, grassland or footway 800 

Roadway 900 

Agricultural land 1,150 

5.4.4 AOWFL Substation Construction (Including VPFC) 

290 AOWFL Substation (including any requirement for a VPFC compound and 

equipment) construction is anticipated to include: 

• establishment of a temporary construction compound (comprising welfare 

and storage facilities etc) 

• delivery of construction equipment and plant (typically by HGV) 

• preparatory civil works (including foundation preparation and provision for 

building services) 

• formation of building/compound bases, and building construction 

• fit out of building/compound (including installation of electrical plant, 

equipment and ancillary systems) 

• testing of installed equipment and systems 

291 Prior to detailed geotechnical site investigation taking place at the detailed 

design stage, exact construction methodologies for the building base are not 

known. Typically however, this would either require raft foundations being 

formed in poured concrete (approximately 425 mm thick) on a compacted 

layer of crushed stone, or strip foundations constructed in excavated 

trenches. Spoil arising from trenched foundations would typically be used to 

backfill trenches, and to build up levels below suspended floors. Depending 

on the outcome of detailed geotechnical investigation prior to construction 

and the final formation level of the Substation Compound, piled foundations 

may be required. 

5.4.5 SHET Plc Substation Construction 

292 The SHET Plc Substation construction is anticipated to include broadly the 

same construction activities and methodologies described for AOWFL 

Substation in Section 5.4.4. Notably, key electrical plant and equipment may 

be installed on prepared plinths (including bunding) prior to building the 

superstructure construction in order to facilitate simplified installation. 

293 The construction of substation foundations and compound bases is 

anticipated to take approximately one month at the commencement of 

respective construction activities. Construction of substation superstructures 

is anticipated to last an approximate two to three month period, followed by a 

further two to four month ‘fit-out’ period. Substation and equipment 

compound construction for AOWFL and SHET Plc infrastructure is anticipated 

to take approximately six months. 





December 2012 

5.4.6 Mobilise Cable Pull-in Spreads 

294 Mobilising cable pull-in spreads and preparing for cable installation activities 

is anticipated to include: 

• mobilising and preparing the cable pull-in spread at the submarine cable 

termination point (winch, plinth, ancillaries etc) 

• mobilising and preparing the Cable Landfall site (excavating ducts, 

pigging ducts, prepping beach ground anchors, etc) 

• excavation of any onshore cable trenches and cable jointing pits required 

in order to facilitate cable installation activities 

295 Mobilising cable pull-in spreads and preparing for the submarine cable 

installation campaign is anticipated to take up to three months. This extended 

duration allows for a two month winch plinth curing duration, sandwiched 

between two two-week site mobilisation/preparation periods. Trench and pit 

preparation activities are anticipated to take approximately two weeks, 

immediately preceding installation activities. 

5.4.7 Cable Installation and Demobilisation 

296 Cable installation and demobilisation activities, described above, are 

anticipated to include in summary: 

• Pull-in of each submarine export power cable (from a cable 

transport/installation vessel), between the Cable Landfall and submarine 

cable termination point 

• Subsea plough burial of each submarine cable out to sea 

• Trenched burial of each submarine cable section between cable duct 

entries and plough deployment point 

• Termination and anchoring of each submarine export power cable 

• Demobilisation of cable installation spreads and ancillary equipment, 

including recovery of all plant and ancillary equipment 

297 Site demobilisation activities would include removing all construction plant 

and ancillary equipment from both the substation site and beach landfall site, 

followed by site re-instatement and landscaping. Anticipated site reinstatement 

activities are described in greater detail within Section 5.6.2. 

298 The cable installation and demobilisation campaign is anticipated to take up 

to one month. This timescale assumes that all the cables are laid in one 

operation consecutively. The timescale could thus be extended if the cables 

are installed in phases or should notable bad weather interrupt the installation 

campaign. 

299 The actual cable installation operation is anticipated to typically take one to 

two days per cable, with an additional day for beach burial activities. The 

termination or jointing of all submarine cables would typically be undertaken 

in one process, and would be conducted over an approximate 2 week period. 

300 During the winter period, sea state conditions are less amenable to marine 

operations, and thus installation of the submarine export cables would ideally 

be undertaken in the summer months when there would be less risk of delay 

due to adverse weather conditions. 





December 2012 

5.4.8 Test and Commission 

301 Post export cable termination, and following completion of onshore 

infrastructure construction (including individual testing campaigns), a fully 

integrated testing and commissioning programme of activities would 

commence. Testing and commissioning activities would include energising, 

and testing the functionality and performance of, all electrical equipment and 

ancillary equipment and systems. 

302 As part of the commissioning process, compliance with National Grid / SHET 

Plc technical and performance requirements would have to be demonstrated 

prior to formal connection to the NETS. 

303 The duration of this process is anticipated to last approximately two months. 

This is based upon the assumption that no notable commissioning or 

compliance testing difficulties arise at this time, as these would have the 

potential to significantly extend the duration of this activity. 

5.4.9 Site Reinstatement 

304 Site re-instatement activities are anticipated to include: 

• removal of all evidence of machinery presence 

• reinstate and landscape site (including soft planting) 

• complete permanent access road to finished standard (bitmac surface) 

• removal of all debris and project related (and generated) material, 

supplies and equipment from both the Substation Compound and Cable 

Landfall at the completion of works (also staggered throughout the 

construction campaign) 

305 The site reinstatement process is anticipated to last approximately four 

weeks. All elements of the site (including temporary working areas) would not 

be considered complete until all site restoration activities had been 

performed. 

5.4.10 Site Construction Environmental Management Plan 

306 Construction best practice would be followed during the construction of the 

onshore works. This would be implemented by a Site Construction 

Environmental Management Plan, to include the following: 

• Pollution Prevention Plan 

• Emergency/Pollution Incident Response Plan 

• Site Waste Management Plan 

• Site Drainage Plan 

5.5 Operation 

307 The wind farm, and all associated infrastructure, is expected to remain 

operational for an approximate 22 year lifespan. 

308 During normal periods of operation, it is expected that AOWFL and SHET Plc 

Substations would be unmanned. Planned maintenance activities however 





December 2012 

would require regular site visits during normal working hours (08.00 - 18.00) 

in order to ensure operational and safety standards are maintained. Any 

unscheduled site visits would occur as the need arose, potentially outside of 

normal working hours, in the event of an emergency (eg equipment failure or 

damage to plant or equipment). 

309 Visits would be undertaken predominantly in vans or four wheel drive 

vehicles. 

5.5.1 Operation and Maintenance Activities 

310 Indicative operation and maintenance activities and durations are shown in 

Table 5-6. These are indicative and are assumed to be representative for 

SHET Plc and AOWFL infrastructure. 

TABLE 5-6 

Operation and Maintenance Activities 

Activity Personnel Equipment Duration 

Planned servicing & 

maintenance 

Weekly visits 

(average) to site to 

include inspections 

and minor servicing / 

repairs) 

6 monthly minor 

servicing 

12 monthly major 

servicing 

- - Annually 

1 x fitter Van 1 day per week 

2 x fitters Vans 2 days 

2 x fitters Vans 2 days 

5.6 Decommissioning 

311 The requirement, or otherwise, to remove the substation buildings and all 

associated infrastructure would be taken by the development operator, SHET 

Plc and the local planning authority at the planned time of decommissioning. 

All decisions would be dependent on; any security and environmental risks, 

the condition of the equipment on site, and any potential for reuse of the site. 

The process would follow all steps as agreed in a detailed Decommissioning 

Plan to be agreed with the relevant authorities at the time of decommissioning 

and to adhere to relevant legislation at the time. 

5.6.1 Decommissioning Activities 

312 Expected typical durations of key decommissioning activities are listed in 

Table 5-7. Detailed activities and durations would be confirmed at the time of 

decommissioning. 





December 2012 

TABLE 5-7 

Likely Decommissioning Activities 

Activity Personnel Equipment Duration 

AOWFL Substation 

(and VPFC 

equipment) and 

cables 

Drivers 

4 x Electrical Fitters 

6 x General 

Construction Workers 

Vans 

100t Crane 

Excavators 

20t flat bed lorry with 

own crane 

20t lorry for removal 

2 weeks to remove 

equipment. 

3 weeks to break up 

and remove 

foundations / bring in 

soil / re-instate to 

arable land. 

SHET Plc Substation 

and cables 

Drivers 

4 x Electrical Fitters 

Vans 

100t Crane 

2 weeks to remove 

equipment. 

6 x General 

Construction Workers 

Excavators 

20t flat bed lorry with 

own crane 

20t lorry for removal 

Abnormal load for 

transformer removal 

3 weeks to break up 

and remove 

foundations / bring in 

soil / re-instate to 

arable land. 

5.6.2 Land Reinstatement 

313 All restoration and reinstatement work would be carried out subject to the 

Decommissioning Plan agreed with the Local Planning Authority. Full site 

reinstatement may not be required and would depend on any future use. 

314 Should the buildings and equipment be removed, all redundant electrical and 

ancillary plant and equipment would be drained of any oil and removed. 

Power cables would be de-energised, cut, capped and buried below ground 

level and left in situ. If trenched cables were to be removed, the excavated 

ground would be reinstated. All building structures would have their services 

disconnected and building structures would be removed down to their 

foundations, before being covered over by layers of subsoil and topsoil. 

Where necessary, reseeding of grassland, grass margins and ditches would 

take place. 

315 All affected sites would not be considered complete until all the following site 

restoration activities have been performed: 

• removal of all debris and project related (and generated) material, 

supplies and equipment from the site at the completion of the 

decommissioning 

• removal of all evidence of machinery presence 

• site reinstatement and landscaping in accordance with planning 

requirements 

• site reinstatement to previous condition or better 

5.7 Glossary 

AOWF - Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm (also known as European Offshore 

Wind Deployment Centre). 





December 2012 

Cable Corridor - the route that would be used for the submarine and land 

cables to pass from AOWF to the Substation Compound. 

Cable Landfall area – the area between the MLWS and MHWS level where 

the submarine cables reach land. 

Cable Pull-in and Jointing Area – the area where the submarine cable are 

to be jointed with the onshore cables. 

Capacitors – a system of voltage control within a substation. 

Decommissioning Plan – sets out the approach to decommissioning and 

restoration of the Proposed Development. To be agreed with the Local 

Authority prior to the end of the operational life of the Wind Farm. 

Emergency/Pollution Incident Response Plan – a structured approach to 

ensure that any emergencies are dealt with expediently and effectively 

MV Switchgear - electrical disconnect switches, fuses or circuit breakers 

used to control, protect and isolate electrical equipment 

National Electrical Transmission System (NETS) – a network connecting 

power stations and major substations and ensuring that electricity generated 

anywhere in England, Scotland and Wales can be used to satisfy demand 

elsewhere. 

Onshore cables – land based electrical cables which are typically 

constructed using three separate aluminium core cables laid in parallel in a 

flat or trefoil formation. 

Pollution Prevention Plan – a management plan which seeks to avoid 

causing pollution, minimise waste and comply with the requirements of the 

law. 

Reactors – a system of voltage control within a substation. 

Site Construction Environmental Management Plan – a plan which seeks 

to reduce environmental risk through a structured and managed approach 

Site Drainage Plan – a plan which seeks to identify and minimises potential 

water course risks and ensure that development adopts a sustainable 

drainage system (SuDS) to minimise flood risk. 

Site Waste Management Plan – a plan which seeks to reduce waste 

generation and encourage the recycling of products wherever possible 

SHET Plc –Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (SHET Plc). 

Static synchronous compensator (STATCOM) - a regulating device used 

on alternating current electricity transmission networks to ensure voltage 

going through the system meets required standards. 

Static VAr compensator (SVC) - is an electrical device for providing fastacting 

reactive power on high-voltage electricity transmission networks. SVCs 

are part of the Flexible AC transmission system device family, regulating 

voltage and stabilising the system. 





December 2012 

Submarine cables – strengthened electrical cables which are resilient to 

corrosive effects of salt water and are typically constructed using three copper 

power cores surrounded by mechanical armour enclosed within a single 

cable. 

Substation - part of an electrical generation, transmission, and distribution 

system which converts voltage from that generated to that required by the 

National Grid. 

Substation Compound – the fenced area in which AOWF substation, VPFC 

Compound and SHET Plc substation would be located. 

Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) – is a type of 

industrial control systems which is a computer controlled systems that 

remotely monitor and control industrial processes 

Surface cut trench – trenching which is dug using a standard excavator, 

lined with stabilised backfill material (such as graded sands) and then 

backfilled with excavated material to the previous ground level. 

Voltage Power Factor Control (VPFC) – electrical equipment to ensure that 

energy output from AOWF achieves compliance with National Grid technical 

and performance requirements. 


Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd (2011) European Offshore Wind 

Deployment Centre Environmental Statement July 2011 

Aberdeenshire Council (2012) Aberdeenshire Local Development Plan 2012 

Supplementary Guidance Volume F Settlement Statements Formartine 

Energy Networks Association (ENA) (1997) Technical Specification 97-1 

Special backfill materials for cable installations 

Siemens (2012) Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS) 

http://www.energy.siemens.com/br/en/power-transmission/facts/ [Accessed 

December 2012] 

SSE (2010) Specification for electricity service and distribution cables for use 

during the installation of new connections July 2010 





December 2012 

6 HYDROLOGY, HYDROGEOLOGY AND GROUND CONDITIONS 


316 This section presents the baseline characteristics of the geology, water resources, 

hydrogeology and flood risk in the vicinity of the Proposed Development site, and goes 

on to assess potential impacts of the works on ground conditions, geology, water 

resources, hydrogeology and flood risk during, construction, operation and 

decommissioning of the site. 

6.1.1 Consultation 

317 A summary of stakeholders consulted with an interest in ground conditions and the 

water environment, and their responses is shown in Table 6.1. 

TABLE 6.1 

Summary of Consultation Responses relating to Hydrology, Hydrogeology and Ground 

Conditions 

Consultee 

Scottish Environment Protection 

Agency 


Scottish Natural Heritage (31 st 

October 2012) 

Scottish Water 

(23 rd October 2012) 


October 2012) 

(23 rd 

Summary of Consultee Response 

Advised that the following key issues should be addressed: 


• Potential effects on existing groundwater abstractions; 

• The design where possible should avoid the use of engineering activities 

in the water environment; 

• Details of any water use / abstraction should be provided; 

• Details should be set out foul drainage arrangements; 

• Sources of pollution and measures required to prevent pollution; and 

• If flood risk is identified as a potential concern, a flood risk assessment 

should be completed. 


The assessment should include consideration of coastal processes including 

whether this could lead to cables becoming exposed. 

Advised there are Scottish Water waste water assets in the area that may be 

affected by the Proposed Development. It is therefore requested that these 

assets are protected from the risk of contamination and damage. 

The proposal may be impacted by a number of potentially contaminated and 

contaminated sites which are not considered in the scoping report. These 

sites may affect the design and/or location of the installation. Remedial works 

may be required. 

318 Further details of these and all consultation responses are given in Chapter 4. 

6.1.2 Policy and Guidance 

319 Key guidance documents which have been used include: 

• Scottish Planning Policy (Scottish Government, February 2010) 

• Planning Guidance on Wind Farm Developments (SEPA 12 th March 2012) 

• Good Practice During Wind Farm Construction (Version 1) (Scottish Renewables et 

al, October 2010) 

• Pollution Prevention Guidelines Note 1 (SEPA, 2001) 

• The Water Environment (Controlled Activities) (Scotland) Regulations 2011 (SEPA, 

2011c) 

Chapter 6 

HYDROLOGY, HYDROGEOLOGY 

AND GROUND CONDITIONS 

Page 65 of 211




December 2012 

• Planning Advice Note (PAN) 51 Planning, Environmental Protection and Regulation 

(Scottish Government, 2006) 

• PAN 69 Planning and Buildings Standards Advice on Flooding (Scottish 

Government, 2004) 

• CIRIA Report C648, Control of Water Pollution from Linear Construction Projects – 

Technical Guidance, (CIRIA 2006) 

• CIRIA Report C697 The SuDS Manual (CIRIA, 2007) 

• Technical Flood Risk Guidance for Stakeholders (SEPA, April 2010) 

320 The Pollution Prevention Guidelines identified below are the principal guidance 

documents for preventing water pollution and erosion from construction activities and 

are jointly produced by the Environment Agency for England and Wales, Scottish 

Environment Protection Agency and the Environment and Heritage Service in Northern 

Ireland: 

• PPG1: General Guide to the Prevention of Pollution 

• PPG2: Above Ground Oil Storage Tanks 

• PPG3: Use and Design of Oil Separators in Surface Water Drainage Systems 

• PPG4: Treatment and Disposal of Sewage where no Foul Sewer is Available 

• PPG5: Works and Maintenance in or Near Water 

• PPG6: Working at Construction and Demolition Sites 

• PPG8: Safe Storage and Disposal of Used Oils 

• PPG18: Managing Fire Water and Major Spillages 

• PPG21: Incident Response Planning 

• PPG22: Incident Response – Dealing with Spills 

• PPG23: Maintenance of Structures over Water 

6.1.3 Data Sources 

321 The following information sources have been used to assess the geology, land quality, 

hydrogeology and hydrology of the Study Area and surrounding area: 

• 1:50,000 scale geological map, Aberdeen Sheet 77 (Drift) (BGS 1980) 

• 1:50,000 scale geological map, Aberdeen Sheet 77 (Solid) (BGS 1982) 

• Borehole Record Viewer, http://www.bgs.ac.uk/data/boreholescans/home.html 

(BGS 2011) 

• Hydrogeology of Scotland (BGS 1990) 

• Scottish Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) Groundwater Vulnerability Maps 

(SNIFFER 2004) 

• Flood Estimation Handbook CD ROM (Institute of Hydrology 2009) 

• Envirocheck Report (Landmark Envirocheck obtained July 2011) 

• Correspondence regarding private water supplies (Aberdeen City Council 6 th July 

2011). 

• Correspondence regarding private water supplies (Aberdeenshire Council 6 th July 

2011) 

• Public register of contaminated land (Aberdeenshire Council) 

• Indicative River and Coastal Flood Map http://go.mappoint.net/sepa/ (SEPA 2011) 

• SEPA River Basin Management Plans website http://gis.sepa.org.uk/rbmp/ (SEPA 

2012) 

322 In addition the following site specific information sources have been used: 

Chapter 6 



Page 66 of 211




December 2012 

• EOWDC ES Chapter 6 (Geology and Bathymetry) and Chapter 8 (Coastal 

Processes) (AOWFL, July 2011) 

• Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd, Onshore Works – Scoping Report (Blackdog) 

(AOWFL, September 2012) 

• Aberdeen Bay Project, Onshore Geotechnical Desk Study Report, Report Ref.: 

P1001-000-RT-0000-008 (Technip, October 2012) 

• Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm: Beach Monitoring Survey (ABPmer, November 

2011) 

6.2 Methodology 

323 The impact assessment has been undertaken using technical guidance, relevant 

Pollution Prevention Guidelines (PPG) and other codes of best practice in order to limit 

potential impacts on both groundwater and surface water. 

324 The assessment has also drawn upon information provided by consultations with 

Aberdeen and Aberdeenshire Councils, Scottish Natural Heritage, Scottish Water (SW) 

and Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) and has involved a desk study, 

field work and data processing, analysis and interpretation using professional 

judgement. 

325 As part of the desk study hydrological data relevant to the Site and its immediate 

environs has been obtained from SEPA, the British Geological Survey (BGS), SW and 

Aberdeen and Aberdeenshire Environmental Health Department. 

326 The data obtained as part of the desk study and collected as part of the field work has 

been processed and interpreted to complete the impact assessment and recommend 

mitigation measures where appropriate. 

327 Hydrogeological and hydrological considerations have influenced the design of the 

Proposed Development. Mitigation measures which have been incorporated into the 

final design and layout of the Proposed Development are described. 

328 Receptors with respect to the water environment include: 

• nearby designated or protected sites which are either groundwater or surface water 

dependent 

• water dependent habitat 

• watercourses and springs 

• water supplies 

• fisheries interests 

329 It is acknowledged that these groups may be subdivided and that there may be more 

categories of receptors, but for the purposes of the assessment, it is considered that 

the above categories cover the groups of hydrological receptor relevant to the 

Proposed Development. 

330 The methodology applied in the assessment is a qualitative risk assessment 

methodology, in which the probability of an effect occurring and the magnitude of the 

effect, if it were to occur, are considered. This approach provides a mechanism for 

identifying the areas where mitigation measures are required and for identifying 

mitigation measures appropriate to the risk presented by the development. This 

approach allows effort to be focussed on reducing risk where the greatest benefit may 

result. The assessment of risk is outlined in Table 6.2. 

Chapter 6 



Page 67 of 211




December 2012 

TABLE 6.2 

Matrix Used to Estimate Risk 

Probability of 

Occurrence 

Magnitude of Effect 

Severe Moderate Mild Negligible 

High High High Medium Low 

Medium High Medium Low Near Zero 

Low Medium Low Low Near Zero 

Negligible Low Near Zero Near Zero Near Zero 

Note: After Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment and Management Revised Departmental Guidance 2 . 

331 The magnitude of effect in terms of hydrology and hydrogeology has been assessed as 

High, Medium, Low or Near Zero and is based on combining the probability of a 

hydrological/hydrogeological event occurring and the magnitude of that event. 

332 The matrix is not used as a prescriptive tool, and the methodology and analysis of 

potential effects at any particular location allows for the exercise of professional 

judgement. In some instances a particular parameter may be considered as having a 

determining effect on the analysis. 

333 Any moderate or severe magnitude of effect is considered to be significant. 

334 Examples of the magnitude of hydrological and hydrogeological effects are given in 

Table 6.3. 

TABLE 6.3 

Significance of Hydrological and Hydrogeological Effects 

Magnitude 

Potential Impact 

No alteration or very minor changes with no impact to watercourses, hydrology, 

hydrodynamics, erosion and sedimentation patterns. 

Negligible 

No alteration to groundwater recharge or flow mechanisms. 

No pollution or change in water chemistry to either groundwater or surface water. 

Mild 

Moderate 

Severe 

Minor or slight changes to the watercourse, hydrology or hydrodynamics. 

Changes to site resulting in slight increase in runoff well within the drainage system 

capacity. 

Minor changes to erosion and sedimentation patterns. 

Minor changes to the water chemistry. 

Some fundamental changes to the watercourse, hydrology or hydrodynamics. Changes 

to site resulting in an increase in runoff within system capacity. 

Moderate changes to erosion and sedimentation patterns. 

Moderate changes to the water chemistry of surface runoff and groundwater. 

Major changes to watercourse channel, route, hydrology or hydrodynamics. 

Changes to site resulting in an increase in runoff with flood potential and also significant 

changes to erosion and sedimentation patterns. 

Major changes to the water chemistry or hydro-ecology. 

6.2.1 Study Area 

335 The study area has included local surface water and groundwater catchments to and 

downstream of the site. Reference is also made to the regional hydrogeological and 

hydrological site setting. 

2 

Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment and Management Revised Departmental Guidance, Department of 

the Environment, Transport and the Regions, August 2000. 

Chapter 6 



Page 68 of 211




December 2012 

6.3 Baseline 

6.3.1 Geology 

336 British Geological Survey (BGS) map 77 and the data available on the BGS website for 

the Aberdeen area indicates the regional geological setting as described below in Table 

6.4. Excerpts from the geological maps are shown in Figure 6-1 (Drift Geology) and 

Figure 6-2 (Solid Geology). 

TABLE 6.4 

Regional Geology Summary 

Geological Group Geological Unit Description Thickness (m) 

Period 

- Blown Sand 

Dunes and mounds of Up to several 

cross-bedded fine sand. metres thick 

- 

Marine Beach 

Up to several 

Gravel, sand and silt 

Deposits 

metres thick 

Floodplain and river terrace 3m at BGS 

- River Alluvium deposits of clay, silt, sand BH2336 500m 

and gravel. 

west of site 

Mound and terrace deposits 

Pleistocene to 

Kippet Hills Gravels - of water sorted sand and 5m at BGS 

Recent - 

Glacial Meltwater fine gravel, locally BHNL101A 400m 

Deposits 

containing lenses of silt or 

clay. 

west of site 

Unknown 

- 

Belhelvie 

Intrusive 

Complex 

Hatton Till Formation - 

Till 

Unsorted glacial deposits of 

clay, sandy clay and sand 

with pebbles and boulders 

Peridotite locally affected by 

metamorphism 

Varies from 3m 

clay at BH2336 to 

14m clay at BGS 

BH2334 (500m 

and 600m W of 

site resp.) 

20m at BGS 

BH2336 500m 

west of site 

337 The area of the Proposed Development site is dominated by superficial deposits of 

Pleistocene to Recent age with the eastern boundary between the study area and the 

North Sea comprising Blown Sand dunes up to several metres in height. 

338 The Drift geological map presented in Figure 6-1 shows that the superficial deposits 

comprise sands and gravels of the Kippet Hills Gravels which have been quarried 

extensively in the area. The nearest BGS borehole logs, the locations of which are 

shown on Figure 6-1, indicate that the thickness of the sands and gravels varies 

between approximately 2m and 5m thick. The deposits are described generally as 

gravelly, fine to coarse sands with occasional cobbles and sandy clay layers. 

339 The BGS OpenGeoscience website (NERC, 2012) indicates that the Proposed 

Development site itself is underlain by glacial Hatton Till deposits. The nearest BGS 

borehole logs, the locations of which are shown on Figure 6-1, indicate that the 

thickness of this glacial clay varies between approximately 3m and 14m thick. The 

deposits are described as sandy, gravelly clay with occasional cobbles and are 

interbedded with the aforementioned Kippet Hills Gravels. 

340 The underlying solid geology beneath the development site comprises metamorphosed 

peridotite of the Belhelvie Igneous Complex. 

Chapter 6 



Page 69 of 211




December 2012 

341 However, it is noted that historically the sand and gravels have been excavated within 

and near to the Proposed Development site. Many of the old sand and gravel workings 

have been restored by landfilling with waste. Areas of known landfilling are shown in 

Figure 6-3. Land quality is further addressed in section 6.3.5. 

6.3.2 Hydrogeology 

6.3.2.1 Aquifer Characteristics and Recharge Mechanisms 

342 A review of the Hydrogeological Map of Scotland (an extract of which is included as 

Figure 6-4) indicates that the main aquifer units in the vicinity of the Proposed 

Development site are in the superficial deposits, with both the Blown Sand and Kippet 

Hills Gravels forming locally important aquifers. It is possible that localised sandy units 

within the Hatton Till may also provide storage and flow of groundwater if they have 

greater connectivity to the more laterally persistent aquifers. Groundwater flow within 

these aquifers would be through intergranular flow towards to the coast. 

343 The underlying igneous and metamorphic bedrock is confirmed as impermeable. 

344 The development site lies within the ‘Blackdog Coastal Sand and Gravel’ RBMP 

Groundwater Body, which is identified (SEPA, 2012) as water body 150370. The 2008 

quantitative status of the 33.9 km 2 groundwater body was ‘Good with High Confidence’. 

345 The SEPA groundwater vulnerability mapping presented in Figure 6-5 assesses the 

vulnerability of the vertical pathway from a potential hazard at the ground surface to the 

underlying water table. The following characteristics of the pathway between the 

ground surface and the water table can affect the degree of attenuation of contaminants 

and have been used to determine the vulnerability classification presented on the 

published map: 

• the permeability and clay content of the superficial deposits 

• the thickness of the superficial deposits 

• the mode of groundwater flow in bedrock aquifers (fracture or intergranular flow) 

• the permeability and clay content of intergranular bedrock aquifers 

• the depth to the water table in both superficial and intergranular bedrock aquifers 

346 The groundwater vulnerability mapping presented in Figure 6-5, records the 

vulnerability classification of the uppermost aquifer as Class 4b and 4c in the vicinity of 

the Proposed Development site. This indicates a moderate to high vertical vulnerability 

with the superficial deposits being vulnerable to those pollutants not readily absorbed or 

transformed. 

347 The potential superficial aquifer productivity is classified according to the predominant 

lithology and the proportion of sand and gravel within the sediments. All flow within 

superficial deposits is likely to be intergranular. The estimated superficial aquifer 

productivity is divided into three classes ranging from low productivity (yielding 10l/s). See Table 6.4. 

348 The bedrock aquifer productivity is classified according to the predominant groundwater 

flow mechanism (fracture or intergranular) and the estimated groundwater productivity. 

Potential aquifer productivity at the site ranges from very low productivity (yielding 

20l/s); see Table 6.5. 

Chapter 6 



Page 70 of 211




December 2012 

TABLE 6.5 

Aquifer Properties 

Geological Geological Unit Flow Mechanism Aquifer Productivity 

Period 

Blown Sand Intergranular Moderate (1 – 10l/s) 

Pleistocene to 

Kippet Hills Gravels Intergranular High (>10l/s) 

Recent 

Hatton Till Intergranular Low (0.1 – 1l/s) 

Unknown 

Belhelvie Intrusive 

Complex 

Fracture 

Very Low (




December 2012 

6.3.2.3 Groundwater Levels and Flow 

353 SEPA do not record groundwater elevations in or adjacent to the Proposed 

Development site. However, groundwater strike and rest level information on the BGS 

borehole logs indicate that shallow groundwater is not present. At borehole NL101A 

(400m west of the site) groundwater was struck at 5.85m below ground level. 

354 It is anticipated that groundwater flow would generally be east towards the coast with a 

local influence and flow towards the Blackdog Burn and the unnamed stream to the 

north of the Proposed Development site. 

6.3.2.4 Groundwater Quality 

355 SEPA report that the 2008 chemistry status (SEPA 2012a) of the ‘Blackdog Coastal 

Sand and Gravel’ groundwater body was ‘Good with High Confidence’. 

356 It is anticipated that groundwater quality is likely to be good within the superficial 

deposit aquifers; however, it is considered that this could be locally influenced by the 

presence of agriculture and landfill in the old areas of sand and gravel quarrying. 

6.3.3 Hydrology and Flood Risk 

6.3.3.1 Catchment Description 

357 The Proposed Development site lies in the catchment of the Blackdog Burn which flows 

from west to east 100m south of the proposed substation, then turns north, in a 

manmade channel onto the beach. 

358 The Burn discharges to the sea approximately 300m northeast of the Proposed 

Development site. 

359 The underground cable element of the Proposed Development passes beneath the 

Blackdog Burn approximately 250m east of the Proposed Development site. 

6.3.3.2 Surface Water Flows and Flooding 

360 The extent of the indicative floodplain as demonstrated by the SEPA website is shown 

on Figure 6-3. The floodplain is defined as areas which have a 0.5% or greater chance 

of fluvial flooding in any given year (SEPA 2011b). The extent of the fluvial floodplain is 

limited to the small streams near to site due to their small catchments and the 

steepness of the river channels. 

361 The extent of the area at risk of flooding demonstrated on the SEPA website from the 

North Sea is limited in this region and is only present to the eastern (seaward) side of 

the sand dunes to the east of the development site. 

362 Flood risk for proposed developments is assessed using a risk based framework as a 

probability of flooding per annum characterised in SPP (see paras. 202. and 203.) 

(Scottish Government 2011) as ‘little or no risk’, ‘low to medium risk’ and ‘medium to 

high’, as shown in Table 6.7 below: 

Chapter 6 



Page 72 of 211




December 2012 

Table 6.7 

SPP Flood Risk Framework 

Flood Risk 

Predicted Annual Probability of 

Flooding 

Characteristics 

Little or No < 0.1% (>1000-yr flood) No constraints due to watercourse, tidal or coastal flooding. 

These areas would be suitable for most development – a flood 

Low to Medium 

0.1% - 0.5% 

risk assessment may be required at the upper end of the 

(1000-yr – 200-yr flood) probability range (i.e. close to 0.5%) or where the nature of 

development or local circumstances indicate heightened risk. 

Medium to High >0.5% (




December 2012 

TABLE 6.8 

Surface Water Quality 

Determinand SWQ1 – U/S Blackdog SWQ2 – D/S Blackdog 

Calcium (mg/l) 27.1 33.6 

Sodium (mg/l) 27.0 37.3 

Magnesium (mg/l) 11.7 13.0 

Potassium (mg/l) 6.05 8.2 

Iron (mg/l) 1.4 3.9 

Note: References SWQ1, SWQ2 refer to sample locations marked on Figure 6-3 

368 The results above demonstrate that water quality is generally within Drinking Water 

Standards; however concentrations of ammoniacal nitrogen are higher further 

downstream. This potentially indicates an influence from the adjacent landfills, 

although the low concentrations of both chloride and sulphate are indicative of relatively 

uncontaminated surface water. Hazardous substances cadmium and mercury were not 

detected in the samples. A waste water treatment works discharge is located 

downstream of monitoring point SWQ2 and, although it would not have an influence on 

the water quality of samples taken at SWQ2, it may affect the quality in the Blackdog 

Burn between SWQ2 and the North Sea. 

6.3.3.4 Surface Water and Groundwater Discharges 

369 Details of all discharge consents within a 2km radius of the Proposed Development site 

were obtained from the Envirocheck Report (Landmark 2011) and are provided in Table 

6.9, below, with locations again shown on Figure 6-3. A total of 46 authorised 

discharges have been identified, mainly comprising sewage discharges or site drainage 

discharging to local watercourses. 

370 It is noted that a number of the discharges are for ‘other matter’ and ‘trade effluent’ 

associated with landfill and industrial operations within and adjacent to the Proposed 

Development site. 

Chapter 6 



Page 74 of 211




December 2012 

TABLE 6.9 

Licensed Discharges within a 2km Radius of the Proposed Development site 

Drawing Permit Number Permit Holder Location NGR Discharge Type Receiving Water 

Ref. No. 

D1 DO/91/223/S Whitbread PLC Murcar 394800 812500 Discharge of other matter South Mundurno Burn 

D2 DO/96/55/U Mr & Mrs S Marwick Blackdog 395975 814055 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D3 DO/96/54/U Mr & Mrs S Marwick Blackdog 395970 814060 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D4 DO/93/116/U Mr J Igesund Blackdog 396000 814100 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D5 DO/94/138/S/R* 

Shanks & Mcewen (Northern) 

Ltd Tarbothill 396270 813680 Discharge of other matter Blackdog Burn 

D6 PN/DO/96/126/S Mr A Speid Tarbothill 396275 813685 Discharge of other matter Blackdog Burn 

D7 DO/95/84/S/R 



D8 DO/92/18/S/A* 



D9 DO/95/83/S/R* 



D10 DO/96/128/S/X(K) Mr A Speid Tarbothill 396295 813655 Discharge of other matter Blackdog Burn 

D11 DO/94/162/S* 



D12 AB/85/11 Mr P D Jamieson Tarbothill 394900 812700 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D13 DO/76/5 W Duncan Murcar 395730 813960 Septic Tank Blackdog Burn 

D14 DO/93/115/U Mr J Igesund Blackdog 396000 814150 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D15 DO/90/1 Cluny Contractors Blackdog 396350 814110 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D16 DO/96/113/L/X(DO) Mr A Speid Tarbothill 395605 813695 Unknown Discharge to land 


D17 

DO/95/181/U* 

Ltd Tarbothill 395600 813700 Unknown Discharge to land 


Ltd Tarbothill 395760 813440 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D18 DO/92/79/U 

D19 DO/92/115/U A R R Craib Blackdog 395825 814375 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D20 DO/92/161/U A R R Craib Blackdog 395820 814380 Trade Effluent Discharge to land 

D21 DO/92/69/S/R Ribnort Ltd Blackdog 396100 814395 Discharge of other matter Unnamed Sea Tributary 

D22 AB/87/4/A* W A Cameron Blackdog 396100 814400 Trade Effluent Unnamed Sea Tributary 

D23 AB/85/5 Mr H Paterson Murcar 395001 811701 Septic Tank Glashie Howe Burn 

D24 PN/K/96/50/S Ribnort Ltd Blackdog 396105 814400 Discharge of other matter Blackdog Burn Tributary 

Chapter 6 

HYDROLOGY, HYDROGEOLOGY AND GROUND 

CONDITIONS 

Page 75 of 211




December 2012 

TABLE 6.9 

Licensed Discharges within a 2km Radius of the Proposed Development site 

Drawing Permit Number Permit Holder Location NGR Discharge Type Receiving Water 

Ref. No. 

D25 DO/89/21 Shanks & Mcewen Ltd Blackdog 396400 814400 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D26 DO/93/128/U Sandy Bruce Trucking Ltd Blackdog 395800 814500 Trade Effluent Discharge to land 

D27 DO/96/31/U Panda Rosa Metals Murcar 395130 813400 Discharge of other matter Discharge to land 

D28 AB/84/5(CP) D M Cameron Harehill 395001 814001 Septic Tank Discharge to land 

D29 DO/95/57/S/R Grampian Regional Council Denmore 394525 811515 Discharge of other matter Glashie Howe Burn 

Bridge of 

Ditch Tributary/The Mundurno 

D30 AB/65/69/4 Aberdeen County Council Don 394700 812300 Septic Tank 

Burn 

D31 DO/87/50/D* Grampian Regional Council Denmore 394525 811525 Discharge of other matter Glashie Howe Burn 

D32 DO/95/45/S/R Grampian Regional Council Denmore 394520 811510 Discharge of other matter Glashie Howe Burn 

North of Scotland Water 

D33 PN/K/96/43/S Authority Denmore 394520 811515 Discharge of other matter Glashie Howe Burn 


D34 PN/K/96/44/S Authority Denmore 394520 811520 Discharge of other matter Glashie Howe Burn 

D35 DO/93/45/S* Grampian Regional Council Denmore 394515 811515 Discharge of other matter Glashie Howe Burn 

D36 DO/92/39/S/R* Grampian Regional Council Denmore 394515 811525 Discharge of other matter Glashie Howe Burn 

D37 AB/65/69/2 Aberdeen County Council Denmore 394700 812000 Septic Tank 

Ditch Tributary of the Denmore 

Burn 

D38 DO/92/40/S/R* Grampian Regional Council Denmore 394585 812435 Discharge of other matter Mundurno Burn 

D39 DO/87/51/D* Grampian Regional Council Denmore 394585 812445 Discharge of other matter Mundurno Burn 

D40 DO/95/59/S/R Grampian Regional Council Denmore 394580 812440 Discharge of other matter Mundurno Burn 


D41 PN/K/96/49/S Authority Murcar 394575 812445 Discharge of other matter Mundurno Burn 

Chapter 6 


CONDITIONS 

Page 76 of 211




December 2012 

6.3.4 Coastal Processes 

371 AOWF/EOWDC ES which is currently being considered by Scottish Ministers 

reports, in Chapter 8, that the net direction of longshore transport is in a 

northerly direction and is witnessed by rivers that have typically been 

deflected to the north due to sediment deposition at their mouths. 

372 Aberdeen Bay is characterised by dune backed sandy beaches. Numerical 

models have been used as part of the impact assessment for the offshore 

development to assess potential changes to beach morphology and 

nearshore (littoral) regime. The impact assessment concluded that changes 

that may be induced by the EOWDC are considered to be of low magnitude, 

medium sensitivity and therefore of minor significance. 

373 Scottish Natural Heritage (SNH) has advised, following review of the offshore 

ES that there ‘is coastal erosion of the southern third of Aberdeen Bay, which 

currently shows one of the highest rates of sea level rise in Scotland’. Beach 

topographical surveys are being carried out to assess the within year 

(winter/summer) variability in beach profile. This work would inform cable 

burial depths and address the concern raised by SNH regarding risk of cable 

exposure. This monitoring would inform the proposed construction 

management plan which is a component of the offshore licensing consent. 

6.3.5 Ecological Features 

374 It is noted that there are no terrestrial Sites of Special Scientific Interest 

(SSSIs), Special Areas of Conservation (SACs) or Special Protection Areas 

(SPAs) within 2km of the Proposed Development site. 

375 No groundwater dependent habitat has been recorded by the National 

Vegetation Classification (NVC) mapping completed within and adjacent to 

the proposed application boundary and discussed in full in Chapter 7 of this 

ER. 

6.3.6 Land Quality 

6.3.6.1 Development Site 

376 The Onshore Geotechnical Desk Study Report (Technip 2012a) set out in 

Appendix 6A, reports that the Proposed Development site is underlain by 

made ground associated with the presence of former industrial works. The 

made ground is reported to be heterogenic and to comprise of loose dark 

brown, gravelly sand with porcelain fragments, red tile drains, red building 

bricks and broken tarmacadam. It is reported that the made ground varies in 

thickness between less then 1m to 3.9m across the development site. 

377 Furthermore, the Geotechnical Desk Study Report confirms: 

• historically a clay pit had been established at site associated with the 

former Strabathie Brick Works 

Chapter 6 

HYDROLOGY, HYDROGEOLOGY AND 

GROUND CONDITIONS 

Page 77 of




December 2012 

• that the substation would be located in an area known to be an historic 

landfill (Strabathie landfill site) 

378 Strabathie landfill is understood to have been licensed to accept inert waste 

and waste from the construction industry between 1978 and 1993. The site 

was investigated in 2003 (by LDG-Grampian Soil Surveys Limited), summary 

details reported in the October 2012 Geotechnical Desk Study report include: 

• 7 trial pits were advanced across the site 

• the investigation included soil, groundwater and gas sampling 

• no asbestos was proven by the investigation 

• low concentrations of methane or carbon dioxide were recorded 

• no leachable components were recorded in the leachability samples 

undertaken 

379 The site investigation data suggests that the former Strabathie landfill is 

unlikely to pose a significant pollution risk. It is noted that the site is not 

identified by Aberdeenshire Council as a Part IIA EPA 1990 site. 

380 Figure 6-3 confirms that the proposed cable route, with the exception of a 

small area near to the beach and the site of the substation, would not pass 

through areas of made ground / previous landfilling. 

381 Aberdeenshire Council has advised that the Blackdog Burn was permanently 

diverted to mitigate pollution of the foreshore from the Blackdog landfill and 

that without appropriate design the mitigation works may be compromised by 

the installation and maintenance of the proposed electrical cables. Discussion 

on how these works may be managed is provided in section 6.6.1 – 

Construction Management Phase. 

382 Further details of the source and mechanism for pollutant migration from 

Blackdog landfill are given in the Onshore Geotechnical Desk Study report 

(Technip 2012a) and has been used in the sections below to develop site 

specific mitigation measures to safeguard the local water environment. 

6.3.6.2 Adjacent Area 

383 The Geotechnical Desk Study (Technip 2012a) also reports the findings of a 

qualitative risk assessment of 6 landfills in the Blackdog area undertaken by 

Faber Maunsell on behalf of Mr Tawse in 2006. The sites assessed are 

shown on Figure 6-3 and in summary included: 

• Ref 1 – Blackdog 

• Ref 2 – Blackdog Beach 

• Ref 3 – Aberdeen CC 

• Ref 4 – Strabathie 

• Ref 5 – Tarbothill 

• Ref 6 – Old Tarbothill 

384 Faber Maunsell concluded that with the exception of the former Blackdog 

Landfill (ref. 1) the risk classifications for the landfills were low or very low. 

The former Blackdog Landfill was ascribed a moderate/low risk classification. 

385 It is noted that Blackdog Landfill has been identified by Aberdeenshire 

Council as a Part IIA site. It is understood that hydrocarbon contamination is 

Chapter 6 



Page 78 of




December 2012 

at depth beneath Blackdog beach which is attributable to leachate migration 

from the landfill. 

386 Table 6.10 presents a summary the locations of land with potentially 

contaminating uses recorded by Envirocheck (Landmark 2011) within 1km of 

the development site. These are also shown on Figure 6-3. 

TABLE 6.10 

Statutory Registers 

Register of Information 

IPC/IPPC/LAPPC Regulated Processes 

Contaminated Land Register 

Licensed Discharge Consents 

Radioactive Substances Register 

Waste Transfer Sites 

Landfill Sites 

Waste Disposal / Treatment Sites 

Recorded Pollution Incidents 

Prosecutions 

Contemporary Trade Entries 

Records 

None noted on site. Two LAPPC permits for Sandy Bruce Trucking 

Limited 500m north-west (LAPPC1) 3 and 700m north-west 

(LAPPC2). 

Two entries for former Blackdog Landfill 200m north. These entries 

relate to Remediation Statements for remediation work completed at 

the landfill (CLR1) and at the beach and dunes adjacent to the 

landfill (CLR2). 

41 within 2km, See Table 6.6 above for details 

None noted. 

None noted on site. Two noted 450m north-west , one, now inactive, 

authorised to process waste oil, interceptor wastes, sewage sludge 

and soaps and detergents (W5) and the second active site 

authorised for mineral oils and non-special liquid wastes (W6). 

A third, active, site 600m north-west is permitted for 

household/commercial/industrial waste (W7). 

Three closed sites noted near the site: 

• W1: 200m south-west operated by Shanks Northern Ltd which 

accepted non-hazardous waste; 

• W2: 100m south-west operated by David Lamb and Sons 

authorised to accept construction, industrial and inert waste ; 

• W3: 200m north operated by Shanks and authorised to accept 

non-hazardous and asbestos waste 

The operational, non-hazardous SITA Hill of Tramaud landfill is 

1.4km south- west (W4) 

One inactive scrap yard is recorded 450m north-west (W8) and 

another active scrap yard is located 950m south-west (W9) 

None noted 

None noted. 

Active: 20m west (T1:Refer Scientific Instruments) 

200m west (T3:Task-Pro oil exploration services) 

400m NW (T4: McCaul haulage, T5: Burdens builders) 

600m north-west (T6: Almar vehicle repairs, Sureclean cleaning, T7: 

Northburn waste) 

950m south-west (T10: Panda Rosa scrap metal) 

Inactive: 100m north-west (T2: Ironing Service) 

600m NW: (T7: United haulage, T8: Towler haulage) 

900m SW: (T9: Stable engineers, T10: Reekie trucks) 

387 Table 6.11 describes the historical land uses in the study area which may 

have a bearing on the presence of potential contamination. These are based 

on the historical Ordnance Survey mapping for the study area (Landmark 

2011). 

3 Reference in brackets (eg W1) refers to the location plan on Figures 6-1 and 6-2. 

Chapter 6 



Page 79 of




December 2012 

Raster) 

2011 (1:10,000 

Raster) 

No Change 

TABLE 6.11 

Historical Mapping 

Source of Information On-site Features Off-site Features 

1867 – 1899 

Blackdog Farm located 50m south-east 

Site unoccupied, agricultural land 

(1:2,500) 

of development site 

1869 (1:10,560) Site unoccupied, agricultural land Mainly agricultural land 

1900 – 1901 

Strabathie Brick Works, Blackdog 

(1:2,500) Brickworks heap at west end of site 

Cottages immediately west and east of 

site respectively 

1959 (1:10,000) 

Gravel pits 400m north-west of site at 

Brickworks buildings removed 

Fife Hill. 

1963 (1:2,500) Refuse tip in north-east part of site, gravel pits 

in south-east 

Hareburn Terrace houses 180m west of 

site 

1967 – 1968 

Gravel pits north-west expanded to 

No change 

(1:10,000) 

350m from site. 

1987 – 1989 

Works and a tank noted where 

Not shown 

(1:2,500) 

brickworks used to be. 

1990 – 1992 

Blackdog Industrial Centre located 

Refuse pit and gravel pits not shown 

(1:10,000) 

350m NW of site 

1993 (1:2,500) No Change No Change 

1997 (1:2,500) 

Series of ponds noted approximately 

No Change 

300m west of site. 

2000 (1:10,000 

Blackdog Steading properties & 

Raster) 

No Change 

Hareburn House immediately NW and 

east of site respectively 

2006 (1:10,000 

No Change 

Hareburn Road houses 100m northwest 

of site 

Small (0.2ha) yard 100m south-west of 

site. 

6.3.7 Conceptual Site Model 

388 Following a review of the geological, hydrogeological and hydrological site 

setting it is evident that the Proposed Development site lies within an area 

characterised by a cover of permeable sand and gravel deposits and the less 

permeable glacial till. These are underlain by low permeability metamorphic 

and intrusive rocks. 

389 The sand and gravel has been subject to much historic quarrying; many of 

these quarries have been restored by landfilling. Areas of historic landfilling, 

which do not benefit from low permeability lining, pose a local risk to 

groundwater quality and a higher propensity for landfill gas migration. 

390 There is a history or quarrying (for clay), brick manufacture and landfilling at 

the location of the Proposed Development site, however intrusive 

investigations have confirmed that made ground is likely to be inert and does 

not pose a significant pollution risk. 

391 With the exception of a small (approx. 80m) length of the proposed cable 

route which is shown to pass through the edge of the restored Aberdeen CC 

landfill, the cable route is shown to lie in a corridor not affected by previous 

working / made ground. 

392 Groundwater in the superficial deposits is likely to be in hydraulic continuity 

with and at a comparable elevation as local surface watercourses. 

Groundwater flow would be eastward toward the sea and Blackdog Burn. 

Chapter 6 



Page 80 of




December 2012 

6.4 Development Design Mitigation 

393 This section sets out the potential impacts that have been mitigated through 

the design process and are therefore potential impacts that have been 

removed by the proposed site design. 

394 The site selection process as set out in Chapter 2 of this ER has sought to 

identify a Proposed Development site which avoids sensitive receptors 

including Blackdog Burn and other sensitive hydrological receptors. In 

addition, consideration was given to ensuring that the development would 

avoid areas identified at being at risk of flooding. 

395 The design process has also considered that the Proposed Development 

would be located on a former inert landfill site associated with the former 

Strabathie Brickworks. It has been noted by local consultees that this site is 

prone to the collection of water during periods of precipitation. The design 

has taken this into account and the proposed floor level would be 1.5m above 

the lowest point to ensure the natural drainage is not affected by the 


396 The construction, operation and de-commissioning process would conform 

with the SEPA Pollution Prevention Guidelines (SEPA 2001) and the 

Controlled Activity Regulations (SEPA 2011c) so as to limit the potential of 

the Proposed Development to impair or impact water resources during 

construction activities; further details are given below. 

6.5 Impact Assessment 

397 This section describes potential impacts during the construction, operation 

and decommissioning phases. 

398 This Proposed Development would comprise the following elements: 

• cable corridor – the cable landfall is proposed between the Mean High 

and Mean Low Water Springs, and this impact assessment examines 

potential impacts due to the cable corridor from above the Mean Low 

Water Springs to the substation compound 

• substation compound – includes AOWFL substation, the SHET plc 

substation, and Voltage Power Factor Control (VPFC) equipment, with 

internal access road, parking area and landscaping 

• temporary construction compound adjacent to AOWFL substation 

• temporary surface-cut cable trench including cable landfall and Blackdog 

Burn 

399 The proposed cable corridor is routed through an established vehicular gap in 

the sand dunes. All works associated with the Proposed Development 

(including the cable route) would be along established tracks and 

entranceways. 

400 The potential receptors considered are: 

• the Blackdog Burn and its northern tributary – while there are no 

designated or water dependant sites adjacent or near to the Proposed 

Chapter 6 



Page 81 of




December 2012 

Development inappropriate construction techniques or operation of the 

substation could locally degrade the quality of these watercourses 

• groundwater in the Blackdog Coastal Sand and Gravel groundwater body 

–there are small private groundwater abstractions from this aquifer 500m 

from the development site (albeit across the Blackdog Burn and remote 

from the site) and the groundwater unit has potential to support local 

groundwater abstraction 

401 The area of disturbance is not significant compared to the regional extent of 

the geological units recorded at the Proposed Development site. 

Furthermore, with the exception of the sand dunes, the soils or geology at the 

Propsoed Development Site are not designated at a local or national scale. 

Thus, the potential impact has been assessed as having a ‘negligible’ 

magnitude of effect and a ‘low’ probability of occurrence and therefore a ‘near 

zero effect’ on soils or geology. The potential impact on geology is therefore 

not considered further. 

402 The potential impact on the sand dunes and the intertidal habitats is 

considered in ER Chapter 7, Ecology. 

6.5.1 Construction Phase 

403 Potential unmitigated impacts on groundwater and surface water quality from 

the construction phase include: 

• erosion from excavations or stockpiles from the cable installation leading 

to sediment-laden runoff reaching the Blackdog Burn or its northern 

tributary 

• any dewatering required for excavations of the cable leading to discharge 

of suspended solids in the Blackdog Burn or its northern tributary 

• contaminants mobilised from contaminated land reaching groundwater or 

surface water, including potential preferential subsurface pathway along 

completed cable trench 

• pollution of groundwater or surface water as a result of accidental 

spillages or fuel/oil leakages 

404 The duration of unmitigated impacts on surface water quality would be 

‘temporary’, (only persist for less than a year). However, unmitigated impacts 

of the construction phase on groundwater quality could be ‘long 

term/permanent’ if persistent contaminants such as fuel spills reach 

groundwater. 

405 The spatial extent of the above unmitigated impacts would be ‘local’, as the 

Blackdog Burn and its northern tributary only flow a few hundred metres to 

the sea from the vicinity of the Proposed Development site. Any unmitigated 

impacts on groundwater would also be ‘local’ due to groundwater flow being 

towards the sea. 

406 The potential unmitigated impact of increased suspended solids from erosion 

or dewatering discharge reaching surface watercourses has been assessed 

as ‘mild’, without mitigation or control on site this is considered to have a 

‘high’ probability of occurrence and thus a resultant ‘medium’ risk. 

Chapter 6 



Page 82 of




December 2012 

407 The potential unmitigated impact of pollution from spillages/refuelling or from 

contaminants mobilised from contaminated land reaching surface 

watercourses or groundwater has been assessed as ‘mild’, without mitigation 

or control and is considered to have a ‘high’ probability of occurrence and 

thus a resultant ‘medium’ risk. 

6.5.2 Operational Phase (inc. Flood Risk) 

408 Potential unmitigated impacts on groundwater and surface water quality from 

the operational phase include: 

• erosion of reinstated soil over buried cables leading to sediment-laden 

runoff reaching the Blackdog Burn or its northern tributary (however it is 

noted at the actual crossing beneath the Blackdog Burn a box culvert 

backfilled with bentonite grout is proposed, hence there is not likely to be 

significant sediment erosion from reinstated streambed) 

• pollution of groundwater or surface water as a result of accidental 

spillages or fuel/oil leakages from vehicles coming to the substation 

and/or from transformers 

• from foul water associated with the site welfare facilities 

409 In addition, there is potential, as a consequence of an increased proportion of 

hardstanding at the Proposed Development site that the rate of rainfall runoff 

could increase which in turn could increase flood risk and or surface water 

runoff erosion potential unless adequate drainage is put in place 

410 The duration of unmitigated impacts of the operational phase on surface 

water quality would be ‘temporary’ and are likely to persist for less than a 

year. However, unmitigated impacts of the operational phase on groundwater 

and / or flood risk quality could be ‘long term/permanent’ and are likely to 

persist for more than 10 years. 

411 The recoverability of the surface water receptors would be ‘high’ once any 

temporary impacts have abated. However, the recoverability of groundwater 

could be ‘low’ if persistent contaminants reach groundwater. 

412 The spatial extent of the above unmitigated impacts would be ‘local’, as the 

Blackdog Burn and its northern tributary only flow a few hundred metres to 

the sea from the vicinity of eastern end of the cable corridor. Any unmitigated 

impacts on groundwater would also be ‘local’ due to groundwater flow being 

likely to be towards the sea. 

413 The potential unmitigated impact of increased suspended solids from erosion 

(of reinstated soil over buried cables) reaching surface watercourses or 

groundwater has been assessed as ‘mild’, without mitigation or control on 

site. This is considered to have a ‘high’ probability of occurrence and thus a 

resultant ‘medium’ risk. 

414 The potential unmitigated impact on surface watercourses or groundwater of 

pollution from contaminants mobilised or spilled has been assessed as ‘mild’, 

without mitigation or control, to have a ‘high’ probability of occurrence and 

thus a resultant ‘medium’ risk. 

Chapter 6 



Page 83 of




December 2012 

415 The potential unmitigated impact of increased runoff and flood risk has been 

assessed as ‘mild’, the probability of occurrence is ‘high’ and the resultant risk 

is therefore ‘medium’. 

6.5.3 Decommissioning Phase 

416 The impacts and conclusions associated with de-commissioning are 

considered to be the same as those identified within the construction phase 

and it is not intended to replicate the discussion set out above. This process 

would be subject to a decommissioning plan which would be agreed with the 

LPA. No significant direct or indirect impacts are therefore predicted during 

the decommissioning phase. 

6.6 Mitigation 

6.6.1 Construction Phase Mitigation 

417 Prior to any construction commencing a Construction and Environmental 

Management Plan (CEMP) for the Proposed Development would be prepared 

to the satisfaction of Aberdeenshire Council, SEPA and SNH. It is anticipated 

that this would be a Condition of any planning permission granted. 

418 The CEMP would include the following mitigation measures: 

Sediment Management 

• all materials excavated from the cable trench being carefully placed on the 

surrounding ground until required for restoration, with any excavated topsoil 

placed on top, minimising the period for which the cable trench excavation is 

exposed, then after cable installation capping with soil and restoring with 

excavated materials and vegetation turves as soon as possible rainfall water 

that collects in temporary excavations should be allowed to settle in the 

excavation prior to removal by pump so as to reduce the propensity for 

suspended solids to be generated, discharge water should be routed to 

ground / soakaway where feasible (it is anticipated given the permeable 

nature of the sands at site that little or no ponding of water would occur) 

Water Quality 

• works would be undertaken in accordance with current best-practice 

guidance to prevent water pollution (i.e. PPGs) 

• prior to works commencing at the Proposed Development or near the 

former Aberdeen CC landfill a Phase II site investigation would be 

completed to further characterise the nature of the made ground at site, 

the scope of the site investigation would be agreed with Aberdeenshire 

Council and include recommendations and any further mitigation 

measures required to safeguard workers and the environment during the 

construction of the and operation of the Proposed Development 

• recommendations from the Phase II investigation shall inform the 

foundation design of the substation and treatment of the cable trench 

• in the unlikely event the cable trench or substation foundations encounter 

perched water within made ground deposits this water should be 

Chapter 6 



Page 84 of




December 2012 

contained and laboratory analysis completed to confirm whether the 

water can be discharged or whether it needs to be removed from site for 

disposal at an appropriately licensed facility 

• laying of concrete after suitable ground preparation and installation of 

barriers as required (e.g. shuttering or impermeable liners) so as to 

contain any potential leaks, as appropriate; 

• washing out of all concrete from construction areas in sealed skip units or 

similar 

• provision of self-contained chemical toilets where and when necessary 

with disposal off-site at a suitable facility 

• enforcement of a vehicle management system including speed limit and 

road markings during the construction phase; 

• regular vehicle checks for fuel/oil leaks with appropriate maintenance and 

washing on hardstanding areas only 

• use where possible of biodegradable hydraulic oils in all mobile plant, 

especially those working near watercourses 

• all vehicles carrying spill kits and drivers trained in their use 

• restriction of mobile plant parking to hardstanding areas only 

• storage of fuels and construction materials at bunded hardstanding areas 

only 

• management of spillages in accordance with the Pollution Incident 

Response Plan 

Crossing the Blackdog Burn 

• design details of the proposed cable crossing beneath Blackdog Burn 

would be agreed with Aberdeenshire Council and SEPA prior to works 

commencing so as to safeguard the Burn and ensure no effects on 

waterquality 

6.6.2 Operational mitigation 

419 The following mitigation measures would reduce the operational impacts on 

the water environment: 

• erosion of the soils overlying the cable trench would be minimised by 

restoring vegetation cover as soon as possible, where appropriate and by 

appropriate ongoing and routine inspection 

• transformers would be located on impermeable hardstanding and/or within 

a permanent roofed structure with no external drain points to prevent the 

accidental spillage of potential contaminants (e.g. oils) entering 

groundwater or forming runoff to surface water 

• the substation would be regularly inspected with the equipment being 

maintained/serviced at appropriate intervals in accordance with 

manufacturer’s instructions so that in the unlikely event of a potentially 

contaminated discharge being made from site this would be quickly 

identified and measures put in place to prevent the discharge 

Chapter 6 



Page 85 of




December 2012 

• liquids (oils, solvents etc.) would be stored in accordance with PPGs, and 

be bunded / stored in double skinned tanks as appropriate 

• areas of external hardstanding would be positively drained so as not to 

increase flood risk to third parties 

• the positive drainage system would discharge by SUDS designed as 

appropriate with any required authorisation from SEPA in accordance with 

the Controlled Activity Regulations 

• the Proposed Development is not at risk of flooding nor would it increase 

the risk of flooding to downstream property 

• provision would be made, as part of the detailed site design, to collect foul 

water generated on the development site and ensure that this is 

appropriately managed 

420 Incorporation of the above mitigation measures would ensure that the 

magnitude of effect associated with the construction and operation of the 

Proposed Development is reduced to ‘negligible or mild’. The probability of 

occurrence would also be reduced to ‘low’ or less and thus the resultant risk 

would be reduced to ‘low or near zero’. 

6.7 Residual Impacts 

421 Assuming the incorporation of the development design mitigation and the 

mitigation measures above, the residual impacts would be limited and be ‘low 

or near zero’. 

6.8 Monitoring 

422 Appropriate monitoring of suspended solids and visible oils in the northern 

tributary of the Blackdog Burn and the Blackdog Burn would be carried out 

throughout the construction period, when relevant, to ensure that the above 

mitigation measures are effective. 

6.9 Cumulative Impacts 

423 As any impacts during the operational phase are likely to be localised, there 

would be no cumulative impacts associated with Proposed Development 

6.10 In-Combination Impacts 

424 Subject to the implementation of the mitigation measures detailed above it is 

not anticipated that any impact on the water environment would result in an 

in-combination impact on other environmental aspects. It has been shown 

the risk that the Proposed Development might pose to the water environment 

can be managed so that no significant impact on groundwater, surface water 

or water dependent ecological interests arises. 

Chapter 6 



Page 86 of




December 2012 

6.11 Statement of Significance 

425 Following a detailed review of the site setting, mitigation included in the site 

design and further mitigation measures identified it is concluded that there 

would be no significant impacts on hydrology, hydrogeology and ground 

conditions 

6.12 Summary of Impact Assessment 

426 A thorough review of the site setting has been undertaken in order that the 

potential impacts that construction, operation and decommissioning of the 

Proposed Development can be assessed. 

427 It has been shown that much of the area has been subject to previous 

development, including sand and gravel workings, landfilling and brick 

manufacture. 

428 Subject to the incorporation of standard mitigation measures, designed to 

control potential pollutants and storm water runoff, it has been shown that the 

Proposed Development can be constructed, operated and decommissioned 

without a significant impact on ground or surface water resources. 

429 Specifically, measures have been proposed to inform the nature of the cable 

crossing of the Blackdog Burn and measures have been proposed to allow 

further comprehensive characterisation of made ground deposits and 

adjacent land use that might pose a risk during construction, operation and 

decommissioning of the site infrastructure. 

430 It has also been shown that the Proposed Development would not impact 

groundwater abstractions or groundwater dependent habitats. 

431 Table 6.12 shows a summary of the impact assessment and confirms that 

with incorporation of the mitigation measures and confirmatory monitoring the 

significance of residual impacts is ‘near zero to low’. 

Chapter 6 



Page 87 of




December 2012 

TABLE 6.12 

Summary of Impact Assessment 

Potential Impact Unmitigated Risk Mitigation Residual Impacts Monitoring 

Phase: Construction and Decommissioning 

Changes to ground and surface 

water quality 

Phase: Operation 

Changes to ground and surface 

water quality 

Medium • site investigation prior to construction; 

• use of a construction and environmental 

monitoring plan; 

• deployment of an ecological clerk of works; 

• site induction and training; and 

• use of standard best practice construction 

techniques. 

Medium • site investigation prior to construction; 

• use of containment and positive drainage; and 

• provision for foul drainage collection. 

Increase in flood risk Medium • use of positive drainage system; and 

• controlled discharge of water to Blackdog Burn 

with consent from SEPA. 

Near Zero - Low 



Routine site inspection and visual monitoring of 

Blackdog Burn and its tributaries during 

construction works 

Inspection of site apparatus in accordance with 

manufacturer’s instructions 

Routine site inspection 

Chapter 6 


CONDITIONS 

Page 88 of 211




December 2012 

6.13 Appendices 

Appendix 6A: Technip (2012a) Aberdeen Bay Project, Onshore Geotechnical 

Desk Study Report, Report Ref.: P1001-000-RT-0000-008 


Aberdeen City Council (6 th July 2011). Correspondence regarding private 

water supplies 

AOWFL (July 2011) EOWDC ES Chapter 6 (Geology and Bathymetry) and 

Chapter 8 (Coastal Processes) 

AOWFL (September 2012) Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd, Onshore 

Works – Scoping Report (Blackdog), 

Aberdeenshire Council (6 th July 2011) Correspondence regarding private 

water supplies 

Aberdeenshire Council public register of contaminated land 

(ABPmer, November 2012) Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Beach Monitoring 

Survey 

British Geological Survey (1980). 1:50,000 scale geological map, Aberdeen 

Sheet 77 (Drift) 

British Geological Survey (1982) 1:50,000 scale geological map, Aberdeen 

Sheet 77 (Solid) 

British Geological Survey (1990) Hydrogeology of Scotland 

British Geological Survey (2011) Borehole Record Viewer, 

http://www.bgs.ac.uk/data/boreholescans/home.html 

CIRIA (2006) CIRIA Report C648, Control of Water Pollution from Linear 

Construction Projects – Technical Guidance 

CIRIA (2007) CIRIA Report C697 The SuDS Manual 

Institute of Hydrology (2009) Flood Estimation Handbook CD ROM 

Landmark Envirocheck (obtained July 2011) Envirocheck Report 

NERC BGS OpenGeoscience website 

https://www.bgs.ac.uk/opengeoscience/ (accessed November 2012) 

Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) (2001) Pollution Prevention 

Guidelines Note 1: General Guide to the Prevention of Pollution 

Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) (April 2010) Technical Flood 

Risk Guidance for Stakeholders, 

Scottish Environment Protection Agency (2011a) The Water Environment 

(Controlled Activities) (Scotland) Regulations 2011 – A Practice Guide, 

Version 6. 

Scottish Environment Protection Agency (2011b) Indicative River and Coastal 

Flood Map http://go.mappoint.net/sepa/ 

Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) (2011c)The Water 

Environment (Controlled Activities) (Scotland) Regulations 2011 

Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) (2012a) River Basin 

Management Plan webpage http://gis.sepa.org.uk/rbmp/ (accessed 

November 2012) 

Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) (2012b) Guidance Note 4, 

Ref.: LUPS-GU4, Planning Guidance on Wind Farm Developments 

Scottish Government (2004) PAN 69 Planning and Buildings Standards 

Advice on Flooding 

Scottish Government (2006) Planning Advice Note (PAN) 51 Planning, 

Environmental Protection and Regulation 

Chapter 6 



Page 89 of 211




December 2012 

Scottish Government (February 2010) Scottish Planning Policy 

Scottish Renewables, Scottish Natural Heritage, Scottish Environment 

Protection Agency and Forestry Commission (October 2010) Good Practice 

During Wind Farm Construction (Version 1) 

SNIFFER (2004) Scottish Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) 

Groundwater Vulnerability Maps 

Technip (2012a) Aberdeen Bay Project, Onshore Geotechnical Desk Study 

Report, Report Ref.: P1001-000-RT-0000-008 

Technip (2012b) Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm (AOWF) Onshore 

Infrastructure Rochdale Envelope – Blackdog Transmission Connection, 

Report Ref.: P1001-000-RT-0000-004 

Chapter 6 



Page 90 of 211




December 2012 

7 ECOLOGY AND ORNITHOLOGY 


432 This Chapter considers the potential impacts on ecological receptors of the 

construction, operation and decommissioning of the Proposed Development. It 

includes an assessment of potential impact of the proposed infrastructure on species 

in terms of direct impacts eg habitat loss, and indirect impacts such as disturbance to 

species. 

433 In summary, this assessment: 

• identifies statutory and non-statutory designated wildlife sites within 20 km of the 

development site 

• identifies rare, notable and/or protected species or habitats within or adjacent to 

the development site 

• identifies and assesses potential impacts on valued ecological receptors arising 

from the Proposed Development, both within and outwith the development site 

• describes measures that would be taken to mitigate potential adverse impacts 

and the compensation measures that could be put in place if mitigation does not 

clearly result in a not significant impact 

• identifies the remaining residual impacts, taking into account proposed mitigation, 

compensation and enhancement measures 

• identifies potentially damaging non-native invasive species in the vicinity of the 

Proposed Development and outlines measures to minimise the associated 

detrimental ecological and economic impacts of their spread 


434 Consultation was undertaken with the following consultees in relation to ecology and 

ornithology: 

• University of Aberdeen - Entomology 

• Scottish Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) 

• Scottish Natural Heritage (SNH) 

• Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB) 

435 The purpose of the consultation was to agree the scope of works for the ecological 

assessment, identify baseline information and to agree the assessment methodology 

used. In summary the consultee comments were: 

TABLE 7.1 

Summary of Scoping Responses Received relating to Ecology and Ornithology 

Consultee 

Issues 

University of Aberdeen – Entomology The assessment should refer to potential impacts on seabirds. 


Scottish Environment Protection Advised that the following key issues should be addressed: 

Agency 



• Requirement for a Phase 1 Habitat Survey and a NVC survey; and 

• The design where possible should avoid the use of engineering activities in 

the water environment 

Chapter 7 ECOLOGY AND ORNITHOLOGY Page 91 of 211




December 2012 

TABLE 7.1 

Summary of Scoping Responses Received relating to Ecology and Ornithology 

Consultee 

Issues 

Scottish Natural Heritage (31 st October Ecology 

2012) 

• Follow up surveys from the Phase 1 Habitat Survey, if required, should follow 

specific methodologies 

• Species within the NE Biodiversity Action Plan should be considered 

• Support the development of a management plan 


• The assessment should include consideration of coastal processes including 

whether this could lead to cables becoming exposed. 

RSPB (27 th November 2012) 

The assessment should include potential disturbance to common and velvet 

scooters. 

Impact on coastal wintering birds is likely to be low 

The construction works would not have a negative impact on seabird 

populations 

Substation infrastructure is not anticipated to have a significant impact on 

ornithological interests 

The impact of direct habitat loss on breeding birds is not expected to be 

significant 

7.1.2 Guidance 

436 The following key documents have been reviewed: 

• Bat Surveys – Good Practice Guidelines (Bat Conservation Trust, 2012) 

• Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment in the United Kingdom. Version 7 

(Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management, 2007) 

• The Marine Habitat Classification for Britain and Ireland. (Joint Nature 

Conservation Committee, 2004) 

• Marine Monitoring Handbook. (JNCC, 2001) 

• Badgers and Development. (English Nature, 2002) 

• Reptiles: Guidelines for Developers (English Nature, 2004) 

• Advice Sheet 10: Reptile Survey. (Froglife, 1999) 

• Herpetofauna Workers Manual. (JNCC, 1998) 

• Bird Monitoring Methods. (Royal Society for the Protection of Birds, 1998) 

• Guidelines for Baseline Ecological Assessment (IEMA, 2003) 

• Handbook for Phase 1 Habitat Survey – A Technique for Environmental Audit 

(Revised reprint). (JNCC, 2010) 

• The UK Biodiversity Action Plan. (JNCC, 1995) 

• The NE Biodiversity Action Plan (North East Scotland Biodiversity Steering 

Group, January, 2000) 

• BTO Common Birds Census Instructions. (British Trust for Ornithology, 1983) 

• EUNIS habitat classification – a guide for users. (European Topic Centre on 

Biological Diversity, 2008) 

• British Plant Communities Volumes 1-5. (Rodwell, J.S., 1998) 

• The Scottish Biodiversity List - http://www.biodiversityscotland.gov.uk/advice-andresources/scottish-biodiversity-list/ 

Scottish Biodiversity Forum (2012). 

• New Flora of the British Isles (2nd edition) (Stace, C., 1997) 

• Handbook for Marine Intertidal Phase 1 Survey and Mapping (Countryside 

Council for Wales, 2000) 

• British Red Data Books 1. Vascular Plants 2 nd Edition Royal Society for Nature 

Conservation, 1983) 





December 2012 

7.1.3 Legislation and Policy Context 

This assessment has been undertaken with reference to the following legislation. 

• Council Directive 92/43/EEC on the Conservation of Natural Habitats and of Wild 

Flora and Fauna (Habitats Directive) 

• Council Directive 2009/147/EC on the Conservation of Wild Birds (Birds 

Directive) 

• The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) (Scotland) Regulations 2011 (EIA 

Regulations) 

• The Conservation (Natural Habitats, &c.) Regulations 1994 as amended by the 

Conservation (Natural Habitats, &c.) Amendment (Scotland) Regulations 2007 

and 2011 (Habitats Regulations) 

• The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981, as amended by the Nature Conservation 

(Scotland) Act 2004 and the Wildlife & Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 

• The Protection of Badgers Act 1992 (as amended by the Nature Conservation 

(Scotland) Act 2004) 

• The Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2012 

7.1.4 Data sources 

7.1.4.1 Desk study 

437 Satellite imagery was reviewed prior to surveys being undertaken to identify key 

habitats and features which could be subsequently confirmed via ground-truthing. 

438 The North East Scotland Biological Records Centre (NERBReC) was contacted for 

archive data on designated sites and species of conservation concern at a national, 

regional and/or local level: The data search was conducted within a 2 km radius from 

NJ 96100,13900 which related to the approximate centre of the Proposed 

Development site (see Figure 7-1). 

439 The following website was accessed to search for Natura statutory designated sites 

within 20 km of the Proposed Development site: 

• Natura2000 - http://www.eea.europa.eu/themes/biodiversity 

440 Other sources of data which also consider locally designated areas were as follows: 

• North East Scotland Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP) website - 

http://www.nesbiodiversity.org.uk/ 

• Joint Nature Conservation Committee (JNCC) website – http://www.jncc.gov.uk/ 

• SNH Site Link website - http://gateway.snh.gov.uk/sitelink/ 

• Large scale 1: 10,000 and 1:25,000 Ordnance Survey (OS) maps 

7.1.4.2 Field survey 

441 The following field surveys were undertaken across the development site (Inner 

Study Area) and over an area extending to 500m from the development site 





December 2012 

boundary (Outer Study Area). The assessment was extended outwith the red line 

boundary by 500 m in order to take into account potentially sensitive habitats and 

species which may be indirectly affected by the Proposed Development. 

Phase 1 Habitat Survey 

442 The habitats were classified and mapped using ‘extended’ Phase 1 Habitat Survey, a 

nationally recognised habitat survey technique (JNCC, 2010). 

443 The survey was undertaken between 28 June and 1 July 2011. The main habitats of 

interest were mapped on a broad scale using the standard Phase 1 classification and 

mapping codes (see Figure7-1). Where boundaries were difficult to define on the 

ground, satellite imagery was used in the field. Target notes were used to provide 

further detail on the species composition of the habitats recorded and to locate field 

evidence that indicated the presence or potential presence of species constituting a 

material consideration in planning and EIA terms, such as a protected or notable 

plant or fauna (see Appendix 7A (Volume 4)). Plant composition within habitats was 

assessed using the DAFOR 4 scale. 

444 The habitats between the Mean High Water Springs (MHWS) and Mean Low Water 

Springs (MLWS) were surveyed at low tide on the 29 June 2011 using standardised 

Phase 1 mapping methodology as detailed in the Marine Monitoring Handbook, 

procedural guidance No 3-1 (Davies et al, 2001) and CCW Handbook for Marine 

Intertidal Phase 1 (Wyn et al., 2000). Habitats along the intertidal zone were mapped 

using European Nature Information System (EUNIS) habitat classes to level 3 (Moss, 

2008). Biotopes or other notable features such as species of conservation concern, 

covering less than 5 m 2 were recorded using referenced target notes. 

National Vegetation Classification Survey 

445 A National Vegetation Classification Survey (NVC) was undertaken on the 26 

September 2011 of those areas identified within the Phase 1 Habitat Survey as being 

of higher ecological value and/or high sensitivity, primarily targeting sand dune 

associated habitats (referred to as the NVC Botanical Survey, see Figure 7-2). The 

NVC Botanical Survey area was defined as to cover two potential cabling routes from 

the east of Blackdog to the beach landfall area. Not all habitats within the NVC 

Botanical Survey Area were surveyed ie habitats such as semi-improved grassland 

were not assessed. 

446 Semi-improved grassland located to the south, north and west of Blackdog Fishing 

Station also included buildings, metalled and sand tracks, exposed sandy areas and 

small areas of scrub and degraded dune habitat. 

447 The method used was based upon the standard survey methodology for Phase 2 

vegetation survey, ie the detailed mapping of vegetation communities to subcommunity 

level using quadrats as the basis for recording, in accordance with 

published guidelines (Rodwell, 1991-2000). 

Breeding Bird Survey 

448 Two walkover bird surveys based on the Common Bird Census methodology 

(Marchant, 1983 and Gilbert, Gibbons & Evans, 1998) were conducted on 28- 30 

June 2011 and 7-8 July 2011 for breeding / territorial activity. The surveys were 

undertaken within the same broad area as the Phase 1 Habitat survey. 

4 DAFOR’ codes: Dominant, Abundant, Frequent, Occasional, Rare 





December 2012 

449 The surveys aimed to establish whether specially protected species were breeding, 

or exhibiting territorial behaviour, on or near to the Inner Study Area (such as those 

listed on Schedule 1 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981, as amended, or Annex 

1 of the EC Birds Directive (EU 2009/147/EC), as well as Scottish Biodiversity List 

species (Scottish Government 2004), Red or Amber listed species of conservation 

concern (Eaton et al, 2009), or other locally notable species. The survey also aimed 

to establish all other breeding / territorial species present, as all species and active 

nests are afforded legal protection under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981, as 

amended. 

450 In addition to the above observations were made of any bird activity along the beach 

and near offshore. 

451 Bird data are presented in Appendix 7B (Volume 4). 


452 The Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (IEEM) has produced 

guidelines to assist with ecological evaluation and impact assessment (IEEM, 2006), 

which are used as a general guide in this assessment. The IEEM guidelines have no 

legal standing and are not a substitute for professional judgement and interpretation, 

particularly where the ecological value of a site and/ or the magnitude of impacts are 

not clear or are borderline between two categories of value/magnitude. 

453 The IEEM guidelines promote the following approach to assessment: 

• identifying important ecological features within the site and adjacent areas 

(known as Valued Ecological Receptors - or VERs) 

• identifying those VERs that would be affected by the Proposed Development and 

determining the level of sensitivity of each receptor to the Proposed 

Development 

• identifying potential impacts on each VER during construction, operational and 

decommissioning phases of the Proposed Development 

• determining the magnitude of a potential impact on each VER as a result of the 

Proposed Development 

• identifying any mitigation measures deemed necessary in order to avoid, reduce 

or offset significant adverse impacts on each VER 

• determining the residual ‘significance’ of an impact (after mitigation and then, if 

required, compensation), based on an interaction between the magnitude of that 

impact and the nature conservation value of the VER 

Value of Ecological Receptors (Sensitivity and Importance) 

454 Ecological receptors are assigned by reference to their accepted importance in terms 

of ‘biodiversity conservation’ value. (see Table 7.2). 

Table 7.2 

Definitions of VERs. 

Level of 

Value 

International 

Examples of Definitions 

An internationally designated site or candidate (c) or possible (p) site (eg Special Area of Conservation 

(SAC), Special Protection Area (SPA), Biogenetic Reserve) or an area which meets the published 

selection criteria for such designations, irrespective of whether or not it has yet been notified. 

A viable area of a habitat type listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive, or smaller areas of such 

habitat essential to maintain the viability of that ecological resource. 





December 2012 

Table 7.2 

Definitions of VERs. 

Level of 

Examples of Definitions 

Value 

Any regularly occurring population of an internationally important species, ie those listed in Annex I, II 

or IV of the Habitats Directive. 

Scottish designated nature conservation sites (eg Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI), National 

Nature Reserve (NNR)) or a discrete area which SNH has determined meets the published selection 

criteria for national designation irrespective of whether or not it has yet been notified. 

A viable area of a Priority Habitat identified in the UK BAP, or smaller areas of such habitat which are 

essential to maintain the viability of that ecological resource. 

National (UK) 

A regularly occurring population of a nationally important species eg a priority species listed in the UK 

BAP and/or receive full protection under Schedules 5 and 8 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 

(as amended). 

A regularly occurring and viable population of a Red Data Book species of flora (ie those occurring in 

15 or less 10 x 10 km squares of the UK National Grid (RSNC 1983)). 

Regional 

(Scotland) 

County 

Aberdeen/ 

Aberdeenshire 

Local 

Areas of internationally or nationally important habitats which are degraded but are considered readily 

restored. 

A regularly occurring, locally significant population of a species listed as being nationally scarce. 

Viable areas of key habitat identified in North East Scotland LBAP or smaller areas of such habitats 

essential to maintain the viability of that ecological resource. 

Any regularly occurring, locally significant population of a species listed as being nationally scarce 

(occurring in 16 to 100 10 km grid squares in the UK National Grid) or in the North East Scotland LBAP 

on account of its rarity or localisation. 

Non-statutory designated wildlife sites e.g. Local Wildlife Site (LWS) or semi-natural ancient woodland 

greater than 0.25 ha. 

Areas such as flower-rich meadows and species-rich hedgerows that are considered to appreciably 

enrich the habitat resource within residential neighbourhoods. 

Regularly occurring but low numbers of locally common protected species with or adjacent to the 

proposed development site. 

Nature and magnitude of impact 

455 The magnitude of an impact refers to the amount of pressure on a receptor. IEEM 

guidance indicates that impacts (or potential impacts) can be described in the 

following terms: 

• duration (Short-term temporary: 30 years) 

• direct or indirect 

• adverse or beneficial 

• probability of occurring 

456 Wherever possible, the magnitude of each impact is quantified and professional 

judgment used to assign impacts to one of four classes. A summary of this approach 

is provided in Table 7.3. 

Table 7.3 

Criteria describing magnitude of impact. 

Magnitude 

High 

Medium 

Definition 

Large-scale, permanent/long-term changes in an ecological receptor, and those that are likely to change 

its ecological integrity. These impacts are therefore likely to result in overall changes in the conservation 

status of a species population or habitat type at the location(s) under consideration. 

Moderate-scale permanent/long-term changes in an ecological receptor, or larger-scale temporary 

changes, but the integrity of the feature is not affected. This may mean that there are temporary changes 

in the conservation status of a species-population or habitat type at the location(s) under consideration, 

but these are unlikely to be long-term. 





December 2012 

Low 

Negligible 

Small-scale or temporary changes where integrity is not affected. These impacts are unlikely to result in 

overall changes in the conservation status of a species population or habitat type at the location(s) under 

consideration, but it does not exclude the possibility that mitigation or compensation would be required. 

A short-term but reversible impact on the integrity of a site or conservation status of a habitat, species 

assemblage/community, population or group that is within the normal range of annual variation. 

Determining significance of impacts 

457 Determining the significance of impacts is derived through a standard method of 

assessment based on professional judgement and considering both ecological value 

(sensitivity) and magnitude (Table 7.4). Ecological receptors with impacts of 

moderate or major significance are considered to be ‘significant impacts’ and, as 

such are priorities for mitigation and/or enhancement. It should be noted that 

significant impacts need not be unacceptable or reversible. 

Table 7.4 

Matrix for significance of impact 

Magnitude of Value/sensitivity of Receptor 

Impact International National County Regional Local 

High Major Major Moderate Moderate Minor 

Medium Major Moderate Moderate Minor Minor 

Low Moderate Moderate Minor Minor Negligible 

Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible 

458 In some cases, where ecological receptors comprise protected species, there may 

also be a legal obligation to provide mitigation. 

Cumulative and in-combination impact assessment methodology 

459 Potential impacts associated with the Proposed Development would be considered in 

isolation and in the context of other development in the immediate vicinity. 

Realistic worst case 

460 The realistic worst case with respect to the construction of the cabling to the jointing 

area would be the temporary disturbance to a small area of sandy shore habitat 

within the intertidal zone of 23 km of similar habitat. 

461 There would be an increased risk of disturbance to any ground-nesting breeding 

birds through excavation and construction works if these species were present and 

such works were to be conducted during the bird breeding season. 

462 There is potential for the construction works to cause the spread of Japanese 

knotweed Fallopia japonica which was recorded both within and adjacent to the Inner 

Study Area. 

463 The worst realistic case with respect to the substation compound would be the loss of 

1ha of managed semi-improved grassland of low ecological value. 

464 Pollution of the marine environment could occur where accidental oil, fuel or other 

chemical spills occur. 


465 The study area comprises of an ‘Inner Study Area’ and an ‘Outer Study Area’. 





December 2012 

466 An ‘Inner Study Area’ comprises land within the development site proper (red line 

boundary). In this area there has been detailed consideration of identified ecological 

assets, in order to assess the potential direct impacts on ecological and ornithological 

receptors. 

467 An ‘Outer Study Area’ has been identified which comprises land within 500 m of the 

development site – see Figure 7-1. This area was identified as being the distance up 

to which indirect impacts may occur. 

7.3 Baseline 

7.3.1 Designated sites 

468 There are no statutory designated sites within Inner Study Area or within 500m of the 

development site boundary (Outer Study Area. Statutory designated sites within 20 

km are listed in Table 7.5. 

TABLE 7.5 

Statutory designated sites 

Site Name 

Scotstown Moor SSSI 

Corby, Lily and Bishops 

Lochs SSSI 

Foveran Links SSSI 

Description 

Only species-rich lowland 

heath in the Aberdeen 

District. Many rare plant 

species. 

Three neighbouring wetland 

sites. Nationally important 

numbers of greylag geese. 

Rich invertebrate diversity. 

Extensive area of mobile 

foreshore and sand dunes. 

Distance & 

approx. 

orientation 

from Inner 

Study Area 

(nearest point) 

Possible impacts resulting from 


4 km SW There is no pathway for impacts on the 

interest features of this site. Site scoped 

out of further assessment. 

4 km W There is no pathway for impacts on the 



8 km NE There is no pathway for impacts on the 



Balmedie Quarry SSSI Geological SSSI 4.5 km NE There is no pathway for impacts on the 



Sands of Forvie, Ythan 

Estuary and Meikle 

Loch Ramsar, SPA, 

SSSI 

Distinct coastal habitats. 

Significant populations of 

terns and eider (breeding), 

wildfowl and waders on 

passage and geese 

(wintering). 

20 km NE There is potential for disturbance impacts 

on the interest features of this site. 

469 The Sands of Forvie, Ythan Estuary and Meikle Loch Ramsar, SPA and SSSI is 

located c. 20 km north of the Proposed Development. Bird species listed on Annex I 

of the Council directive 79/409/EEC for which the SPA, in part, is designated consist 

of little tern (Sterna albifrons), common tern (Sterna hirundo) and sandwich tern 

(Sterna sandvicensis). The SPA is also an important roost site for geese and there 

may be potential indirect disturbance of the above species which may use the Study 

Area. 

470 In addition to those sites listed in Table 7.5 Aberdeen Bay to the south is under 

consideration as an SPA for inshore waterbirds. The bay meets Stage 1.1 of the UK 





December 2012 

SPA site selection criteria for concentrations of red-throated diver (Gavia stellata) (in 

spring and autumn). If Aberdeen Bay is classified as an SPA other species may be 

included, such as eider (Somateria mollissima), common scoter (Melanitta nigra) and 

possibly velvet scoter (Melanitta fusca). There is however no pathway for impacts on 

the interest features of this site and hence the site has been scoped out of further 

assessment. 

7.3.2 Non-statutory designated sites 

TABLE 7.6 

Non-statutory designated sites 

Site Name 

Balgownie/Blackdog Links 

District Wildlife Site 

Description 

Dune flora and fauna with 

Agrostis ripae (sand dart 

moth), a rare species in the 

N.E. 

Distance & approx. 

orientation from the 

development site 

(nearest point) 

Possible impacts resulting 

from Proposed 

Development 

100 m S There is no pathway for direct 

impacts on the interest 

features of this site. 

Site scoped out of further 

assessment. 

471 The Balgownie Blackdog Links site extends from the Donmouth Estuary to Blackdog 

and primarily encompasses the narrow coastal sand dune system. The extent of this 

site is shown in Figure 7-1 (Volume 4). 

7.3.3 Protected species 

472 The desk study data provided by the NERBReC included records of a number of 

notable species which occur within 2 km of the inner study area boundary (Table 

7.7). 

TABLE 7.7 

Notable Species Records 

Species 

Mammals 

Badger Meles meles 

Common pipistrelle 

Pipistrellus pipistrellus 

Common seal Phoca vitulina 5 

Otter Lutra lutra 

Birds 

Arctic skua Stercorarius parasiticus 

Barn owl Tyto alba 

Barnacle goose Branta leucopsis 

Black scoter Melanitta nigra 

Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus 

Common swift Apus apus 

Dunlin Calidris alpina 

Legal Protection/ Conservation 

Priority Status 

PBA 

HR, WCA, SBL S2, NELBAP 

UKBAP 

HR, WCA, UKBAP, NELBAP 

UKBAP, NELBAP 

SBL S5, WCA 

Annex I 

UKBAP 

SBL S5 

SBL S5 

SBL S2 

5 On the 1st February 2011 it became an offence to kill, injure or take a seal at any time of year except to 

alleviate suffering or where a licence has been issued to do so by Marine Scotland under the Marine (Scotland) 

Act 2010 





December 2012 

TABLE 7.7 

Notable Species Records 

Species 

Merlin Falco columbarius 

Ring ouzel Turdus torquatus 

Ruff Philomachus pugnax 

Skylark Alauda arvensis 

Song thrush Turdus philomelos 

Yellowhammer Emberiza citrinella 

Amphibians 

Common toad Bufo bufo 

Invertebrates 

Rosy Minor Mesoligia literosa 

Rosy Rustic Hydraecia micacea 

Shaded Broad-bar Scotopteryx 

chenopodiata 

Small Heath Coenonympha pamphilus 

Plants 

Prickly Saltwort.Salsola kali subsp. kali. 

Wild Pansy Viola tricolor 

• Key to protection/status: 

Legal Protection/ Conservation 

Priority Status 

Annex I 

UKBAP 

Annex I 

UKBAP, NELBAP 

UKBAP, NELBAP 

UKBAP, NELBAP 

WCA 

UKBAP 

UKBAP 

UKBAP 

UKBAP 

UKBAP, SBL S5 

UKBAP, SBL S5 

• HR Habitat Regulations. 

• WCA Wildlife & Countryside Act (as amended). 

• PBA Protection of Badgers Act (as amended). 

• Annex I species listed in Annex I of the Birds Directive 

• UKBAP UK Biodiversity Action Plan Priority Species. 

• NELBAP North East Scotland LBAP Species. 

• SBL S2 Scottish Biodiversity List: International Obligations. 

• SBL S4 Scottish Biodiversity List: Present in 5 or fewer 10km squares or sites 

in Scotland. 

• SBL S5 Scottish Biodiversity List: Decline of 25% or more in Scotland in last 

25 years. 

7.3.4 Field survey results 

7.3.4.1 Terrestrial habitats 

473 The results of the Phase 1 Habitat Survey are illustrated in Figure 7-1 with target 

notes in Appendix 7A (Volume 4). The results of the NVC survey are illustrated in 

Figure 7-3. The following provides a summary of the habitats identified within the 

Outer Study Area. 

474 The Outer Study Area is partially bounded to the east by an extensive linear belt of 

coastal sand dune habitat (part of a dune system that stretches 23 km from 

Aberdeen to north of the Ythan Estuary at Newburgh) and coastal sand habitat. 

Inland, the habitats are predominantly shaped by management leading to a 

dominance of semi-improved grassland. The semi-improved grassland has 

negligible ecological interest. 





December 2012 

475 The semi-natural grassland and vegetation associated with the field and trackways 

within the Outer Study Area had negligible ecological interest and as such was not 

identified within the Phase 1 Habitat Survey as requiring more detailed plant 

community survey. The majority of the grassland within the Inner Study Area (> 

90%) was semi-improved in nature. 

476 A series of more ecologically valuable habitats were recorded where management 

was less intensive (Figure 7-3). These included two small areas of marram grass 

dominated sand dune habitat recorded within the Outer Study Area (BS5 and BS8, 

Figure 7-3). 

477 The BS5 dune habitat was classified as SD6 Ammophila arenaria mobile dune 

community. This type of community encompasses almost all vegetation of mobile 

coastal sands where marram dominates. 

478 The BS8 dune habitat occurs within a small area on the southern edge of the Outer 

Study Area and was classified as SD9a Ammophila areanaria-Arrheanatherum 

elatius dune grassland. This community was dominated by marram grass and 

creeping red fescue (Festuca rubra), with false oat-grass (Arrhenatherum elatius) 

being a frequent component. 

479 The proposed cable route element of the development lies within a gap between the 

sand dune habitats and the BS5 dune habitat (SD6 Ammophila). The sand dune 

habitat at this point has become severely degraded due to established beach access 

which is frequently used by vehicles and pedestrians. To the immediate south of the 

trackway and north of the BS8 community lies a small yellow dune dominated by 

marram grass. The dune has become severely degraded due to erosion processes. 

480 The Outer Study Area includes a short stretch of the lower reaches of a single narrow 

burn. The burn cuts across the track within the Outer Study Area at two points, the 

first where it is culverted beneath the track and the second occurring within the beach 

where it merges with runoff from Blackdog Burn to drain into the North Sea. At both 

points the burn has negligible ecological interest with minimal associated riparian 

vegetation (none within the most easterly point). 

481 Blackdog Burn is located at its closest point > 100 m to the south of the Inner Study 

Area. The burn is buffered from the Inner Study Area by coniferous plantation 

woodland. 

482 A number of grass and heath dominated habitats, plantation woodland, marginal 

wetland, ponds and tall ruderal habitats were recorded during the Phase 1 Habitat 

Survey and NVC survey outwith the Inner Study Area (Figures 7-1 and 7-3). No 

direct or indirect impacts on these habitat types are anticipated and as such these 

habitats have been scoped out of further assessment. 

7.3.4.2 Intertidal habitats 

483 It is noted that the intertidal zone has also been described and assessed in AOWF 

Offshore Application, currently under consideration by Marine Scotland. 

484 The intertidal zone was dominated by two zoned habitats which have been 

categorised as B1 and B1.1 according to the European Nature Information System 

(EUNIS) database. 





December 2012 

485 EUNIS B1 Coastal dunes and sandy shores. The intertidal zone was dominated by 

very exposed littoral sands which extended into the infra-littoral zone and provide 

sediment for the sand dune system at the supralittoral zone. 

486 EUNIS Habitat type code B1.1 sand beach driftline. This narrow habitat band occurs 

just above the normal tide limit providing material for embryonic sand dune 

development. There was scant evidence of such development although some sea 

rocket and isolated patches of marram grass were evident. 

487 As the beach is exposed and undergoes constant aeolian shifting there were few 

associated habitats and thus few opportunities for a diversity of intertidal marine 

wildlife, the only evidence of shellfish being discarded shells of common cockle 

(Cerastoderma edule), pod razor shell (Ensis siliqua), common tortoiseshell limpet 

(Yectura tessulata) and white furrow shell (Abra alba) indicating the presence of 

shellfish beds beyond the littoral zone. Mobile crustaceans such as amphipods were 

also noted along the shoreline and in particular beneath drift material. 

488 The limited boulder areas recorded at the low tide mark (Target Note (TN) 4, within 

the south edge of the development site) provided holdfast opportunities for seaweeds 

such as bladder wrack (Fucus vesiculosus) and gut weed (Ulva intestinalis). The 

only other recorded species were communities of barnacles (Balanus sp.). 

7.3.4.3 Protected species 

489 The habitat features described in this chapter have potential for rare, notable and/or 

protected species. However of those species listed in Table 7.7 only common toad 

was recorded during the Phase 1 Habitat Survey (in one pond at TN 2, > 500 m from 

the Inner Study Area). 

490 The conifer plantations outwith the Inner Study Area were immature and isolated 

from other woodland blocks. No signs of red squirrel activity were recorded. The 

NERBReC did not return any records for red squirrel within 2 km of the development 

site. The woodlands would not be affected by the proposal. Red squirrel has 

therefore been scoped out from further assessment. 

491 No signs of badger activity were recorded within the Inner Study Area or within 500 m 

of the Inner Study Area. The NERBReC records returned four records of badger 

within 2 km of the Inner Study Area. The Inner Study Area does not include optimum 

habitat for badgers to excavate and maintain setts. This is due to a combination of 

factors including the exposed location, sandy substrate and high disturbance 

associated with the site. Badger may however occasionally move over the site 

during foraging and/ or commuting. 

492 No signs of otter, including holts or resting places (couches) were recorded within the 

Inner Study Area or within 500 m of the Inner Study Area. The NERBReC records 

returned one record of otter within 2 km of the Inner Study Area (recorded within 

Blackdog Burn in 2009). This species is highly unlikely to use the small burn that 

crosses the Inner Study Area particularly given the level of human disturbance within 

this area. However the potential for this species to occasionally occur within the 

Inner Study Area cannot be entirely discounted due to its previously recorded 

presence within Blackdog Burn. 

493 The grassland habitats alongside the track and within the dune system are 

considered to potentially support populations of commonplace reptile species such 





December 2012 

as adder and slow worm. The NERBReC records returned no records or reptiles 

within 2 km of the Inner Study Area. 

494 The Inner Study Area did not contain trees or other structures considered suitable for 

roosting bats. The NERBReC returned one record of a single common pipistrelle 

(Pipistrellus pipistrellus) bat located approximately 150 m southwest of the Inner 

Study Area. Bats may utilise the Inner Study Area for foraging and commuting as 

part of the wider landscape. 

Ornithology 

495 The NERBReC records included a number of bird species within 2 km of the Inner 

Study Area including those confirmed as breeding eg skylark (Alauda arvensis), 

common swift (Apus apus), common linnet (Carduelis cannabina), yellowhammer 

(Emberiza citrinella) and song thrush (Turdus philomelos). 

496 No evidence of any breeding Annex 1 or Schedule 1 species was found; however 

Sandwich tern (Sterna sandvicensis), an Annex 1 species, and common scoter 

(Melanitta nigra) and velvet scoter (Melanitta fusca), both Schedule 1 species, were 

recorded just offshore. Common scoter does not breed within coastal habitats and 

velvet scoter does not breed within the UK. Common crossbill (Loxia curvirostra), 

also a Schedule 1 species, was noted but no breeding behaviour was observed 

(there was no suitable breeding habitat within the Inner Study Area). It is considered 

that the Inner Study Area is too prone to human influenced disturbance for Sandwich 

tern to breed. 

497 The following bird species were identified within the Outer Study Area. The Outer 

Study Area supported a range of Red and Amber listed bird species, some of which 

are priority species on the UK and North East Scotland Biodiversity Action Plans. 

498 The gorse and scrub dominated habitat occurring amongst the dune system 

supported dunnocks (Prunella vulgaris), linnets (Carduelis cannabina), whitethroats 

(Sylvia communis) and yellowhammer. 

499 The immature conifer plantations to the north and west of the Inner Study Area 

supported goldcrest (Regulus regulus), song thrush and coal tit (Periparus ater), with 

wouldow warbler (Phylloscopus trochilus) and yellowhammer noted around the 

fringes of the woodlands. Four common crossbills were noted flying overhead, 

although it was considered unlikely that they are breeding in the plantations due to 

the immature status of the trees. A single grasshopper warbler (Locustella naevia) 

was recorded bordering the Murcar Links Golf Course to the south of the Inner Study 

Area . 

500 Both meadow pipit and sedge warbler were recorded as abundant on the landfill site 

located to the north east of the Inner Study Area. Other species of note recorded on 

the landfill site consisted of stock dove (Columba oenas), reed bunting and stonechat 

(Saxicola torquata). 

501 The residential properties of Blackdog village supported breeding house martin 

(Delichon urbica) and house sparrow (Passer domesticus). 

502 Eider (Somateria mollissima) were observed resting on the beach near Blackdog 

(200+ individuals). Eider may breed near to the Outer Study Area (although no 

juveniles were seen) and use the extensive and relatively undisturbed beach which 

runs from Aberdeen to Newburgh during post-breeding moult (this includes beach 





December 2012 

habitat within the Inner and Outer Study Area). Herring gull (Larus argentatus), 

black-headed gull (Chroicocephalus ridibundus), common gull (Larus canus) and 

oystercatcher (Haematopus ostralegus) were also noted on the beach along the low 

water mark and within the Outer Study Area, although there was no sign of nesting 

behaviour. 

7.3.4.4 Non-native species 

503 Japanese knotweed (Fallopia japonica) was noted growing adjacent to the existing 

access track which runs from Blackdog down to the beach (Figure 7-1, TN 7). 

Knotweed was also recorded within the Inner Study Area to the west of the first stand 

along the south side of the track to Blackdog Fishing Station. 

504 Giant hogweed (Heracleum mantegazzianum) was noted along the length of a burn 

to the south of the Inner Study Area. Due to the distance from the Inner Study Area 

(approx 100m) this non-native species is not considered further within this 

assessment. 

7.3.5 Valuation of baseline condition receptors 

505 Using the ecological criteria for establishing the level of sensitivity/value of a receptor 

(see Table 7.2) and the analysis of the baseline surveys and data collection, the 

value of all receptors found or considered to be potentially present within or 

immediately adjacent to the Inner Study Area is summarised in Table 7.8. The table 

does not include those receptors which have been scoped out from further 

assessment. 

Table 7.8 

Ecological value of receptors 

Ecological Receptor Evaluation Rationale Site Value 

Designated Sites 

Sands of Forvie, Ythan 

Estuary and Meikle 

Loch 

Ramsar, SPA, SSSI, 

Important Bird Area 

Habitats 

Intertidal Under-boulder 

Community 

Sand Dune 

Burn 

The designated site is valued for coastal and estuarine 

habitats. Potential disturbance impacts to breeding tern and 

winter geese, duck and wader species where such species 

occur within or adjacent to the Inner Study Area Inner Study 

Area. No qualifying species associated with the designated 

site were recorded within the Inner Study Area. 

Intertidal under-boulder communities are a UKBAP Priority 

Habitat. A small area of boulder habitat was identified within 

the intertidal zone at MLWS within the Inner Study Area. Such 

habitat was sparse and acted as foci points for seabirds. This 

area of the Inner Study Area is considered to be of National 

importance for under-boulder communities. 

The sand dune habitats associated with the site are UKBAP 

and North East LBAP Priority Habitats. However the dunes 

are heavily degraded within the majority of the Inner Study 

Area with only marginal habitat still in a favourable status. The 

Inner Study Area is therefore considered to be of Regional 

importance for sand dune habitat. 

Burns are LBAP habitats. The Inner Study Area includes the 

lower reaches of one small burn draining into the North Sea. 

The burn has been culverted beneath an access track and is 

considered to be of low ecological value. The burn is 

considered to be of Local importance. 

International 

National 

Regional 

Local 

Intertidal B1 and B1.1 The habitats recorded within the littoral zone are not Local 





December 2012 

Table 7.8 



sandy shore and 

driftline habitats 

Semi-improved Neutral 

Grassland 

Species 

Birds 

Bats 

Badger 

Otter 

Reptiles 

designated (UKBAP or NLBAP) or protected habitats. The 

Inner Study Area represents only a small proportion of the 23 

km of sandy shore habitat located between Aberdeen and 

Newburgh. 

Improved and Neutral grasslands are UK Broad Habitat Types. 

Grass habitat within the Inner Study Area was limited to track 

and road verges, and a grazed field. Such habitat is 

commonplace within the wider landscape with no particularly 

rare or notable plant species recorded. The Inner Study Area 

is considered to be of Local importance for semi-improved 

grassland. 

A number of Amber and Red Listed bird species were 

recorded during the breeding bird survey and it is considered 

likely that some may breed within the Outer Study Area 

(although opportunities are limited by habitat type and human 

disturbance). Schedule 1 birds receive full protection under 

the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended). UKBAP 

and North East LBAP Priority Species recorded during the 

breeding bird survey included skylark, linnet, yellowhammer 

and house martin. 

In addition a number of birds including eider and gull species 

were recorded at the low water mark within the Inner Study 

Area. 

The Inner Study Area is considered to be of County 

importance to birds. 

All bats are Annex IV species of the Habitats Directive and 

receive full legal protection via inclusion on Schedule 2 of the 

Conservation (Natural Habitats & c.) Regulations 1994. 

Common pipistrelle were included within the desk study data. 

Common pipistrelle is a North East LBAP Priority Species. 

Bats may forage and/or commute over the Inner Study Area. 

As such the Inner Study Area is considered to be of Local 

importance to bats. 

In the UK badgers are a relatively common species. No activity 

relating to badger was recorded within the Inner Study Area 

although there is potential for this species to occur within the 

plantation woodlands to the south, north and west. Badgers 

are protected under the Protection of Badgers Act (1992). The 

Inner Study Area is considered to be of Local importance to 

this species. 

Otters are a UKBAP and North East LBAP Priority Species. 

Otters receive full legal protection via inclusion on Schedule 2 

of the Conservation (Natural Habitats & c.) Regulations 1994. 

The Inner Study Area provides limited habitat for this species 

although otter has been previously recorded along Blackdog 

Burn to the south of the Outer Study Area and as such may 

occasionally pass through. The Inner Study Area is 

considered to be of Local importance to otter. 

The Outer Study Area may support localised populations of 

commonplace reptiles. All native reptile species are protected 

under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended). 

These species are afforded limited protection under Section 9 

of this Act, which makes it an offence, inter alia, to intentionally 

kill or injure any of these species. Adder and slow worm are 

UKBAP Priority Species. 

Although habitats on site are for the most part sub-optimal 

Local 

County 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 





December 2012 

Table 7.8 



grassland communities may support low populations. 

Therefore the Inner Study Area is considered to be of Local 

importance to reptiles. 

Invertebrates 

The mosaic of habitats within the Outer Study Area may Local 

contain adult and larvae stages of UKBAP moths identified 

within the desk study data including the maritime associated 

sand dart. The Inner Study Area is considered to be of Local 

importance to invertebrates. 

Plants 

The desk study returned records of four UKBAP and SBL 

species. There is potential for prickly saltwort and slender 

trefoil to occur within the dune habitats although none were 

recorded during the surveys (potentially due to the dunes 

degraded nature). The Outer Study Area is considered to be of 

Local importance tofor plants. 

Local 

506 Japanese knotweed was recorded within the Inner Study Area. Japanese Knotweed 

is an extremely invasive and competitive plant which has no natural pests in the UK. 

Where established, Japanese knotweed rapidly dominates other species of flora and 

is difficult to control. 

507 It is an offence under section 14(2) of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as 

amended) to "plant or otherwise cause to grow in the wild" any plant listed in 

Schedule 9, Part II to the Act. Where proposed works are undertaken within or 

adjacent to Japanese knotweed stands it would be the developer’s responsibility to 

ensure that this species is not spread e.g. through seeds or vegetative matter. 

7.3.6 Trends in the absence of development 

508 In the event that the Proposed Development does not take place it is likely that the 

Inner Study Area would remain as semi-improved and dune grassland with a 

trackway. No significant change in the ecological value of the Inner Study Area 

would be anticipated over a 25 year period without major changes in land use. 


509 This section sets out the potential impacts which have been mitigated through the 

design process and are therefore potential impacts are no longer present. 

Habitats 

510 The consideration and protection of valued habitats is an integral part of the scheme 

design. Through an iterative design process the cabling route has been located 

along a path of least habitat disturbance utilising a landfall area where under-boulder 

habitat does not occur. 

511 The onshore cabling corridor is routed through an established vehicular gap in the 

sand dunes avoiding direct impacts on marram associated sand dune habitat. The 

cabling corridor avoids heath and marginal wetland habitats. 

512 AOWFL substation, VPFC equipment, SHET plc substation, access road, parking 

area and temporary compound would be located outwith the District Wildlife Site 

(DWS) on semi-improved grassland of low ecological value. No affects on sand 





December 2012 

dune or wetland habitats are anticipated. The majority of the onshore cable corridor 

would be located within semi-improved grassland and along an established trackway 

leading to Blackdog Fishing Station. 

513 All works access would be along established tracks and entranceways. 

514 All construction activities would be limited to clearly defined working areas. An 

Ecological Clerk of Works (ECoW) would be appointed to provide advice in the event 

of unforeseen ecological issues that arise during construction and to oversee the 

implementation of mitigation requirements. The ECoW would include an update site 

walkover prior to works commencing and all construction workers would be given an 

Ecological Toolbox talk. 

515 Watercourses would be protected during construction through the adoption of a 

range of mitigation measures (see Chapter 6). 

516 Habitats subject to temporary loss (e.g. construction compound and cabling route) 

would be re-vegetated as soon as possible after construction, to replicate the habitat 

that was temporarily lost. 

517 Measures would be taken to facilitate the reinstatement of dune vegetation within and 

adjacent to the proposed trench areas. 

518 Where trench works cut through dune habitat the trench would be immediately 

backfilled once the conduit has been installed with sand levels raised to those 

previous to excavation works. 

Birds 

519 All above ground scrub clearance would be undertaken outwith the bird breeding 

season (March to August inclusive). 


520 The potential, impacts of construction, operation and decommissioning of the 

Proposed Development that remain for evaluation are those that may arise from 

direct or indirect impacts upon VERs (ie county value and above) are as follows: 

• Sands of Forvie, Ythan Estuary and Meikle Loch Ramsar and SPA 

• intertidal under-boulder communities – national value 

• coastal sand dune - regional value 

• birds – county value 

7.5.1 Construction phase 

521 Construction within the cable corridor has been identified as potentially affecting the 

integrity of sand dune and under-boulder community’s habitats. 

522 The Cable Landfall is the point where the (up to three) submarine cables from AOWF 

would come ashore. The Cable Landfall would be located between MLWS and 

MHWS, the exact location of which would be established following detailed 

geotechnical studies and further site investigation post consent/ pre-construction. At 

the Cable Landfall, up to three cables would be spaced between 10 metres (m) and 

25 m apart, narrowing towards where the Cable Corridor passes through the existing 





December 2012 

break in the dunes. Between AOWF and the Cable Landfall the submarine cables 

would be buried to a depth of approximately 1.5 m to 2 m through the use of a 

subsea cable burying system. From the Cable Landfall towards the Cable Pull-in and 

Jointing Area, the submarine cables would continue to be buried to a target depth of 

approximately 1.5 m to 2 m, likely using surface cut trenches. Preinstalled cable 

ducting is likely to be used, to allow the trench to be excavated and backfilled prior to 

submarine cable pull-in, minimising disturbance and improving beach access during 

the submarine cable installation. 

523 It is estimated that the works would take eight weeks to complete. 

524 The point at which the cables come onshore would avoid the under-boulder 

community habitat located to the southeast corner of the Inner Study Area. This 

represents a negligible magnitude of impact on a receptor of national value. The 

impact of construction on under-boulder habitat is therefore assessed as being of 

negligible significance. 

525 The route of the cabling corridor passes through an established gap in the sand dune 

system which is used for vehicular access to the beach. The gap is approximately 8 

m in width. The track is bounded for approximately 70 m in length to the north by 

SD6 Ammophila arenaria mobile dune community habitat which forms part of 

continuous sand dune habitat. The track is bounded to the south for approximately 

40 m by an isolated and eroding dune remnant which is likely to represent further but 

degraded SD6 habitat. 

526 All works associated with cabling would be limited to within the track area and as 

such no dune habitat would be affected. This represents a negligible magnitude of 

impact on a receptor of regional value. The impact of construction on sand dune 

habitat is therefore assessed as being of negligible significance. 

527 The construction works has potential to cause a disturbance and displacement 

impact to Schedule 1 and Annex 1 bird species which utilise the lower shore for 

resting and/ or foraging within the littoral zone. The cable trenching works are 

temporary in nature and would only affect a relatively narrow stretch of the coastline 

(approximately 0.25 km of 23 km of sandy shore habitat). Although the direct 

disturbance and displacement of birds along the shoreline is probable it would be 

short-term and, within the context of other available shoreline habitat, of negligible 

magnitude. 

528 It is considered highly unlikely, given the extent of the foreshore to be affected and 

the daily use of the foreshore for recreational and salmon fishing (the latter including 

the use of four by four vehicles), that the temporary trenching works would cause 

significant disturbance of species observed offshore including velvet and common 

scoter (both of which do not breed within the area). No detailed information could be 

found regarding non-breeding disturbance impacts in relation to common scoter. 

However Currie and Elliot (1997) have suggested a preliminary safe working buffer of 

300 – 800 m for forestry workers in relation to breeding common scoter. As with birds 

resting and foraging along the foreshore any impacts would be short-term and of 

negligible magnitude. 

529 No qualifying bird species associated with the Sands of Forvie, Ythan Estuary and 

Meikle Loch Ramsar SPA were observed within or adjacent to the Inner Study Area. 

Eider, a species associated with the SPA assemblage qualification, were however 

recorded resting along the foreshore within the Outer Study Area. Nevertheless 

eider were observed resting at various points along the foreshore and there was no 





December 2012 

discernible reason why this species would select the area of beach within the Outer 

Study Area over the remaining 23 km of coastline. The short term and localised 

cabling works therefore represent a negligible magnitude of impact on a potential 

receptor of international value. The impact of construction on the Sands of Forvie, 

Ythan Estuary and Meikle Loch Ramsar SPA qualifying species is therefore 

assessed as being of negligible significance. 

530 The construction of the cable corridor from the jointing area to the substation, and the 

construction of the substation have potential to impact on protected and rare 

breeding birds. Nevertheless suitable habitat for breeding birds along the cable 

corridor and within the area of the substation and the associated infrastructure is 

minimal. This represents a negligible magnitude of impact on a receptor of county 

value. 

531 The impact of construction on birds is therefore assessed as being of negligible 

significance. 

7.5.2 Operational phase 

532 The magnitude of any potential impacts is anticipated to be negligible. No significant 

impacts are anticipated during operation. 

7.5.3 Decommissioning phase 

533 Decommissioning impacts are likely to be similar to those identified during 

construction. 

534 Prior to decommissioning an updated ecological survey would be required to ensure 

no significant impacts, in accordance with the legislation and guidance at the time, 

occur. 

7.6 Mitigation and Enhancement 

535 In addition to mitigation required in respect of valued ecological receptors 

consideration is made of species which, although are of less than county value, are 

legally protected and which may occur within the Inner Study Area: 

• badger 

• otter 

• reptiles 

536 Mitigation is also included for Japanese knotweed. 

Construction 

Badger and Otter 

537 Although no signs of badger or otter were recorded a pre-construction survey for both 

species would be conducted of areas to be directly affected by construction, together 

with a 50 m buffer undertaken 6-8 weeks prior to construction. This would ensure no 

setts, holts or couches have been constructed within 30 m of any construction works. 





December 2012 

Where necessary mitigation proposal would be prepared and the requirement for 

licensing determined through consultation with SNH. 

538 All excavations left open overnight would include provision of suitable means of 

escape for mammals (for example a long wood plank). Where deeper excavations 

are anticipated these would be fenced off to prevent wildlife access. 

Birds 

539 All above ground scrub clearance would be undertaken outwith the bird breeding 

season (March to August inclusive). 

Reptiles 

540 The potential for impacts on reptiles would be mitigated through adoption of the 

following measures: 

• all grassland would be mown short outwith the winter period under the 

supervision of an ECoW. The grassland would be kept short for the duration of 

construction to encourage reptiles away from works areas 

• where the removal of existing spoil such as rubble and brash is required this 

would be undertaken by hand prior to the hibernation period (before the end of 

October) 

• where trenches or excavations are to be left open overnight these would be 

inspected for reptiles (and other species such as amphibians) prior to infilling if 

dug during the reptile active period (late March to the end of October). Any 

reptiles found would be removed to suitable habitat outwith the construction area 

Japanese knotweed 

541 There are two areas where the cabling corridor may cause the disturbance through 

excavation of Japanese knotweed. Where trench works encounter Japanese 

knotweed the material would be removed from the development site using best 

practice methodologies by specialist contractors. All relevant precautions would be 

taken when carrying out actions that could potentially spread this plant. All plant 

material and contaminated soil would be regarded as controlled waste and disposed 

of by a SEPA licensed haulier. All containers and bags containing Japanese 

knotweed or infected soil leaving the development site would be covered to avoid 

spread along public roads. 

Operational phase 

542 No mitigation measures are proposed. 

Decommissioning 

543 The impacts of decommissioning would be expected to be similar to that of the 

construction phase. Decommissioning would be preceded by habitat and protected 

species surveys, and a decommissioning restoration plan and species protection 

plan would be submitted and agreed with SNH. Any new legislation or guidelines 

published prior to decommissioning would be adhered to and incorporated into the 

plan. 





December 2012 

Enhancement 

544 Where appropriate exposed dune substrate would be planted with marram grass to 

encourage dune stabilisation. To further reduce erosion and to increase sand 

accretion planted areas would be thatched with suitable brash material. All works 

would be conducted under the guidance of a management plan and ECoW. 

545 All planted areas are to be fenced to discourage trampling. Sand fencing is to be 

installed along the seaward facing extent of the affected dune habitat. 

546 It is anticipated that habitat enhancement would have a minor beneficial impact, 

which is not significant in EIA terms. 


547 No residual impacts are anticipated where the mitigation is instigated in full. 

548 Table 7.9 summarises the residual ecological impacts of the proposal and assesses 

their significance in terms of the assessment. Impacts are only considered for the 

construction phase as no impacts are predicted during the operational phase. 

Decommissioning impacts are likely to be similar to construction phase impacts. 

7.8 In-combination Impacts 

549 Three potential developments were identified for inclusion within the cumulative 

assessment: 

• Phase 1 of Berryhill Business Park, located to the west of Murcar Links Golf Club 

and Balgownie Links – the proposal currently has outline planning permission and 

is seeking approval for reserved matters. The development is located c. 2 km 

south of the Inner Study Area on agricultural land. No cumulative impacts on 

habitats or species are anticipated 

• Dubford housing development – in LDP for 550 houses, Bridge of Don, 

Aberdeen. The housing development is > 2 km southwest of the Inner Study Area 

on agricultural land. No cumulative impacts on habitats or species are 

anticipated 

• Aberdeen Western Peripheral Route (AWPR) – application has been approved. 

The route of the AWPR is located c. 300 m northwest of the Inner Study Area and 

would directly affect improved pasture, semi-improved grassland and plantation 

conifer woodland. The AWPR would not directly affect habitats within the Inner 

Study Area which were identified as valued receptors. 

550 No in-combination impacts, in relation to the Habitats Directive, are anticipated. 





December 2012 

TABLE 7.9 

Residual Impact Assessment 

Potential 

Impact 

Receptor 

Value 

Scale Duration Magnitude of 

Impact 

Destruction of Regional Within Long-term Negligible 

sand dune 

accepted (15-25 years) 

habitat 

standards/ 

guidelines 

Displacement, County Within Short term c. Negligible 

disturbance to 

accepted 8 weeks 

birds using the 

standards/ 

foreshore 

guidelines 

Disturbance of 

breeding birds 

County 

Within 

accepted 

standards/ 

guidelines 

Short term c. 

8 weeks 

Negligible 

Significance Mitigation Significance 

after Mitigation 

Negligible None beyond Negligible 

(Non-significant) development (Non-significant) 

design 

Negligible 

(Non-significant) 

Negligible 


mitigation 

None 

None beyond 

development 

design 

mitigation 

Negligible 


Negligible 


Cumulative / 

In-combination 

None predicted 







Dece 


551 An assessment of the ecological value of the site has been undertaken. 

552 No adverse impacts are predicted for statutory or non-statutory sites that are 

designated on nature conservation grounds. 

553 Valued Ecological Receptors were identified within the development site: 

• coastal sand dune 

• birds 

554 Through sensitive site design significant impacts on valued habitats have been 

avoided. 

555 No significant impacts are anticipated on birds. 

556 In addition mitigation for legally protected species which may occur within the Inner 

Study Area has been included. 

557 Japanese knotweed has been identified within the Inner Study Area and measures 

have been proposed to ensure works do not contravene the relevant legislation and 

guidance with respect to this species spread. 


Appendix 7A (Volume 4). Phase 1 Habitat Survey Target Notes 

Appendix 7B (Volume 4). Bird Survey Data. 


Bat Conservation Trust (2007) Bat Surveys – Good Practice Guidelines. Bat 

Conservation Trust, London. 

Conner, D.W., Allen, J.H., Golding, N., Howell, K.L., Lieberknecht, L.M., Northen, 

K.O. & Reker, J.B. (2004) The Marine Habitat Classification for Britain and Ireland 

Version 04.05. JNCC, Peterborough. 

Davies, J., Baxter, J., Bradley, M., Connor, D., Khan, J., Murray, E., Sanderson, W., 

Turnbull, C. & Vincent, M. [Editors] (2001) Marine Monitoring Handbook. Joint Nature 

Conservation Committee, Peterborough. 

Eaton M.A, Brown A.F, Noble D.G, Musgrove A.J, Hearn R, Aebischer N.J, Gibbons 

D.W, Evans A and Gregory R.D (2009) Birds of Conservation Concern 3: the 

population status of birds in the United Kingdom, Channel Islands and the Isle of 

Man. British Birds 102, pp296–341. 

English Nature (2002) Badgers and Development. English Nature, Peterborough. 

English Nature (2004) Reptiles: Guidelines for Developers. English Nature, 

Peterborough. 

Froglife (1999) Advice Sheet 10: Reptile Survey. Froglife, Peterborough. 

Gent, T. & Gibson, S. (1998) Herpetofauna Workers Manual. Joint Nature 

Conservation Committee, Peterborough. 

Gilbert, G., Gibbons, D.W. and Evans, J. (1998) Bird Monitoring Methods. RSPB, 

Sandy. 

Institute of Environmental Assessment (2003) Guidelines for Baseline Ecological 

Assessment. Institute of Environmental Assessment. Chapman & Hall. 





Dece 

Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management. (2007) Guidelines for 

Ecological Impact Assessment in the United Kingdom. Version 7. 

Joint Nature Conservation Committee (1995) The UK Biodiversity Action Plan. Joint 

Nature Conservation Committee, Peterborough. 

Joint Nature Conservation Committee (2010) Handbook for Phase 1 Habitat Survey – 

A Technique for Environmental Audit (Revised reprint). Joint Nature Conservancy 

Council, Peterborough. 

Marchant, J.H. (1983) BTO Common Birds Census Instructions. British Trust for 

Ornithology, Thetford. 

Moss, D. (2008). EUNIS habitat classification – a guide for users. European Topic 

Centre on Biological Diversity. 

Perring, F.H., & Farrell, L., comp. (1983) British Red Data Books: 1. Vascular plants. 

2nd ed. Lincoln, Royal Society for Nature Conservation. 

Rodwell, J.S. (1998) British Plant Communities Volumes 1-5. Cambridge University 

Press, Cambridge. 

Scottish Natural Heritage. (2009). A handbook on environmental impact assessment 

David Tyldesley and Associates (2011) Guidance for Competent Authorities, 

Consultees and others involved in the Environmental Impact Assessment Process in 

Scotland. David Tyldesley and Associates, Edinburgh. 

Stace, C. (1997) New Flora of the British Isles (2nd edition). Cambridge University 

Press, Cambridge. 

Wyn, G., Brazier, P. and McMath, M. (2000) CCW’s Handbook for Marine Intertidal 

Phase 1 Survey and Mapping. Countryside Council for Wales Marine Science 

Report: 00/06/91. Countryside Council for Wales, Bangor. 





December 2012 

8 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL 


558 The Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (LVIA), undertaken by LDA 

Design, considers the potential impacts that the Aberdeen Offshore Wind 

Farm (AOWF) Onshore Transmission Works (‘the Proposed Development’) 

would have on the existing landscape and visual environment. The purpose of 

the assessment is to determine the sensitivity of the receiving landscape, and 

the magnitude and significance of any impact on landscape character, 

including any areas of designated landscapes. The potential impacts upon 

views, visual amenity and receptor groups within the study area defined in 

Section 8.1.4 of this chapter are also assessed. 

559 The LVIA includes a cumulative assessment of the potential impacts on 

landscape and visual receptors as a result of other similar developments 

within the study area. 

560 The following Figures form part of this LVIA: 

• Figure 8-1: Site Location 

• Figure 8-2: Landscape Policy 

• Figure 8-3: Landscape Character Areas 

• Figure 8-4: Landform and Viewpoints 

• Figure 8-5: Zone of Theoretical Visibility – Proposed Development 

• Figure 8-6: Zone of Theoretical Visibility – Proposed Development 

compared to Current Site Visibility 

• Figures 8-7A to 8-7 D: Photograph Panels A to D 

• Figure 8-8:Indicative Mitigation Planting 


561 Consultation to agree upon the assessment methodology and other important 

parameters regarding the scope of the LVIA (including the location and 

number of viewpoints) took place with Aberdeenshire Council, Scottish 

Natural Heritage and Aberdeen City Council, and is detailed below. 

TABLE 8.1: 

Summary of consultation 

Consultee Details of Correspondence LVIA Response 


(26.10.12) 

Scottish Natural 

Heritage 

(31.10.12) 

Aberdeen City Council 

(, 24.10.12 and 

Additional viewpoint required from either rifle 

ranges or Blackdog industrial estate to the 

north. 

Support use of best practice. Recommend 

additional viewpoints at Balmedie Country 

Park and Murcar Golf Course to take account 

of potential impacts on recreational users of 

the coast to the north and south. 

Informal consultation as to location of 

viewpoints. 

VP06 added 

VP07 and VP08 added 

Viewpoints chosen with 

ACC comments in mind 

Chapter 8 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL Page 115 of 211




December 2012 

TABLE 8.1: 

Summary of consultation 

Consultee Details of Correspondence LVIA Response 

06.11.12) Letter confirming scope of assessment 

acceptable. 

RF confirmed that specifics of assessment, 

such as viewpoint locations to be deferred to 


n/a 

n/a 

8.1.2 Key Guidance Documents 

562 Key guidance documents that have informed the LVIA include: 

• Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA) and the 

Landscape Institute (LI) (2002) Guidelines for Landscape and Visual 

Impact Assessment (2 nd ed.), Spon Press 

• The Countryside Commission and SNH (2002) Landscape Character 

Assessment: Guidance for England and Scotland 

• Aberdeenshire Council (2005) Use of Wind Energy in Aberdeenshire 

(Part 2): Guidance for Assessing Wind Energy Developments, 


8.1.3 Data Information and Sources 

563 The list below records the main survey information that was used in this 

assessment. A site visit was first undertaken in September 2011 to establish 

and identify the existing baseline environment with site assessment work 

following in December 2012 once the details of the proposed substation 

development were confirmed. 

• SNH (1996). Landscape Character Assessment of Aberdeen (No 108) 

• SNH (1998). South and Central Aberdeenshire Landscape Character 

Assessment (No 102) 


564 Following the preparation of a preliminary ZTV (Zone of Theoretical Visibility) 

plan, and on site inspection a 4 km study area comprising a 4 km radius from 

the Proposed Development site boundary was identified and agreed with the 

consultees. This area includes part of Aberdeenshire coastland and the 

outlying northern suburbs of the City of Aberdeen, including Denmore and 

Middleton Park in the south, and the settlements of Potterton and Balmedie to 

the north. (see Figure 8-1). 

8.2 Assessment Methodology 

565 A summary of the methodology for the LVIA is given below. LDA Design’s full 

assessment methodology is included in Appendix 8A. 





December 2012 

566 The baseline landscape and visual resource within the 4 km radius study area 

has been defined and sensitivity to the type of development identified, in 

accordance with the guidance detailed above. Sensitivity to change is 

assessed for landscape receptors, such as designated areas and landscape 

character areas, and for visual receptors (people) at agreed viewpoints. It 

should be remembered that sensitivity is not absolute, being a function of the 

inherent qualities of the receptor and the type of development proposed. 

Consequently, a certain type of receptor may be more sensitive to one 

particular form of development than another. 

567 The hierarchy of sensitivity, magnitude of change and significance of impact 

is summarised below. Sensitivity is assessed for each receptor type on the 

following scale: 

• High - material impacts are likely to arise from a development of this 

nature. 

• Medium - material impacts may arise from a development of this nature. 

• Low - material impacts are unlikely to arise from a development of this 

nature. 

568 The magnitude of change is assessed for all landscape and visual receptors 

and identifies the degree of change arising as a result of the Proposed 

Development. It is rated on the following scale: 

• High – total or major alteration to key elements, features or 

characteristics, such that post development the baseline situation will be 

fundamentally changed. 

• Medium - partial alteration to key elements, features or characteristics, 

such that post development the baseline situation will be noticeably 

changed. 

• Low - minor alteration to key elements, features or characteristics, such 

that post development the baseline situation will be largely unchanged 

despite discernible differences. 

• Negligible – very minor alteration to key elements, features or 

characteristics, such that post development the baseline situation will be 

fundamentally unchanged with barely perceptible differences. 

569 The process of forming a judgment regarding the significance of any potential 

impact is based upon the magnitude of impact and the sensitivity of the 

receptor. This is illustrated in the correlation Table 8.2. 

Table 8.2 Matrix for Significance of Impact 

Magnitude of Impact 

Sensitivity of Negligible Low Medium High 

Receptor 

High Negligible Moderate Major-Moderate Major 

Medium Negligible Moderate-Minor Moderate Major- 

Moderate 

Low Negligible Minor Moderate-Minor Moderate 

8.2.1 Implications of Significance 

570 Significance indicates the importance of the impact, taking into account the 

sensitivity of the receptor and the magnitude of the impact. It is usually rated 

on the following scale: 





December 2012 

• Major (sometimes called Substantial) - indicates an impact that is very 

important in the planning decision making process. 

• Major - Moderate - indicates an impact that is material in the planning 

decision making process. 

• Moderate - indicates a noticeable impact that is not material in the 

planning decision making process. 

• Moderate - Minor - indicates that an impact is between moderate and 

minor and that it is not material in the planning making process. 

• Minor (sometimes called Slight) - indicates an impact that is peripheral in 

the planning decision making process. 

• Negligible (sometimes called Minimal or No Change) - indicates an 

impact that is akin to no change and is thus not relevant to the planning 

decision making process. 

571 Impacts that are Major-Moderate or Major are the most significant, in that they 

are, in themselves, material to the decision. Impacts of Moderate significance 

or less are additional considerations. It should also be noted that whilst an 

impact may be significant, that does not necessarily mean that such an 

impact would be unacceptable. 

572 Impacts may also be adverse, neutral or beneficial and this is identified within 

the assessment. 

8.2.2 Cumulative and In-combination Impact Assessment Methodology 

573 As part of the LVIA the following schemes have been considered as part of 

the cumulative assessment. 

• Berryhill Business Park 

• Dubford Housing Development 

574 These are discussed further within the Baseline Assessment Section 8.2.3. 

8.2.3 Worst Realistic Case 

575 Site assessment work for the LVIA was undertaken during autumn/winter 

conditions. These represent the optimum conditions in which to undertake 

LVIA due to the absence of foliage from deciduous vegetation which would 

otherwise contribute to filtering and/or screening views towards a 

development. 

8.2.4 Landscape Planning Policy Context 

576 Chapter 3 of the ES refers to the main planning and policy context for the 

project. The statutory development plan for the site comprises the Aberdeen 

City and Shire Structure Plan 2009 (ACSSP) and the Aberdeenshire Local 

Development Plan 2012 (ASLDP). The relevant landscape policies from these 

documents have been reviewed, with the addition of the national Scottish 

Planning Policy (SPP), and the key policies relevant to landscape and visual 

considerations are presented below with an explanation on how the LVIA will 

have regard to these. 





December 2012 

577 SPP section ‘Landscape and Natural Heritage’ (paras.125-141) presents 

guidance on how the Government's policies for the conservation and 

enhancement of Scotland's natural heritage should be reflected in land use 

planning. It outlines the aims of national and local landscape and natural 

heritage designations: 

‘Different landscapes will have a different capacity to accommodate new 

development, and the siting and design of development should be informed 

by local landscape character.’ 

‘Landscapes and the natural heritage are sensitive to inappropriate 

development and planning authorities should ensure that potential effects, 

including the cumulative effect of incremental changes, are considered when 

preparing development plans and deciding planning applications. While the 

protection of the landscape and natural heritage may sometimes impose 

constraints on development, with careful planning and design the potential for 

conflict can be minimised and the potential for enhancement maximised.’ 

578 Under the above national policy the ASLDP has identified their landscape 

policies and their plans show that the above ground elements of the Proposed 

Development are located in land designated as a ‘Mixed Use Development 

Area’ and outside of any landscape designations and Green Belt land (see 

Figure 2). Therefore, the main landscape policy of relevance to the LVIA is 

ASLDP ‘Policy 12 Landscape Conservation’ which aims to manage the 

implications of development on the character of the landscape. The policy 

statement is presented below: 

‘ASLDP Policy 12 Landscape Conservation: Aberdeenshire Council will plan 

for and promote the improvement and protection of all landscapes in 

Aberdeenshire by recognising and using landscape character areas. All the 

landscapes of Aberdeenshire are valuable assets and vulnerable resources, 

which are facing various pressures of change. We will use the Landscape 

Character Area framework as a basis for our future planning and 

management policy. We will also take into consideration particular 

opportunities, sensitivities and vulnerabilities of different landscapes, and 

make sure that the implications of development on these are managed in an 

appropriate and sensitive way. The way we will do this is set out in the 

following supplementary guidance: 

SG Landscape1: Landscape Character 

We will approve development, subject to other policies, where: 

1) Its scale, location and design are appropriate to the landscape character 

of the area, as identified in Appendix 1; AND 

2) The proposal will not have an adverse impact on: 

• The key natural or historic features of the landscape character: OR 

• The overall composition or quality of the landscape character, 

particularly if the landscape is currently largely unspoiled by 

obtrusive or discordant features: OR 





December 2012 

• Any combination of the above, when considered with other recent 

developments, resulting in the possibility of an adverse cumulative 

impact on the local landscape character. 

SG Landscape 2: Valued views 

We will approve development, subject to other policies, if: 

1) The proposal will not, by virtue of its location, scale or design, have an 

adverse impact on the viewpoint for a ‘valued view’ as identified in 

Appendix 1: AND 

2) The proposal will not by virtue of its scale or location, have an adverse 

impact on the characteristics for which the view itself is valued.’ 

579 The LVIA identifies the Proposed Development’s potential impacts on the 

landscape character and visual amenity of the study area with regard to 

Policy 12. A ‘Valued View’, identified by ASLDP at Balmedie Beach, lies 

within the study area and is discussed in Section 8.4.3 (Viewpoint 8). 

580 The surrounding project study area includes Green Belt land and Coastal 

Zone (see Figure 2) which are covered in ‘Policy 4-Special Types of Rural 

Land’ of the ASLDP and ‘Policy NE2 - Green Belt’ of Aberdeen City Local 

Plan 2012. As the development is not located within the Green Belt or Coastal 

Zone it would not affect the functions of them. 

‘ASLDP Policy 4: Special Types of Rural Land: ‘Aberdeenshire Council will 

protect the special character of the greenbelt and the coastal zone. In these 

areas we will have special controls on development. These include a 

presumption against development that would erode the special nature of 

these different areas.’ 

8.3 Baseline Assessment 

581 The section below considers the current conditions at the site and in the 

surrounding landscape - the ‘baseline’ conditions. The assessment has drawn 

on previous character studies from national to local levels. Reference should 

be made to Figures 8.3, 8.4 and 8-7A to 8-7D which illustrate the local 

character areas and views from the selected representative viewpoint 

locations. 

8.3.1 The Site and its Immediate Context 

582 Historically the site was used for inert landfill, with building materials and 

general rubble having been deposited within the site during the 20th century. 

There was a brickworks on land adjacent to the west, and it is possible that 

some excavation of material occurred onsite prior to the landfill. The site is in 

a shallow valley and is largely "made ground"; the current landform appears 

to be man-made across most of the proposed substation site. There are steep 

man made slopes on the south-eastern edge rising up to approximately 3m. 

583 Landcover comprises rough grassland. 

584 The site is enclosed on the south, south-western, south-eastern and northern 

sides by existing plantations. The south, south-western and northern 





December 2012 

plantations are dense spruce plantations up to approximately 8-10 m high. 

The planting on the south-east side comprises deciduous ash and alder trees 

about 3m high. The plantation to the north lies north of Hareburn Terrace. 

The planting to the south, south-east and north is located on elevated ground 

providing further enclosure of the site. 

585 Gaps in enclosing planting lie to the north-west towards Blackdog and to the 

east/north-east towards the single dwelling at Viewpoint 2 (Hareburn House) 

and out to sea. There is also a narrow gap between spruce plantations in the 

south-west corner although there is scattered deciduous tree planting in this 

gap, and a large spruce plantation within 100m, which provide some 

enclosure. 

8.3.2 Landscape Character 

8.3.2.1 National Character 

586 Scottish Natural Heritage commissioned landscape character assessments to 

cover the whole of Scotland in the 1990s. Of relevance to the LVIA at the 

national level is the South and Central Aberdeenshire Landscape Character 

Assessment, 1998 (No.102). 

587 This Landscape Character Assessment identifies a total of five landscape 

character areas (LCAs) within south and central Aberdeenshire, of which the 

‘Coastal Strip’ and ‘Agricultural Heartlands’ are within the study area. These 

character areas are sub-divided into landscape character types (LCTs). 

Those within the study area are: 

• Coastal Strip – Formartine Links 

• Agricultural Heartlands – Formartine Lowlands 

588 The site lies within LCA Coastal Strip – Formartine Links, close to its southern 

edge. This LCA is therefore taken forward for assessment. 

589 The site lies approximately 0.8 km east of LCA Agricultural Heartlands – 

Formartine Lowlands. Analysis of the ZTV drawing (Figure 8-6) indicates that 

Proposed Development could be visible from parts of the south-eastern 

corner of this LCA and it is thus also taken forward for assessment. 

590 Relevant extracts from the South and Central Aberdeenshire Landscape 

Character Assessment are given below, along with our assessment of 

sensitivity to the type of development proposed. 

Coastal Strip – Formartine Links 

591 This LCT encompasses the coastal fringe to the north of Aberdeen. The 

assessment describes it as: 

‘;;The character area includes this sandy fringe, together with the narrow 

strip of scrubby gorse and grasses behind it, and the main coastal 

settlements;;. 

This is a landscape of windswept open character predominated by rough 

grazing and scrubby sand flats. Few shelterbelts or woods interrupt the 





December 2012 

horizon, and occasional solitary trees or buildings stand isolated within the 

expanse. The country park at Balmedie is the only wooded area on the coast.’ 

592 Key characteristics are given as: 

‘Extensive sands and beaches, including dunes. 

Contrasting narrow rocky shoreline north of the dunes. 

Raised beaches in the Ythan Valley. 

Scarce woodland and sporadic tree cover. 

Predominant landcover of scrubby gorse and grasses behind the sands 

dunes tufted with marram grass or bare of any vegetation. 

Encroachment of farmland into sandy coastal fringe. 

Settlement concentrated in towns such as Newburgh and Balmedie which are 

expanding with new housing. 

Experience highly dependent on weather and prevailing character of the sea, 

whether rough or calm. 

Exposed to long expansive views along the beach and across the sea.’ 

593 Pressures and Sensitivities include: 

‘Golf courses are a moderate force for change; club buildings, car parks and 

visitor pressure contribute to the impact on the landscape. 

Built development on the edges of existing settlements such as Newburgh 

and Balmedie will have a visual impact due to the lack of tree cover. 

Open, exposed landscape with long views renders it sensitive to vertical 

elements which will have a significant impact on visual amenity. 

Uncontrolled pressures could result in erosion of the dunes, changes in 

vegetation structure, including ornamental planting, and new built 

development which would alter the wild and exposed character of the 

coastline’ 

594 Specific Guidance given for Formartine Links includes: 

‘Aim: To retain the vegetation structure and distinction in land use between 

the dunes and farmed fringe. 

Built development along the coastline and expansion of settlements which is 

set back from the coastal edge will help to conserve the dune character, the 

use of landform rather than vegetation to screen new areas of built 

development is most appropriate.’ 

Aim: To retain long, open views and the exposed and wild character of the 

coast. 

Behind the links and dunes, car parks, roads and services may blend with the 

landscape by limiting the use of urbanising elements such as metalled 

surfacing, road lines, kerbs, signage and street lights. 

Vertical elements are particularly intrusive in the open landscape; their impact 

may be reduced by positioning them against a backdrop of landform or 

vegetation.’ 

595 The sensitivity of this LCT to the type of development proposed will vary 

within different areas. For example the sand dunes close to the coast will be 

of higher sensitivity than some inland areas that are visually contained and 

near existing development. Given consideration to the higher sensitivity of 





December 2012 

the coastal dunes, the overall sensitivity of this LCT to the type of 

development proposed is high-medium. 

Agricultural Heartlands – Formartine Lowlands 

596 This LCT is described as: 

‘open geometric fields of mixed farming divided by post and wire fences or 

derelict dry stone dykes. Woodland is scarce and that which occurs, often 

associated with estates policies, is prominent as a result. The area is liberally 

scattered with settlement. Most farms are unsheltered by trees. Silos and 

other tall structures such as pylons are prominent against the horizon. 

The gently eastward falling relief allows long views across some areas and, 

when including the distant horizon of the North Sea, the landscape provides a 

tremendous sense of space which distract from the clutter of near views.’ 

597 Key characteristics are given as: 

‘Gently undulating lowland plateau. 

Low lying hollows of poorly drained, scrubby, rushy pasture supporting rough 

grazing for sheep. 

Extensive area of open farmland with large geometric fields with post and wire 

fencing. 

Drystone dykes are rare owing to absence of rocks. 

Prominent lines of trees and estates such as Pitmeddon and Auchmacoy with 

associated woodlands giving local variation in character. 

Relatively large, compact settlements such as Pitmeddon, Ellon, Newmachar 

and Oldmeldrum. 

Large farms with modem storage buildings and diverse building styles. 

Roads and transmission lines criss-cross area, the latter often very visible. 

Quite numerous archaeological remains, including carved stone balls and 

monuments. 

Open character provides expansive views across landscape.’ 

598 Pressures and Sensitivities include: 

‘Flat open character of the landscape has extensive visibility making it 

susceptible to impact from high structures such as pylons and masts. 

The large scale landscape may accommodate large houses and farms’ 

599 The sensitivity of this LCT to development of this kind is considered to be 

medium. 

8.3.2.2 Aberdeen Landscape Character Assessment (No. 80) 

600 The Aberdeen Landscape Character Assessment identifies four LCTs which 

lie within the study area. These are ‘Wooded Farmland’, ‘Open Farmland’, 

‘Coast’, ‘and ‘Urban Area’ (the latter is not assessed). The remaining three 

LCTs are divided into the following LCAs. 

• Wooded Farmland – Braes of Don (Area 4) 

• Open Farmlands – Perwinnes (Area 5) 

• Open Farmlands – Potterton (Area 6) 

• Open Farmlands – Murcar (Area 7) 

• Coast – Aberdeen Links (Area 8) 





December 2012 

601 Analysis of the ZTV drawing (Figure 8-6) indicates that the Proposed 

Development would not be visible from the Urban Area of Aberdeen or from 

LCA Wooded Farm and - Braes of Don (Area 4). It would only potentially be 

visible from a very small part of the north-east corner LCA Open Farmlands - 

Perwinnes (Area 5) at a distance of approximately 2.7 km or more; impacts 

on views at this distance would be very limited and thus have negligible 

indirect impact on character. These three areas are therefore excluded from 

detailed assessment. 

602 Further analysis of the ZTV drawing (Figure 8-6) indicates that the Proposed 

Development could potentially be visible from LCAs Open Farmlands – 

Potterton (Area 6), Open Farmlands – Murcar (Area 7) and Coast – Aberdeen 

Links (Area 8), all of which lie within 1 km of the site. These three LCAs are 

accordingly taken forward for assessment. 

603 Summaries from the Aberdeen Landscape Character Assessment are given 

below, along with our assessment of sensitivity to the type of development 

proposed. 

Open Farmlands – Potterton (Area 6) 

604 This area has a smooth undulating topography that slopes down towards the 

coast. Long distance views are possible northwards and eastward towards 

the sea. Rising land to the west and further away to the south limits views in 

these directions. The farmland is largely comprised of arable and grazing land 

with medium-sized fields divided by dykes. Post and wire fencing is used to 

reinforce field boundaries and gorse is common. Occasional hedgerows can 

also be found further north. There are no large woodlands, but shelterbelts 

form a significant landscape feature in the form of single lines of trees. 

Settlement is sparse but urban residential and commercial areas at Denmore 

(Aberdeen) to the south are visible. 

605 The sensitivity to landscape change is summarised as: 

‘The open, agricultural, and relatively unsettled character, together with the 

undulating landform are notable, and could make new development difficult to 

locate here. Buildings are accommodated below the skyline.’ 

606 The sensitivity of this landscape to the type of development proposed is 

assessed as medium. 

Open Farmlands – Murcar (Area 7) 

607 The landform of this area offers little variation with a gentle overall slope down 

towards the coast. The area affords extensive views in all directions, 

particularly out to sea and along the coast. Agriculture is the dominant land 

use with large fields divided by dykes and fences principally used for grazing. 

Groups of trees exist around many of the buildings with occasional thin lines 

of trees or gorse along field boundaries. The urban fringe is prominent with 

large commercial buildings forming a colourful edge to the city. The Aberdeen 

to Peterhead trunk road (A90) runs through the area with several cottages 

and farmsteads spread along its route. 

608 The sensitivity to landscape change is summarised as: 

‘This is an open, coastal landscape with considerable amounts of existing 

development, but which is sensitive to new development in terms of its siting 





December 2012 

and integration. Its location on the main northern road access to the city 

increases its visibility and sensitivity to the impacts of development.’ 


assessed as medium. 

Coast – Aberdeen Links (Area 8) 

610 This area consists of distinctive coastal topography and features including 

shore, dunes, beach and links. It is generally horizontal in form with the steep 

seaward slopes of the dunes introducing minor variety to this. Views are 

panoramic and extensive offering long coastal views. Land use is mainly 

recreational. Golf courses occupy the links to the north of the area. There are 

few trees, and marram grass forms the typical vegetation on dune features 

with close-mown areas of grass further inland. Settlement is sparse and 

largely limited to farmsteads and golf club houses. This is in direct contrast to 

the adjacent urban edge of the city which forms an abrupt boundary to the 

area. 

611 Aberdeen Landscape Character Assessment states that the LCA would be 

highly sensitive to new built development. 


assessed as high. 

8.3.3 Visual Amenity 

613 Integral to undertaking the visual assessment is the need to first define the 

existing baseline visual environment. It is accepted practice to select and 

agree upon a number of representative viewpoints from which the baseline 

conditions and the impacts arising from the Proposed Development will then 

be assessed. 

614 An initial ZTV study was a useful tool in aiding the preliminary identification of 

the agreed representative viewpoints which are shown on Figure 8-4. The 

final ZTV studies are included as Figures 8-5 and 8-6. 

8.3.3.1 Visual Environment of Existing Site 

615 Visibility of the site is limited by landform, trees, plantations and development 

that enclose the site, as discussed in Section 8.2.1. The site lies in a shallow 

valley and appears to be a former quarry that has been partially filled, being 

lower than land to the immediate north, west and south. There are dense 

spruce plantations and deciduous trees to the south, west and north, each 

plantation being approximately 8m high. The landscape is more open to the 

north-east. These elements limit visibility of the development area to small 

areas within the site, up to the south-western edge of Blackdog immediately 

to the north-west, to small areas of grassland to the north-east, and to an 

area out to sea as shown on Figure 8-6. The site is most visible from 

Hareburn Terrace immediately to the north, a handful of houses on the southeastern 

edge of Blackdog, and a single house to the north-east of the site 

(Hareburn House). 

Viewpoints 





December 2012 

616 To provide a basis for assessment, eight ‘representative’ viewpoint locations 

were agreed with the consultees as shown in Table 8.1. The locations of 

representative views are shown on Figure 8-4 with Figures 8-7A to 8-7 D 

illustrating the associated views. 

617 Table 8.3 details the location of representative views, the potential receptors 

at their location and their sensitivity. Where more than one receptor type is 

listed at a particular viewpoint the highest sensitivity is given. 

Table 8.3 

Details of representative view, likely receptor and sensitivity 

Viewpoint Location Likely Receptors Sensitivity 

01 Blackdog View from the south 

eastern cornerof 

Blackdog / north 

western corner of the 

site looking east toward 

the site. 

• Recreational 

walkers 

• Residents 

High 

02 Hareburn 

Terrace 

03 Murcar 

Golf Course 

View from Hareburn 

Terrace adjacent to 

Hareburn House 

looking southwest. 

View from a locally 

elevated area adjacent 

to a fairway. 

• Visitors to the 

coast 

High 


walkers 

• Residents 

• Golfers Medium 

04 A90 View from the A90 

looking east. 

05 Middleton View from Middleton 

looking south-east. 

• Motorists on the 

A90 

• Residents at 

Middleton 

• Local road users 

Low 

High 

06 Fife Hill Fife Hill • Visitors to the 

coast 

07 Dunes View from dunes east • Recreational 

east of Murcar Golf Course walkers and 

Murcar Golf looking north 

visitors to the 

Course 

beach and dunes 

High 

High 

08 Balmedie 

County Park 

View from Balmedie 

Country Park looking 

south 

• Visitors to 

Balmedie Country 

Park and the coast 


Walkers 

High 





December 2012 

8.3.3.2 Cumulative Developments 

Berryhill Business Park 

618 This site is being promoted for office, industrial and storage/distribution 

space. It lies east of Denmore and north of the Aberdeen Science and 

Energy Park, approximately 1.6 km south of the site of the Proposed 

Development. 

Dubford Housing Development 

619 This site is being promoted for housing development. It is allocated in 

Aberdeen Local Development Plan: Proposed Plan (ALDP) - OP25 for 

residential development of up to 550 homes. 

620 The site lies on the northern edge of Denmore approximately 2.2 km southwest 

of the site of the Proposed Development. 

621 Analysis of the ZTV drawing (Figure 8-6) illustrates that the proposed 

substation would not be visible from the landscape to the south and southwest, 

within the vicinity of these two developments. There are unlikely to be 

any combined views of the substation with either of these two developments. 

It is possible that Berryhill Business Park and Dubford Housing Development 

would be visible to people travelling along the A90. The ZTV drawing 

indicates that the proposed substation would only be potentially visible from a 

short stretch of the A90 west of the site. Assessment Viewpoint 04 is located 

at this point on the A90 and impacts to views caused by the proposed 

substation are assessed as Negligible magnitude (see section 8.4.1). The 

substation would, therefore, not contribute to cumulative impacts with these 

other two developments to travellers on the A90. 

622 Cumulative impacts of the proposed substation with Berryhill Business Park 

and Dubford Housing Development are not, therefore, assessed in detail. 


Landscape mitigation strategy – Outline approach and context 

623 During the search for a suitable site for the substation and ancillary 

supporting infrastructure, regard was given to potential landscape and visual 

sensitivities and the need to identify a site that afforded appropriate 

opportunities for the mitigation of any potential landscape and visual impacts. 

This process is described in detail in Chapter 2, Site Selection and 

Consideration of Alternatives. 

624 The Proposed Development site, located within an area identified for mixed 

use development, was deemed to afford opportunities for the mitigation of 

landscape and visual impacts. The indicative layout (see Figure 8-8) 

illustrates an indicative landscape mitigation strategy that addresses the 

potential visual impact of the Proposed Development. It also enables the 

scheme to be better accommodated into the existing local landscape 

character and to strengthen the landscape fabric in an area that historically 

has been disrupted by quarrying and landfill activities. 

625 As already identified, the site is located within the southernmost extent of the 

Coastal Strip - Formartine Links Landscape Character Area. Specific 

landscape guidance for this states ‘Aim: To retain the vegetation structure 

and distinction in land use between the dunes and the farmed fringe’ and in 





December 2012 

this regard the site and the landscape mitigation strategy is deemed 

appropriate. The guidance also advises that ‘Built development along the 

coastline and expansion of settlements which is set back from the coastal 

edge will help to conserve the dune character’ and, again, in this respect the 

location and siting of the substation elements is also consistent with both 

landscape character aspirations as well as local planning policy which has the 

site and immediate locality identified as a Mixed Use Development Area. 

626 Whilst it is acknowledged that the guidance further states that ‘the use of 

landform rather than vegetation to screen new areas of built development is 

most appropriate’ it is judged that, given the extent of relatively recent and 

fragmented plantations within the locality, a considered landscape mitigation 

strategy that includes new areas of planting that helps to knit the area 

together can actually bring about an enhancement to local landscape 

character. 

627 The guidance also makes reference to the desire to retain views over and 

across the ‘exposed and wild character of the coast’ and any mitigation 

strategy needs to be mindful of this and for these requirements to be 

reconciled against the objective that the impact of any vertical elements ‘be 

reduced by positioning them against a backdrop of landform or vegetation.’ 

The illustrative landscape mitigation strategy outlined on Figure 8-8 and 

further detailed below serves to address these various matters as well as to 

mitigate any potential visual impacts upon the residents of Blackdog and 

other visual receptors that come to the locality to engage in various 

recreational pursuits. 

The illustrative landscape scheme – Overview 

628 The landscape strategy seeks to integrate the Proposed Development into 

the local landscape and to minimise the visual impact upon the settlement of 

Blackdog. The built elements of the Proposed Development are sited within a 

localised dip within the generally made ground of the area. Proposed 

woodland planting along the western boundary assists in filtering views 

towards the substation from Blackdog. It also helps to ‘knit’ together the two 

areas of forestry plantation immediately to the south and west of the site 

boundary. 

629 In a similar vein the proposed planting within the Proposed Development site 

boundary to the north of the substation compound and the access road helps 

to filter views towards the substation from Blackdog, and Hareburn Terrace in 

particular. The alignment of the access road is largely determined by site 

levels and the need to achieve acceptable gradients. However, the dog-leg in 

the access road as it approaches the substation compound, will, as the 

mitigation woodland planting matures, assist in preventing views straight into 

the substation compound. The western extent of the proposed new woodland 

planting is also aligned onto the existing area of plantation immediately to the 

west of the site boundary to aid local integration. In keeping with the character 

of the Formartine Links LCA, the proposed woodland planting to the north of 

the access road and the substation has also been carefully positioned so as 

to retain the sense of openness and the availability of coastal views 

eastwards towards and over the coastal fringe from Hareburn Terrace and the 

local track that extends eastwards along the northern site boundary. 

630 The landscape mitigation strategy also proposes an area of woodland 

immediately to the east of the AOWFL substation. This block of woodland, 





December 2012 

consistent with policy and landscape character aims, serves to retain the 

separation of the coastal fringe zone from the area of settlement and 

development. The location of the woodland planting also ties back into the 

existing plantation adjoining the southern site boundary. No new woodland 

planting is proposed along the southern boundary given the presence of the 

existing area of plantation, the absence of visual receptors to the south and 

the limited extent of visibility of the development in views from the south. 

631 Overall the approach of the landscape mitigation strategy is to utilise areas of 

new woodland planting to filter and ultimately screen views in towards the 

Proposed Development. New areas of woodland planting have also been 

carefully sited so as to tie in with existing areas of plantation. The design 

approach also aims to retain the availability of eastward views and the sense 

of openness that currently exists within the area, in particular from around the 

access road to the north of the Proposed Development site boundary. 

Selection of appropriate species 

632 It is intended that the species included within the areas of mitigation planting 

will comprise both native species and also reflect those already found on and 

around the Proposed Development site. As much of the existing planting 

comprises single species forestry type plantations it is also proposed that a 

greater proportion of deciduous species be included within the woodland, 

particularly within the woodland edge, for both amenity and biodiversity 

reasons. Detailed planting plans will be prepared in due course and agreed 

with Aberdeenshire Council. 

633 A preliminary list of species proposed, and their percentage mixes, is set out 

in Table 8.4 

Table 8.4 

Preliminary list of species proposed 

Species Common Name % mix 

Indicative Woodland mix 

Trees: 

Alnus glutinosa common alder 5% 

Betula pendula silver birch 10% 

Fraxinus excelsior common ash 5% 

Picea abies norway spruce 75% 

Quercus robur common oak 5% 

Indicative Woodland Edge mix 

Trees: 

Alnus glutinosa common alder 5% 

Betula pendula silver birch 40% 

Crataegus mongyna hawthorn 10% 

Sorbus aucuparia mountain ash 15% 

Shrubs: 

Cytisus scoparius broom 10% 

Ilex aquifolium holly 5% 

Rosa canina dog rose 5% 

Ulex europaeus gorse 10% 

634 Whilst Spruce is not a native species it predominates in the plantations 

around the site and thus the core of the woodland mix is proposed to reflect 

this but with the inclusion of 25% of native deciduous species to soften the 

harsh monoculture. It is proposed that he woodland edge mix solely comprise 





December 2012 

native species with a 70/30% mix of trees to shrubs with birch, mountain ash, 

broom and gorse predominating. The indicative species list above will be 

adjusted through agreement to meet any commercial forestry requirements. 


8.5.1 Timescales and Nature of Impacts 

635 The construction and decommissioning (after 22 years) of the onshore 

substation serving the offshore wind farm would be relatively short-term 

activities (construction is estimated to be 14 months). The principal impacts 

would be the presence of the operational substation for a period of 22 years 

and it is these impacts that are assessed below. These impacts would be 

reversible, and after a period of 22 years, would be reversed, by the removal 

of the substation. Whilst 22 years may be regarded as relatively long term, 

the impacts of the development on landscape are both temporary and 

reversible, unlike the impacts of climate change, which the development is 

intended to mitigate. 

636 The buried cable routes would, once restored, be largely invisible. At Year 1 

the only visible features would typically be two link boxes with approximately 

1 m 2 manhole covers at the cable pull-in and jointing area. Landscape and 

visual impacts of the onshore cable connection at Years 1 and 15 would be of 

Negligible magnitude and Negligible significance and are not considered 

further in this assessment. 

637 During operation, the substation compound would not normally be lit. 

However, permanent lighting would be installed around the substation 

compound which would be manually operated as necessary when 

maintenance staff are on site. 

638 Mitigation planting is proposed as shown on Figure 8-8. As it matures it would 

screen or filter views of the substation from key locations. Impacts during 

operation are therefore assessed at years 1 (on completion of construction) 

and 15 (when mitigation planting has started to mature). 

8.5.2 Impacts on Landscape Character 

8.5.2.1 Introduction 

639 The Landscape Character baseline section 8.2.2 identifies that the following 

landscape character types may be subject to potential impacts: 

• Coastal Strip – Formartine Links; 

• Agricultural Heartlands – Formartine Lowlands; 

• Open Farmlands – Potterton (Area 6); 

• Open Farmlands – Murcar (Area 7); and, 

• Coast – Aberdeen Links (Area 8) LCAs are assessed. 

640 The impact on the landscape character of the site and its context are 

described below so that this detail does not need to be repeated in describing 

impacts upon individual character areas. 





December 2012 

641 Direct impacts on local landscape character within the site would be the 

replacement of rough grassland on a restored landfill site with the proposed 

substation development. No trees would be removed. 

642 Indirect impacts would depend largely on visibility within the study area. The 

main areas of potential visibility would be: 

• within the site and up to the enclosing spruce plantations to the north, 

west and south, and to the built edge of Blackdog to the north-west, all 

within a few metres of the site boundary 

• within an area of rough grassland and sand dunes to the east of the site 

643 Beyond these areas, as the two ZTVs indicate (see Figures 8.5 and 8.6) 

existing trees and landform would screen most of the substation buildings 

with only the tops of taller elements potentially visible. Areas with these 

potential views would be: 

• higher areas within Murcar Links Golf Course and a reclaimed landfill site 

to the south 

• higher areas around Blackdog Links, Blackdog Rifle Range and Fife Hill 

to the north 

• patchy visibility from the A90 to the west and small areas of rural 

landscape west and north-west of the A90 

644 Analysis of the ZTV shown in Figure 8-5 indicates that, from much of the 

landscape outside the site and its immediate locality, only the tallest 

component of the substation would potentially be visible; the SHETL PlcSHET 

Plc Substation (which is up to 10.6 m high). The VPFC and AOWFL areas, 

which are up to 5 m and 6 m high respectively, would only be visible from 

substantially smaller areas. This is discussed further in Section 8.4.3.1. 

645 Both direct and the greatest indirect impacts on landscape character would be 

localised to within close proximity of the site. The impacts would consist of 

development within an area of rough grassland on a restored quarry and 

landfill site which is already affected by urban development on the edge of 

Blackdog to the north-west and a water treatment works approximately 100 m 

to the south-west of the substation compound. 

646 Impacts at Year 1 within the site would be of High magnitude, decreasing 

rapidly with distance from the Proposed Development site boundary and 

where intervening development, vegetation and landform provides screening. 

This would be to an area contained by the enclosing spruce plantations to the 

north, west and south, and to the built edge of Blackdog to the north-west, all 

within a few metres of the site boundary, and extending slightly further within 

an area of rough grassland and sand dunes to the east of the site (up to 

approximately 200 m from the substation compound). Beyond these areas 

impacts on landscape character would reduce rapidly to Low or Negligible 

magnitude. There would be no impacts on the many areas from where the 

Proposed Development would not be visible. The nature of the impacts 

would be Adverse. 

647 Impacts 15 years from completion would have reduced in geographical 

coverage as the tree planting within the site, and existing plantations and 

trees enclosing the site to the north, west, south and east, would have 

matured. The existing spruce plantations (which are currently up to 





December 2012 

approximately 8-10m high) and deciduous trees enclosing the site would 

continue to grow and are likely to screen the all parts of the built development 

from certain directions (mainly some areas to the north, south and west) at all 

times of year. Proposed planting would help to integrate the Proposed 

Development into the landscape. Impacts within the site would be of High 

magnitude, decreasing more rapidly with distance from the site boundary, and 

where intervening development, vegetation and landform provides screening. 

Beyond existing and proposed planting within and just outside the site 

boundary impacts on landscape character would be of Low or Negligible 

magnitude. There would be no impact from the many areas from where the 

development would not be visible. The nature of the impacts would be 

Adverse. 

8.5.2.2 Coastal Strip – Formartine Links (0 km) 

648 The sensitivity of this character area to a development of this nature is 

considered to be High-Medium as described in section 8.2.2. 

649 Impacts on landscape character would be as described in section 8.4.2.1. 

650 At Year 1 they would be of High magnitude and Major significance locally to 

an area contained by the enclosing spruce plantations to the north, west and 

south, and to the built edge of Blackdog to the north-west, all within a few 

metres of the site boundary, and extending slightly further within an area of 

rough grassland and sand dunes to the east of the site (up to approximately 

200 m from the substation compound). Beyond these areas impacts on 

landscape character would reduce rapidly to Low or Negligible magnitude and 

Moderate to Negligible significance. These impacts would be limited to a 

small part of the southern tip of the LCA, within an area already strongly 

influenced by former landfill, commercial scale spruce plantations, and 

development at Blackdog including a water treatment works and Blackdog 

Industrial Estate. Overall impacts on the LCA at Year 1 would be of Low 

magnitude and Moderate-Minor significance, and not significant in terms of 

the EIA Regulations. 

651 At Year 15 impacts would have reduced in geographical coverage as existing 

and proposed planting matures. They would be of High magnitude and Major 

significance within the site and up to existing and proposed planting within 

and just outside the site boundary. Beyond this impacts on landscape 

character would be of Low or Negligible magnitude and Moderate to 

Negligible significance. There would be no impact from the many areas from 

where the development would not be visible. Impacts would be limited to a 

small part of the southern tip of the LCA, within an area already strongly 

influenced by former mineral workings and landfill, commercial scale spruce 

plantations, and development at Blackdog including a water treatment works. 

Overall impacts on the LCA at Year 15 would be of Low to Negligible 

magnitude and Minor significance. 

652 The nature of the impact at Years 1 and 15 would be Adverse. 

8.5.2.3 Agricultural Heartlands – Formartine Lowlands (0.8km, north-west) 


considered to be Medium as described in section 8.2. 





December 2012 

654 There will be no direct impacts upon this LCA. Impacts on this LCA would be 

limited to fairly distant views of only the tallest parts of the substation (SHET 

Plc Substation area only) from limited locations, where it would be seen in the 

context of existing development at Blackdog (including large scale buildings 

at Blackdog Industrial Estate which would be substantially higher and more 

visible in the landscape than the proposed substation) and along the A90, and 

moving traffic on the A90. Viewpoint 05 lies in this LCA, where impacts are 

assessed as Negligible magnitude. Impacts on views from other parts of the 

LCA closer to the site are unlikely to be greater than Negligible magnitude at 

Years 1 and 15. Such impacts on views from limited parts of the LCA would 

lead to overall impacts of Negligible magnitude and Negligible significance on 

the Agricultural Heartlands – Formartine Lowlands at Years 1 and 15. 

655 The nature of impacts at Years 1 and 15 would be Neutral. 

8.5.2.4 Open Farmlands – Potterton (Area 6) (950m, west) 



657 There will be no direct impacts upon this LCA and there would be little 

visibility of the substation from within the LCA. If it were visible only the tallest 

parts of the SHETL Plc Substation would be seen above intervening 

landform, vegetation and development, as illustrated by viewing Figures 8-3 

and 8-5. It would be seen in the context of existing development at Blackdog 

(including large scale buildings at Blackdog Industrial Estate which would be 

substantially higher and more visible in the landscape than the proposed 

substation) and along the A90, and moving traffic on the A90. Impacts on 

views from the LCA are unlikely to be greater than Negligible magnitude at 

Years 1 and 15. Negligible magnitude impacts on views from limited parts of 

the LCA would lead to overall impacts of Negligible magnitude and Negligible 

significance on the Open Farmlands – Potterton (Area 6) at Years 1 and 15. 


8.5.2.5 Open Farmlands – Murcar (Area 7) (165m, south) 



660 Impacts on this LCA would be limited to views of only the tallest parts of the 

substation from limited locations, where it would be visible above existing 

trees, including a dense spruce plantation which lies just south of the site. It 

would be seen in the context of existing development at Blackdog (including 

large scale buildings at Blackdog Industrial Estate which would be 

substantially higher and more visible in the landscape than the proposed 

substation). The only areas with potential visibility would be at the extreme 

northern end, at a reclaimed landfill site and the northern end of Murcar Golf 

Course. There would be no direct impacts upon this LCA. Viewpoints 03 and 

04 lie within this LCA, where impacts are assessed as Low toNegligible and 

Negligible magnitude respectively at Years 1 and 15. Such impacts on views 

from limited parts of the LCA would lead to overall impacts of Negligible 

magnitude and significance on the Open Farmlands – Murcar (Area 7) at 

Years 1 and 15. 





December 2012 


8.5.2.6 Coast – Aberdeen Links (Area 8) (165m, south) 


considered to be High as described in section 8.2. 

663 There would be no direct impacts upon this LCA and impacts would be limited 

to views of only the tallest parts of the substation from very limited locations, 

where it would be visible above existing trees, including dense spruce 

plantations which lie south of the site. It is likely to be seen in the context of 

existing development at Blackdog (including large scale buildings at Blackdog 

Industrial Estate which would be substantially higher than the proposed 

substation). The only areas with potential visibility would be small higher 

areas of sand dunes or parts of Murcar Golf Course at the northern end of the 

LCA. Viewpoint 07 lies within this LCA; the substation would not be visible 

from this Viewpoint. Impacts on views from very limited parts of the LCA 

would lead to overall impacts of Negligible magnitude and Negligible 

significance on the Coast – Aberdeen Links (Area 8) at Years 1 and 15. 


8.5.3 Visual Impacts 

8.5.3.1 ZTV Study 

665 Two Zone of Theroetical Visibility (ZTV) drawings have been produced as 

follows: 

• Figure 8-5: Zone of Theoretical Visibility - Proposed Development; and 

• Figure 8-6: Zone of Theoretical Visibility - Proposed Development 

compared to Current Site Visibility 

666 Both ZTV's have been prepared with the base level of all parts of the 

substation (ie the VPFC, AOWFL and SHETL Plc areas) at 16.5 m AOD. As 

described in Chapter 3 of the ES this is the maximum potential level and parts 

or all of the substation might be lower. This LVIA has been undertaken using 

the highest potential base level. The maximum equipment heights given for 

each of the three areas in Chapter 3 have been used to model the ZTVs, as 

shown on Figures 8-5 and 8-6. TheSHETL Plc Substation is the highest part 

of the substation compound, up to 10.6 m. The VPFC compound and 

AOWFL Substation are lower, being up to 5 m and 6 m respectively. 

667 Figure 8-5 illustrates that the SHETL Plc, and AOWFL Substations and 

VPFC compound would theoretically be visible together from within the 

Proposed Development site and adjoining areas to the west (in Blackdog), 

north and east. Beyond this the three elements of the substation compound 

would only be visible together from small areas to the south-west (high 

ground on a reclaimed landfill site), and to the north-east, with only tiny 

patches of potential visibility elsewhere. 





December 2012 

668 The tallest part of the substation compound (the SHETL Plc Substation) 

would theoretically be visible from a wider, but still limited, area, mainly to the 

west, north-west and north, with small areas within approximately 500 m to 

the south. 

669 Figure 8-5 illustrates two clear points: 

• Most of the proposed substation would be screened beyond the 

immediate vicinity of the site with only the tallest elements within a small 

part of the substation being potentially visible from wider areas; and 

• Potential visibility of any part of the substation is limited to small areas of 

landscape and the development would not be widely visible from the 

landscape north of Aberdeen. Figure 8.6 illustrates that the existing site is 

only visible from small areas local to the site and that the substation 

would potentially be visible from wider areas, as discussed above. 

8.5.3.2 Viewpoint Analysis 

670 The viewpoint assessment is presented in Table 8.4. The locations of the 

viewpoints can be seen on Figure 8-4 and photographs of views are shown 

on Figures 8-7A to 8-7 D. 

671 Where receptors of differing sensitivity are represented at one viewpoint the 

highest sensitivity is used for the purpose of the assessment. 





December 2012 

Table 8.4: Visual Impact Schedule – Representative Viewpoints 

The most significant impacts (Major and Major-Moderate) are underlined 

Viewpoint, description, sensitivity Assessment Magnitude 

of impact 

01 Blackdog 

190 m, north-west 

Significance 

of impact 

Valency 

This viewpoint is located adjacent to Hareburn Terrace on 

the south-eastern edge of Blackdog adjacent to the 

dwelling of Sea View. It lies on the north-west corner of the 

site. The land falls away from the viewpoint towards the 

middle of the view with the sea visible in the distance. 

Landform rises up to the left and right with the site lying on 

lower ground in a shallow valley. Dwellings on the southeastern 

edge of Blackdog can be seen to the left of the 

view. A line of telegraph poles and overhead wires mark 

the line of Hareburn Terrace which leads towards Blackdog 

Fishing Station near the coast. The roof of Hareburn 

House with four dormer windows is visible at the end of 

Hareburn Terrace silhouetted against the sea, the rest of 

the dwelling being screened by intervening landform. The 

southern and south-western boundaries of the site are 

enclosed by dense spruce plantations approximately 8 m 

high and other scrubby deciduous vegetation is visible to 

the left and right of the plantations. The sea forms a focus 

to the view with frequent shipping movement. 

Sensitivity High 

Year 1 

The substation compound would be visible partially enclosed 

by the existing spruce plantations. The tallest building within 

the substation compound would be enclosed by this 

plantation and lower parts of the building would be screened, 

but upper parts would be visible above the plantation. The 

VPFC equipment compound would be partially hidden by the 

plantation but would probably extend to the left where it 

would not be screened, and would also be visible above the 

trees. The AOWFL Substation would not be screened by the 

plantation being within an area that is open to view. The 

AOWFL Substation is judged unlikely to rise above the 

skyline. The access road and security fencing would also be 

visible. The access road would occupy a wide part of the 

foreground, leading down to the substation. 

Year 15 

After 15 years the existing spruce plantation would have 

grown taller and is likely to have screened some substation 

compound elements beyond, including the tallest elements - 

the SHETL Plc Substation. Mitigation planting on the western 

side of the side and within the site would also provide some 

screening. Parts of the access road and taller elements of the 

substation compound are still likely to be visible. The existing 

open view towards the sea would become more enclosed by 

the development and mitigation planting. 

High Major Adverse 






December 2012 


of impact 

02 Hareburn Terrace 

100 m, north-east 

Significance 

of impact 

Valency 

This viewpoint is located adjacent to the north-eastern 

corner of the site, next to Hareburn House, looking across 

the site towards the spruce plantations that enclose its 

southern and south-western sides. The site falls away from 

the viewpoint, beyond a post and wire fence, and the 

plantations lie on higher ground and rise above the skyline. 

Artificial steep slopes can be seen on the southern edge of 

the site, rising up to higher ground to the south. A 

reclaimed landfill site is visible beyond the site, rising above 

the plantations, forming a low hill on the skyline. Rough 

herbaceous vegetation covers the ground within the site in 

the foreground. The land falls away towards sand dunes 

and the sea to the left of the view where frequent shipping 

can be seen. Further left (out of shot) Hareburn House (a 

1.5 storey dwelling with dormer windows) is visible in the 

close foreground. The land rises up to the right of the view 

towards Blackdog and (out of shot) Hareburn Terrace runs 

straight towards Blackdog where the tops of buildings are 

visible. Further right and behind the viewpoint a spruce 

plantation obscures views of the landscape to the north. 


Year 1 

The substation compound would be visible on lower land on 

the far side of the Proposed Development site, in front of the 

spruce plantation. It is unlikely to rise above the spruce 

plantation or interrupt the skyline. The access road is 

unlikely to be visible, being screened by intervening landform. 

Landform and low herbaceous vegetation is also likely to 

screen lower parts of the substation, but much of the 

development would be visible. 

Year 15 

Woodland planting north-east of the substation would screen 

lower parts of the development, helping to integrate it into the 

landscape. The upper parts of the development would still be 

visible above the planting, and through a narrow break in the 

planting over the onshore cable corridor. 


High- 

Medium 

Major- 

Moderate 

Adverse 





December 2012 


of impact 

03 Murcar Golf Course 

420 m, south 

Significance 

of impact 

Valency 

This viewpoint is located on an elevated narrow ridge of 

land to the west of the golf course, outside the main 

fairways. Typically views from the main playing areas 

would be from lower locations and less of the site would be 

visible. 

This is an extensive panoramic view looking along the low 

lying coastal strip to the north, and out to sea to the east. 

Land rises to the left foreground, within the reclaimed 

landfill site, obscuring views inland. Buildings in Blackdog, 

including large sheds in Blackdog Industrial Estate, are 

visible to the left of the view. Dark evergreen spruce 

plantations enclosing the site can be seen spreading 

across the landscape in the middle distance. Part of the 

site can be seen through a narrow gap between the 

plantations, to the right of a water treatment building that 

lies south-west of the site. There is some existing young 

deciduous tree planting between the plantations in this gap 

but, at present, it is not mature enough to obscure the site. 

The golf course can be seen to the right foreground. 

Sensitivity Medium 

Year 1 

Figure 8-5 indicates that only the SHETL Plc Substation 

would potentially be visible from this location. The 

westernmost part of the SHETL Plc Substation would be 

visible in the narrow gap between the spruce plantations. It 

is also possible that the upper parts of the SHETL Plc 

Substation would be visible above the spruce plantation to 

the right of this gap. However, the plantation would screen 

much of the substation and help to integrate it into the 

landscape. 

Year 15 

After 15 years the existing spruce plantation would have 

grown taller, screening parts of the substation that could have 

previously visible above it. The existing deciduous tree 

planting that lies in the gap between the spruce plantations 

would have grown and would provide some screening of the 

substation beyond. In addition, mitigation planting in the 

south-west corner of the site would have matured and would 

also provide some screening of lower parts of the SHETL Plc 

Substation. It is possible that some parts of the SHETL Plc 

Substation could remain visible above the trees, but the 

majority of the substation would not be visible. 

Low 

Moderate- 

Minor 

Adverse 

Negligible Negligible Neutral 





December 2012 


of impact 

04 A90 

650 m, west 

Significance 

of impact 

Valency 

This view is from the A90 dual carriageway south of 

Blackdog looking eastwards, perpendicular to the direction 

of travel by car users. This photograph is taken at a gate at 

the southern end of a low vegetated embankment which 

obscures views eastwards from north of this point. To the 

south of this viewpoint the roadside is open. 

A pasture field in the foreground slopes gently away 

towards a small valley. Beyond the valley landform rises 

up towards a spruce plantation which encloses the western 

boundary of the site. In the centre of the view the sea is 

visible in the lowest part of the valley, and shipping can be 

seen out to sea. A line of telegraph poles runs away from 

the viewpoint and can be seen silhouetted against the sea. 

To the right the land rises up to a low hill at a restored 

landfill site. To the left dwellings on the southern edge of 

Blackdog and a large warehouse building within Blackdog 

Industrial Estate can be seen. Beyond Blackdog a mast is 

a tall thin feature on the skyline. Immediately behind the 

viewpoint busy traffic moves north and south on the A90. 

The site is largely screened by the spruce plantation and 

deciduous trees. 

Sensitivity Low 

Year 1 

The Proposed Development would be located beyond the 

spruce plantation and it is unlikely to be visible. If any part of 

it is visible above the spruce plantation it would be the top of 

the SHETL Plc Substation. There would be little notable 

change in the view. 

Year 15 

After 15 years the spruce plantation would have grown taller 

obscuring any part of the development that might have been 

visible at Year 1. 







December 2012 


of impact 

05 Middleton 

1.3 km, north-west 

Significance 

of impact 

Valency 

This view is from adjacent to a farmstead looking across a 

large arable field which slopes down towards the A90. 

Traffic can be seen moving along the A90. Trees and 

buildings in Blackdog are visible in the centre of the view, 

beyond the A90, and a low hill formed by a reclaimed 

landfill site rises above the horizon south of Blackdog. A 

large warehouse building in Blackdog Industrial Estate, a 

2.5 storey pair of semi-detached dwellings on the western 

edge of the village, and tall trees between these, are 

features in the view in the immediate foreground to the site. 

The sea, and frequent shipping movement, is visible in the 

distance. The site is not visible, being screened by 

intervening trees and development in Blackdog. 


Year 1 

As indicated on Figures 8-5 and 8-6 it is unlikely that any part 

of the Proposed Development would be visible, being 

screened by intervening trees and development in Blackdog. 

Year 15 

After 15 years there would be little change to the view due to 

the growth of planting in and around the site. 



06 Fyfe Hill 

670m, north-west 

This view looks across rolling pasture fields towards 

plantations enclosing the northern and eastern sides of 

Blackdog and beyond to sand dunes and the North Sea. 

Housing development is visible in Blackdog and shipping 

can be seen out to sea. 


Year 1 

Figure 8-5 indicates that the SHETL Plc building might be 

visible but that the lower two areas (VPFC and AOWFL) 

would not. It is likely that only the upper parts of the SHETL 

Plc building would be visible above the spruce plantations 

causing a minor change to the view. 

Year 15 

After 15 years it is likely that the spruce plantations would 

have grown, screening any parts of the substation that might 

have been visible at Year 1. 







December 2012 


of impact 

07 Dunes east of Murcar Golf Course 

1.7 km, south 

Significance 

of impact 

Valency 

This view is from the top of sand dunes between Murcar 

Golf Course and the beach. The golf course can be seen 

to the left of the view, with sand dunes covered in marram 

grass extending into the distance to the north, and the 

beach and North Sea visible to the right. Frequent shipping 

movement is visible out to sea. A restored landfill site 

forms a low hill rising in the distance; this lies 

approximately 300 m south-west of the site. Spruce 

plantations enclosing the south and west sides of the site 

can be seen to the right of the restored landfill site. The 

site is not visible from this location, being screened by 

landform and the spruce plantations. 


Year 1 

As indicated on Figures 8-5 and 8-6 it is unlikely that any part 

of the Proposed Development would be visible, being 

screened by intervening trees and landform. 

Year 15 

After 15 years there would be little change to the view due to 

the growth of planting in and around the site. 







December 2012 


of impact 

08 Balmedie Country Park 

3.3 km, north 

Significance 

of impact 

Valency 

This view is from the top of tall sand dunes west of 

Balmedie Beach. The coastline can be seen extending 

southwards into the distance, with the North Sea to the left 

and farmland (pasture and arable) to the right. 

Development in Aberdeen can be seen in the far distance. 

Sand dunes extend into the distance in the centre of the 

view. A low hill can be seen in the centre right of the view, 

and appears to be a restored landfill site. To the left of this 

hill vegetation at Blackdog can be seen in the distance. 

The site is not visible, being screened by distant 

vegetation. 

This represents one of the most elevated viewpoints from 

Balmedie Country Park and Balmedie Beach; most 

locations would not have such open views towards the site. 

Policy 12 Landscape Conservation of the Aberdeenshire 

Local Development Plan 2012 gives protection to ‘Valued 

Views’. Balmedie Beach is identified as one of 42 ‘Valued 

Views’. 


Year 1 

It is unlikely that the Proposed Development would be visible 

from this location, being screened by intervening landform 

and vegetation at and to the north of Blackdog. This is 

supported by Figures 8-5 and 8-6. If any part is visible it 

would be the tallest elements (eg the top of the SHETL Plc 

Substation) and most of the Proposed Development would be 

screened. If visible, it would be barely discernible to the 

naked eye. 

Year 15 

After 15 years the spruce plantations north of the site would 

have grown and would screen any parts of the site that might 

be visible at Year 1. 





European Offshore Wind Deployment 

Centre 

December 2012 

8.5.4 Impacts on Designated Landscapes 

672 The Proposed Development will not result in any impacts upon designated 

landscapes. 

8.5.5 Impacts on Landscape Features 

673 The Proposed Development would not affect any notable landscape features. 

Only the rough grassland within the site would be affected. 

8.5.6 Impacts on Settlements 

674 The only settlement with the potential to be affected by the Proposed 

Development is Blackdog. Blackdog comprises mainly recent housing and 

industrial development, with residential areas to the south and Blackdog 

Industrial Estate to the north. The industrial estate occupies a similar land 

area as the residential development. The settlement is contained by the A90 

to the west and large spruce plantations to the north-east and south. 

675 The site and settlement are part of a much larger Mixed Use Development 

Area defined by the ASLDP (see Figure 8-2). 

676 The Proposed Development would only affect views from the existing southeastern 

edge of the settlement, along Hareburn Terrace and the rest of 

Blackdog would remain unaffected. Viewpoint 1 is located at the north west 

corner of the site and illustrates the anticipated impacts at this location. As a 

receptor moves away from this location impacts will correspondingly reduce 

as distance from the Proposed Development increases 

677 Historically a former brickworks site, the settlement has seen major change in 

recent years, with landfill in the site and to the south-west. The settlement has 

also increased in size, and will see further major change with the 

development of the Mixed Use Development Area defined by the ASLDP. 

The Proposed Development would form part of this continued planned 

change and would be integrated into the existing and future structure of 

Blackdog. 

8.5.7 Impacts on Residential Receptors 

8.5.7.1 Approximately seven dwellings on the south-eastern edge of Blackdog 

678 Approximately 7 dwellings, comprising bungalows and 1.5 storey detached 

houses have views into the site from the south-eastern edge of Blackdog. 

They would have views of the Proposed Development from first floor windows 

and potentially from some ground floor windows and garden areas. The 

existing spruce plantation on the western boundary of the site would provide 

partial screening to all but the easternmost properties within that group. 

There is one dwelling on the south-east edge of Blackdog (Ceol Na Mara) 

which would have open views of the Proposed Development from the front 

(south) elevation and also from the first floor windows on the gable end on the 




Centre 

December 2012 

east facing elevation, and these would not be obscured by the existing spruce 

plantation. Some houses further west on the southern edge are likely to have 

oblique views from south facing windows and east facing windows of the 

substation above the existing spruce plantation. Views to the substation from 

this dwelling would be similar to those at Viewpoint 2. 

679 After 15 years the existing spruce plantation would have grown taller and is 

likely to have screened the substation elements beyond including the tallest 

elements which lie in the SHETL Plc Substation. Mitigation planting on the 

western side of the side and within the site would also provide some further 

screening and filtering of views. Parts of the access road and taller elements 

of the substation are still likely to be visible. The existing open view towards 

the sea would become more enclosed by the development and mitigation 

planting. 

8.5.7.2 Hareburn House 

680 There is a single dwelling further east at the end of Hareburn Terrace at 

Viewpoint 2 that would have open views of the Proposed Development from 

west facing dormer windows. Views from west facing ground level windows 

would be partially screened by landform which rises up immediately in front of 

the house, before dropping down to the substation compound. The most 

interesting views from the house are in the other direction, out to sea, from 

the east elevation, looking away from the site. Views to the substation 

compound from this dwelling are similar to those at Viewpoint 2. After 15 

years, once planting has matured, proposed vegetation is likely to screen 

lower parts of the substation compound helping to integrate it into the 

landscape, but upper parts would still be visible. 

8.5.7.3 Conclusion 

681 None of the properties at Blackdog and within a close vicinity of the site would 

experience views of the development which would create impacts on 

residential amenity to the extent that they would become an undesirable place 

to live. Whilst significant impacts may arise for individual receptors that are at 

the boundary of the site, the impacts upon visual aspects of residential 

amenity will not be overbearing or oppressive given the scale of the Proposed 

Development, the character of the receiving landscape and the intrinsic 

sensitivity of the location. 

8.5.8 Summary of Impact Assessment 

682 The following table summarises impacts on landscape character areas and 

viewpoints. 

Table 8.5: Impact on landscape character areas 

Receptor 

Distance/ Sensitivity Magnitude Significance Valency 

Direction 

Landscape Character Area 

Coastal Strip – 

Formartine Links 

Includes site High-Medium Years 1 and 15: High 

within site and its 

immediate context 

Low to Negligible 

Major 

Adverse 




Centre 

December 2012 

Receptor 

Distance/ Sensitivity Magnitude Significance Valency 

Direction 

Landscape Character Area 

overall Minor Adverse 

Agricultural Heartlands – 800 m, NW Medium Negligible Negligible Neutral 

Formartine Lowlands 

Open Farmlands – 950 m, W Medium Negligible Negligible Neutral 

Potterton (Area 6) 

Open Farmlands – 160 m, Medium Negligible Negligible Neutral 

Murcar (Area 7) south 

Coast – Aberdeen Links 160 m, High Negligible Negligible Neutral 

(Area 8) 

south 

Viewpoints 

01. Blackdog 190 m, High 

Yr 1: High 

Major 

Adverse 

north-west 

Yr 15: High 

Major 

Adverse 

02. Hareburn Terrace 100 m, High 

Yr 1: High 

Major 

Adverse 

north-east 

Yr 15: High-Medium Major-Moderate Adverse 

03. Murcar Golf Course 420 m, 

south 

Medium 

Yr 1: Low 

Yr 15: Negligible 

Moderate-Minor 

Negligible 

Adverse 

Neutral 

04. A90 650 m, west Low Yr 1: Negligible 


Negligible 

Negligible 

Neutral 

Neutral 

05. Middleton 1.3 km, 

north-west 

High 



Negligible 

Negligible 

Neutral 

Neutral 

06. Fyfe Hill 650 m, 

north-west 

High 



Negligible 

Negligible 

Neutral 

Neutral 

07. Dunes east of Murcar 

Golf Course 

1.7 km, 

south 

High 



Negligible 

Negligible 

Neutral 

Neutral 

08. Balmedie Country 

Park 

3.3 km, 

north 

High 



Negligible 

Negligible 

Neutral 

Neutral 

8.6 Summary 

683 The Blackdog substation site lies wholly within the the Coastal Strip – 

Formartine Links LCA, lying at its southernmost extent. The substation site is 

located within an area of the LCA within which there are existing evergreen 

plantations which are a characteristic of the immediate locality. This affords 

beneficial opportunities for integrating the development into the site and the 

surrounding area. Whilst there will be a Major significance of impact upon the 

character of the immediate local landscape the significance of impact upon 

the totality of the LCA is judged to be no more than Minor. The magnitude of 

impact upon all other LCAs within the study area is never more than 

Negligible. 




Centre 

December 2012 

684 The existing site is generally well contained visually and, as the ZTV figures 

and investigation on site has confirmed, development of a substation 

compound within the site can be readily accommodated with significant visual 

impacts arising within only in a very limited area aroundthe Proposed 

Development site boundary. Significant visual impacts are almost wholly 

confined to views from locations around and in close proximity to the site 

boundary. The proposed landscape mitigation strategy serves to address 

these whilst also aiding the integration of the Proposed Development into the 

local landscape without compromising the characteristic available seaward 

views. From the limited locations where they may be available, visual impacts 

upon receptors further afield are of Negligible magnitude and Negligible 

significance. 

685 The site is also located within an area identified within the ASLDP for mixed 

use development and it will sit alongside an existing water treatment works. 

The type of development is thus not inappropriate to the area in terms of local 

character. 

686 A considered landscape mitigation strategy has been prepared in order to aid 

the integration of the Proposed Development into its local landscape and to 

assist in mitigating identified visual impacts upon local visual receptors, 

principally residents along the southern fringe of Blackdog. 


Appendix 8: LVIA Methodology 


• Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA) and the 

Landscape Institute (LI) (2002) Guidelines for Landscape and Visual 

Impact Assessment (2 nd ed.), Spon Press; 

• SNH (20012) Assessing the cumulative impact of onshore wind energy 

developments; 

• The Countryside Commission and SNH (2002) Landscape Character 

Assessment: Guidance for England and Scotland; 

• Aberdeenshire Council (2005) Use of Wind Energy in Aberdeenshire 

(Part 2): Guidance for Assessing Wind Energy Developments, 

• SNH (1996). Landscape Character Assessment of Aberdeen (No 108); 

• SNH (1998). South and Central Aberdeenshire Landscape Character 

Assessment (No 102). 





December 2012 

9 CULTURAL HERITAGE 


687 This Chapter describes the location, character and quality of the cultural 

heritage and archaeological resources surviving within proximity to the 

Proposed Development, and assesses the likelihood of significant impacts 

upon those resources. 


• identifies statutory and non-statutory designated cultural assets within 500 

m of the development site 

• identifies and defines the setting of the Proposed Development 

• identifies and assesses potential impacts on valued cultural heritage 

assets arising from the Proposed Development, both within and out with 

the site 

• describes measures that would be taken to mitigate potentially significant 

adverse impacts, and the compensation measures that would be put in 

place if mitigation cannot clearly result in a not significant impact 

• identifies the remaining residual impacts, taking into account proposed 

mitigation, compensation and enhancement measures 


689 Consultation was undertaken with the following consultees in relation to 

cultural heritage: 

• Historic Scotland 

• Aberdeenshire Council 

690 The purpose of the consultation was to agree the scope of works for the 

cultural heritage assessment, identify baseline information and to agree the 

assessment methodology used. In summary their comments were: 

TABLE 9.1 

Summary of Consultation relating to Cultural Heritage 

Consultee 

Issues 

Aberdeenshire Council (20 The assessment should include cultural heritage and archaeology 


No significant concerns were raised during the consultation process 

Historic Scotland (30 October 2012) No assets within their statutory remit in the survey area 

Only potential indirect impacts from the substation 

Agree that the cable route is scoped out 

Only Temple Stones (scheduled ancient monument) would theoretically 

be visible – needs to be confirmed and considered in the assessment 

691 Further details of these and all consultation responses are given in Chapter 4. 

9.1.2 Policy and guidance 

692 This assessment has been prepared with reference to the following policy and 

guidance: 

Chapter 9 CULTURAL HERITAGE Page 147 of 211




December 2012 

• Scottish Planning Policy (paragraphs 110 – 124) (The Scottish 

Government 2010) 

• Scottish Historic Environment Policy (SHEP) (Historic Scotland 

December 2011) 

• Planning Advice Note (PAN) 2/2011: Planning and Archaeology (The 

Scottish Government 2011) 

• Assessment of Impact upon the setting of the Historic Environment 

Resource (Historic Scotland 2009) 

• Managing Change in the Historic Environment ‘Setting’ section 

(hereinafter known as ‘Managing Change’) (Historic Scotland 2010) 

• Standard and Guidance for Historic Environment Desk-Based 

Assessment (Institute for Archaeologists 2011) 

9.1.3 Data Sources 

693 The following data sources have been consulted: 

• schedules of designated assets (accessed through Historic Scotland 

website July 2012) 

• Sites and Monuments Records (SMRs) of Aberdeen City, and 

Aberdeenshire (where site centroids fall within the study area) (July 2011 

and October 2011 respectively) 

• Current records of the Royal Commission on the Ancient and Historic 

Monuments of Scotland (RCAHMS) accessed through the on-line 

‘Canmore’ database (July 2012) 

• air-photographs relating to the study areas held at the RCAHMS 

(September 2011) 

• Historic Land-use Assessment Data for Scotland (‘HLAmap’ website 

hosted by RCAHMS) (September 2011) 

• on-line historic mapping (National Library of Scotland) (September 2011) 

• geotechnical desk-based report (Technip, 2012) 

• a visual inspection during a site walk-over (inner study area only) (July 

2011) 


694 Impacts on cultural heritage and archaeological features can occur either via 

direct or indirect damage due to disturbance, or by identifying if the Proposed 

Development has an adverse impact on the heritage features’ ‘setting’. 

695 Assessment of the significance of the impact from change in setting caused 

by the Proposed Development has been carried out in a three-stage process, 

broadly following the methodology set out in ‘Managing Change’ (Historic 

Scotland 2010): 

• stage 1: identify the historic assets that might be affected by the 


• stage 2: define the ‘setting’ of each asset by establishing how the 

surroundings of the asset contribute to the ways in which the historic 

asset or place is understood, appreciated and experienced 

• stage 3: assess how any change would impact upon that setting. 





December 2012 

696 Other factors taken into account comprise an assessment of the importance 

of the asset, the duration and the reversibility of the impact. The approach 

adopted has been accepted in consultation with Historic Scotland and 

Aberdeenshire Council. 

697 A more detailed breakdown of this methodology is set out below. 

Stage 1: Identify the assets which might be affected 

698 Both the development site, and an outer search area 500m from the 

development site boundary has been used as the study area for this 

assessment (see section 9.2.1). This area has been accepted in consultation 

with Historic Scotland and the Aberdeenshire Council. A description of the 

study area is set out later in this chapter. 

In addition to reviewing relevant data bases, the study area was visited on 21 

July 2011, in dry, clear conditions. Inspected areas were limited to those of 

public access. An attempt was made to identify features identified in aerial 

photographs on the ground, particularly those in the vicinity of the 

development site. Sites where observations related to archaeology were 

made have been numbered W1-W5, shown in Figure 9.1. 

Stage 2: Define the setting 

699 The following key considerations have been taken into account: 

• how the surroundings of the asset contribute to appreciation and 

understanding of the asset or place 

• the intended visibility of and from the asset 

• how the asset or place contributes to its surroundings (e.g. prominence / 

dominance) 

• key viewpoints to, from and across the asset 

• the impact from change which has already taken place in the setting and 

surroundings of the asset over time 

Stage 3: Assess the impact of change on the assets or their setting 

700 Assessment has been carried out with reference to the following parameters: 

• the scale of change relative to the scale of the historic asset or place and 

its setting and place in the landscape 

• the scale of change relative to the extent, character and scale of the 

existing built environment within the surroundings of the historic asset 

• the magnitude and cumulative impact of the proposed change 

• the ability of the landscape setting of an historic asset or place, to absorb 

new development without eroding its key characteristics 

• the impact of the proposed change on qualities of the existing setting 

such as sense of remoteness, evocation of the historical past, sense of 

place, cultural identity, spiritual responses 

The magnitude of the impact 

701 The magnitude of change for both direct and indirect impacts has been 

graded, following a modified version of DMRB (Highways Agency 2007) 

Tables 5.3 and 6.3. 

• Very high Change to most or all key archaeological materials or historic 

fabric such that the resource is totally altered; comprehensive changes to 

setting that affect the appreciation of the asset 





December 2012 

• High Very considerable changes to many key archaeological materials or 

historic fabric, such that the resource is clearly substantially modified; 

very considerable changes to setting that affect the appreciation of the 

asset 

• Medium Changes to many key archaeological materials or historic fabric, 

such that the resource is clearly modified; considerable changes to 

setting that affect the appreciation of the asset 

• Low Changes to some key archaeological materials or historic fabric, 

such that the asset is slightly altered; slight changes to setting that affect 

appreciation of the asset 

• Negligible Very minor changes to archaeological materials, historic fabric 

or setting that affect appreciation of the asset 

Duration of impact 

702 This has been defined in the following categories: 

a long-term/permanent effect (more than 10 years) 

a medium-term effect (existing for 5 to 10 years) 

a short-term effect (existing for 1 to 5 years) 

a temporary effect (existing for less than a year) 

Reversibility of the impact 

703 The permanency or reversibility of the impact has been considered in the 

assessment. 

Importance and sensitivity of the receptor 

704 For direct impacts, importance and sensitivity are considered to be broadly 

equivalent. 

705 For indirect impacts the sensitivity of a receptor is considered to be a 

combination of the importance of the asset and the contribution made by its 

setting to its importance, and the ability to appreciate it. The system 

employed to evaluate the importance of historic assets is based on the six 

point scale as set out in the DMRB (Highways Agency 2007): 

• Very High: world heritage sites and sites which are of acknowledged 

international importance; archaeological sites which can significantly 

contribute to international research objectives 

• High: scheduled monuments; category A listed buildings; sites and 

buildings not yet scheduled/listed, but meriting such designation; gardens 

and designed landscapes and conservation areas containing very 

important buildings, other assets which significantly contribute to national 

research objectives 

• Medium: category B listed buildings, and unlisted historic buildings with 

exceptional historic qualities or associations; designed landscapes and 

conservation areas which contain buildings which contribute significantly 

to their historic character; sites and buildings of regional interest entered 

on the county historic environment 

• Low: assets not in the above category, but with some heritage interest; 

category C(S) listed buildings, historic townscapes of limited historic 

integrity or built settings 

• Negligible: sites of little or no importance 

Unknown: sites or historic assets with some (unproven) potential for importance 





December 2012 

706 Sensitivity has been assessed in relation to a scale of very high, high, 

medium, low and negligible. 

Assessment of significance 

707 The significance of the impact from changes caused by the Proposed 

Development on the affected assets has been identified with reference to 

Table 9.2. 

TABLE 9.2 

Matrix for assessment of Significance of Effect 

Magnitude of 

Impact 

based on 

spatial, 

duration and 

scale of 

impact 








Implications of significance 

708 Where impacts are classified as moderate or major, this is considered to be a 

potentially significant effect. It should be noted that significant effects need 

not be unacceptable or irreversible. 

Cumulative and in-combination impact assessment methodology 

709 The significance of each impact of the Proposed Development has been 

assessed. These have then been considered, firstly in combination with 

those of AOWF (“in-combination”) and secondly in combination with AOWF 

and other developments which are currently the subject of planning 

applications, or have been approved but not yet implemented (“cumulative”). 

Realistic worst case 

710 No indirect impacts are anticipated on cultural heritage. With regard to direct 

impacts there is uncertainty due to the potential for currently-unidentified sites 

to be affected. The realistic worst case has been assessed, which uses 

consideration of the sensitivity of the known cultural heritage assets in the 

outer study area as a guide to predict what kind of assets may lie within the 

development site, and the likelihood of any such assets being affected. 

9.2.1 Study area 

711 The study area comprises an ‘inner study area’ and an ‘outer study area’. 

712 An ‘inner study area’ comprises land within the development site proper (red 

line boundary). In this area there has been detailed consideration of identified 

assets, in order to assess potential direct impacts on cultural heritage 

elements. Professional experience suggests that any disturbance or damage 

to a heritage asset caused by the Proposed Development is likely to be 

restricted to this area. 

713 An ‘outer study area’ has been identified which comprises land within 500 m 

of the development site – see Figure 9-1. Any assets identified here would be 

considered for adverse change to setting. 





December 2012 

9.3 Baseline 

714 There are no designated assets either within the development site (inner 

study area), or within 500m of the site boundary (the outer study area). 

However, a number of non-designated features/sites have been identified 

(see Appendix 9A and mapped in Figure 9-1) and outlined below. 

9.3.1 Outer study area 

715 The topography of the outer study area has two main parts: the shoreline and 

the hinterland, the latter comprising the adjacent steeply-rising but relatively 

narrow dunes, and the farmland to the west. The settlement of Blackdog lies 

to the north west, with the Blackdog Burn on its south side and the A90 

running north-east linking Aberdeen and Peterhead. 

716 Abutting the west side of the development site, and south of the modern 

Blackdog village, lies the site of the Strabathie Brickworks of the Seaton Tile 

and Brick Company (AS-NJ91SE0002). The works were in operation from 

before 1888 until 1924, using two Hoffman continuous kilns. The edge of an 

extraction pit on its eastern edge is discernible, but the site has been 

demolished and replaced by a modern factory unit. 

717 The brickworks operated a light railway which ran east from the works site 

across the development site, then south over the Blackdog Burn, past the 

existing clubhouse of the Murcar Links Golf Course. When the Company 

went into liquidation in 1924, the Murcar Links Golf Club bought the railway, 

making it into a successful venture until 1949, when it was decommissioned. 

718 The existing housing at Blackdog is mainly modern (post-1980s). An earlier 

settlement is represented by Site W5 (also AS-NJ91SE0018), a nowdestroyed 

farmstead lying to the south of the Proposed Development within 

recently-planted woodland. It is shown on mapping of 1897, named 

‘Blackdog’, but it had apparently been removed by 1888. The name and 

presumably the settlement were re-located between 1867 and 1888 to a site 

north of the development site, which is still occupied (NJ91SE0006). Land on 

its south side adjacent to the road is now occupied by modern houses. 

719 ‘Blackdog Croft’ (not in the Aberdeenshire SMR), is shown on the Ordnance 

Survey 1:2500 scale map surveyed 1864, approximately 400m west of the 

development site; a well to the south-west of it (AC-NJ91SE0075) may have 

been related to it. 

720 Adjacent to, but beyond the east side of the proposed sub-station area, sites 

W1-W3 lie in pasture fields. They comprise (W1) a rectangular, residential 

post-war single storey building, with enclosures forming small land 

subdivisions to the east; (W2) a U-shaped possible enclosure or natural 

feature; and (W3) a building. 

721 Two boundary marker-stones are or were located along the Blackdog Burn: 

CA-NJ91SE0031 and AC-NJ91SE0015. Only the first is certainly extant and 

locatable. 

722 To the north of the proposed cable trench is a fishing station containing an ice 

house (AS-NJ91SE0012); the 1867 map shows adjacent buildings, a well and 

a flagstaff. 





December 2012 

723 Further north lie extensive sand and gravel workings (AS-NJ91SE0008), now 

landscaped; another former extraction site (Hill of Strabathie), commenced 

prior to 1902, lies on the south-west side of the inner study area (AC- 

NJ91SE0037). 

724 Seven concrete blocks, apparently WWII tank traps (AS-NJ91SE0003), were 

identified in an archaeological walkover appraisal in 2008 (AS-NJ91SE0019). 

They are located at the mouth of the Blackdog Burn. It was suggested that 

more may exist, buried in the dune sand 6 . 

725 A well is recorded to the south-west of the development site, on land now 

occupied by the Hill of Strabathie former extraction site (AC-NJ91SE0071). 

726 There is documentary evidence for prehistoric cairns or barrows at Hill of 

Strabathie on the southern edge of the outer study area (AC-NJ91SE0033; 

AS-NJ91SE0001). 

727 There are numerous quarries of various sizes for the extraction of sand and 

gravel within the outer study area and beyond, south, south-west and north of 

the development site. The nearest are Hill of Strabathie, 270m (AC- 

NJ91SE0037) a small quarry at Fife Hill (AS-NJ91SE0010), 600m northwest 

of the Proposed Development. 

728 Wrecks have been excluded from this description of historic environment 

assets, as the areas of disturbance which are being assessed are limited to 

the onshore areas above the MLWS. 

9.3.2 Inner study area 

729 The development site comprises rough grassland with coniferous tree belts 

located adjacent to the site to the north, south and south-west. A geotechnical 

desk-based report (Technip 2012) concluded that it is likely to contain made 

ground. No archaeological investigation of the development site is recorded in 

the SMR. 

730 The Ordnance Survey 1:2500 scale map of 1900 shows that the development 

site contained an extraction pit on its west side linked to a brickworks site 

known as the ‘Strabathie Brickworks’ by a linear feature, possibly a conveyor 

or railway. The 1963 map shows that the development site was used as a 

‘refuse tip’. Within the inner study area, W4 is a series of right-angled 

earthworks, also noted on aerial photographs 7 . 

6 Further WW2 pillboxes, in one case joined by a line of anti-tank blocks are distributed along the beach to the south 

of the inner study area and are recorded in the SMR. The blocks are approximately 1m in each dimension with 

angular granite chunks embedded in the top surfaces, spaced about 3m apart. It is unknown whether this defence 

survives unbroken, as sand has covered most of the line. The pillboxes are in good condition. They are all of similar 

construction: hexagonal concrete, flat roofed structures with a single small doorway on the landward side and five 

small rectangular embrasures. Within there appeared to be a wide ledge running around the wall (possibly for the 

positioning of a machine gun), with voids beneath. The structure was placed on a poured concrete base which was 

founded upon a square of four concrete storm drain pipe sections, of approximately 1m diameter and depth. 

7 58_3619, frames 0035-40, 1960 





December 2012 

Photograph 1 

Earthworks at the former Strabathie Brickworks site 

9.3.3 Historic landscape characterisation 

731 The majority of the study area is characterised as fields and farming (most 

was formed in the eighteenth century or later, but small dispersed pockets 

rough grazing, are undated). The development site is recorded as rough 

grazing, formerly quarrying. A small area of “new field” (recently improved 

fields with new boundary fences) is identified on the dune-top east of the 

development site. 

732 The dunes to the south of the development site are occupied by the Murcar 

Links Golf Course. 

9.3.4 Historic maps 

733 The latest map reviewed was the Bartholomew 1934 map of Buchan and 

Strathbogie; the earliest was Gordon’s dated 1640. 

734 Gordon (1640), shows Blackdog and Mundurno. These two place names 

have survived to the present day, although no further detail is shown. 

735 Roy (1747-55) shows the settlements of Tarbothill, Berryhill, and Blackdog 

Burn and Rock. ‘Torbathy Hill’ (apparently Hill of Strabathie) is shown 

prominently. A routeway from Aberdeen is shown, running east of the hill 

along the west edge of the links which demonstrates that the existing A90 

route is more recent. 

736 Thomson (1826) shows the dune area east of Berryhill and Tarbothill. Hill of 

Strabathie is shown, and the routeway from Aberdeen by this time lay on the 

existing A90 route, having been re-positioned since the mid-18 th century. The 

network of small roads inland corresponds generally with the existing layout. 





December 2012 

737 The Ordnance Survey First Edition (1886) clearly shows the Balgownie Links 

(dunes) south of Blackdog Rock and Blackdog Links to the north. The 1909 

3rd edition shows a railway line, curving east then south from the Strabathie 

brick and tileworks towards the mouth of the River Don, along the western 

edge of the links. 

9.3.5 Air photographs 

738 Air-photographs viewed at the RCAHMS (July 2011) dated to between 1946 

and 1988. The quality of the photographs was variable, with several runs 

lacking in definition. 

739 The photographs showed an overall low level of change within the area since 

the 1940s. 

740 A number of sites (W1-W5) were visible in the inner and outer study area, 

shown on Figure 9-1, and described above. 

741 Some evidence of the shoreline fortifications was visible on the photographs; 

particularly on the earlier ones, where the tank blocks were not then covered 

by sand. 

9.3.6 Designated assets within the inner and outer study area 

742 There are no listed buildings or scheduled ancient monuments (SAMs) within 

the study areas. 

743 As identified in the consultation with Historic Scotland there are three 

Scheduled Ancient Monuments beyond the outer study area. These are: 

• The Temple Stones, Stone Circle, NE of Potterton House (Index no. 

3275) (2.6km NW from development site) 

• 325m north of Home Farm Cottage, Cairn, (Index no. 12433) (2.1km SW 

from development site) 

• 400m north of Dubford, Standing Stone, 400m N (Index no. 3283) (2.3km 

SW from development site) 


744 This section sets out the potential impacts which have been mitigated through 

the design process and are therefore potential impacts are no longer present. 

745 As set out earlier, Historic Scotland identified three SAMs in proximity to the 

development site. Historic Scotland identified that there was potential that the 

Proposed Development would only be theoretically visible from the Temple 

Stones stone circle. During the design process the floor level of the 

substation compound has been lowered from 26.9m above ordnance datum 

(AOD) to 16.5m AOD. The Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment 

(Chapter 8) within this ER shows that there would be no intervisibility between 

SAMs and the Proposed Development. The potential impact has, therefore, 

not been assessed further. 





December 2012 


9.5.1 Assets in the Substation Compound to Before Jointing and Cable Pull-in 

Area 

746 The earthworks which are present within the development site (W4) are not 

designated, or recorded in the relevant SMRs, and on the basis of visual 

appearance and known site history, are considered likely to be derived from 

refuse tipping of recent date. Assuming this interpretation to be correct, they 

would therefore be of no archaeological interest. 

747 The early-20 th -century light railway running from the Strabathie Brickworks 

crosses the development site. The Brickworks have since been demolished 

and the railway apparently dismantled. The evidence of ground disturbance 

within the development site suggests that any remaining railway fabric would 

have been damaged if not completely removed and would therefore be of low 

archaeological importance and sensitivity. 

748 There are no records of archaeological remains lying within the development 

site within the SMRs, and there is no specific indication in the evidence from 

the study area that earlier, currently-unknown archaeological remains exist 

within the development site and cabling area, though the possibility cannot be 

ruled out. Were any such remains to exist, the earthworks and other 

operations may be presumed to have caused damage to them. Due to the 

presumed damage they are therefore considered likely to be of no greater 

than low archaeological importance and sensitivity. 

9.5.2 Assets in the Mean Low Water Spring to the Jointing and Cable Pull-in 

area 

749 Within the indicative cable route from the Mean Low Water Spring to the 

Jointing and Cable Pull-in area, cable trenches would cross a line of the 

World War II defences, which generally comprise pill-boxes and anti-tank 

blocks (AS-NJ91SE0019). 

750 It is possible that some features may be buried by sand reworked since the 

war and the full number and location of features potentially present is 

uncertain. 

751 These undesignated structures are considered to be of low archaeological 

importance and sensitivity. 

752 Cabling operations have the potential to have a direct impact on these 

features, if they are present. 

753 Historic Scotland have agreed that potential indirect impacts from the cable 

route can be scoped out of the assessment. 

9.5.3 Construction phase 

Potential direct impacts 

754 Ground disturbance from construction would not affect the whole 

development site, and therefore any remains which might be present are 

unlikely to be completely removed. Were any such remains to exist, the 





December 2012 

impact from construction within areas of proposed ground disturbance would 

be permanent and irreversible. 

755 There is no evidence from the outer study area to suggest any significant 

probability of the existence of other, currently-unknown archaeological 

remains to exist within the affected areas, though the possibility cannot be 

ruled out. 

756 The potential archaeological remains set out in sections 9.5.1 and 9.5.2 within 

the inner study area have been assessed at low importance and sensitivity, 

the magnitude of direct impact from construction is considered likely to be low 

adverse; and on that basis the significance of the impact is considered likely 

to be negligible adverse. 

Potential indirect impacts 

757 There are no designated heritage assets within the study area and indirect 

impacts have been scoped out of this assessment. 

9.5.4 Operational phase 

758 No direct or indirect impacts are predicted during the operational phase. 

9.5.5 Decommissioning phase 

759 No direct or indirect impacts are predicted during the decommissioning 

phase. 


760 As a precaution, monitoring of construction groundworks with provision for 

proportionate contingency for investigation and recording of any 

archaeological remains exposed would be undertaken as part of standard 

construction procedures. No mitigation specifically related to indirect cultural 

heritage impacts is proposed, as such impacts have been scoped out. 

9.7 Residual Impacts and Monitoring 

761 The residual indirect impacts are unchanged from the unmitigated impacts, 

and, after mitigation, the significance of the impacts of Proposed 

Development would remain negligible adverse. 

762 Monitoring of groundworks has been proposed under mitigation. 

763 No monitoring of indirect impacts is proposed due to the negligible impact. 

9.8 Cumulative and In-Combination Impacts 

764 An EIA (EOWDC ES 2011) has been carried out on the proposed AOWF 

which the Proposed Development would serve. The assessment identified 

greater than negligible potential residual impacts on the setting of five 

scheduled or listed assets, and direct potential impacts of residual minor to 

minor/negligible significance on a number of submerged sites. The assets 





December 2012 

potentially affected did not include the listed buildings within the study area of 

the current application or any potential affected onshore assets identified in 

this study, and no cumulative impacts resulting from the combined 

development of the current proposal and AOWF have therefore been 

identified. 

765 Impacts from other developments which are currently the subject of planning 

applications are likely to be limited to the southern part of the study area, 

around the listed buildings. These impacts are likely to be primarily traffic 

volumes, and as no significant impact on these assets is predicted from the 

Proposed Development, no significant cumulative impact is predicted. 

766 No significant cumulative potential impacts have been predicted, and 

therefore no in-combination impacts from the Proposed Development and 

AOWF are predicted. 

9.9 Summary of Impact Assessment 

58 The impacts have been summarised in the Table 9.3. 


Environmental Report Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Onshore Transmission Works December 2012 

TABLE 9.3 

Summary of Impact Assessment 

Potential Impact / Importance 

Activity 

Receptor 

of 

Sensitivity of 

Receptor to 

Identified 

Impacts 

Duration 

Unmitigated 

Impact 

of 

Magnitude 

Unmitigated 

Impact 

of 

Significance 

Of Unmitigated 

Effect 

Mitigation Significance of 

Effect after 

Mitigation 

Monitoring 

Cumulative and 

In-Combination 

Impacts 

Sub-station and cabling to jointing area 

Construction 

Damage / destruction 

to Brickworks railway 


to currently unknown 

archaeological 

remains 


to World War II 

defences 

Operation 

None 

Decommissioning 

None 

Low Low Permanent Low adverse Negligible 

adverse 


adverse 


adverse 

Monitoring 

investigation 

and recording 

Monitoring 

investigation 

and recording 

Monitoring, 

investigation 

and recording 

Negligible 

adverse 

Negligible 

adverse 

Negligible 

adverse 

None beyond 

mitigation 

None beyond 

mitigation 

During 

Mitigation 

None 

None 

None 





December 2012 


767 It has therefore been concluded that there would be no significant impacts on 

cultural heritage assets. 

9.11 Summary 

768 Sources used for the baseline study have been derived from those located 

within 500m of the development site boundary. 

769 The topography of the study area has two main parts: the shoreline and the 

adjacent steeply-rising but relatively narrow dunes. The settlement of 

Blackdog lies in the centre, with the Blackdog Burn on its south side and the 

A90 running north-east linking Aberdeen and Peterhead. 

770 The Proposed Development would lie part-way down the north facing side of 

the valley of the Blackdog burn, screened by coniferous trees to the north 

south-west and south. 

771 The known undesignated heritage features within the study area indicate a 

landscape characterised by dispersed farming communities set within 

geometric fields, with fishing stations located amongst the dunes. There has 

been extensive quarrying and some limited industrial development, and a 

World War II defensive line lay on the east side of the dunes. 

772 Known assets which could be directly affected by construction comprise 

possible remains of the Brickworks light railway within the development site 

and part of a defensive line of tank-blocks and pill-boxes constructed in World 

War II on the east side of the dunes. There is also potential for construction 

to form direct impacts on currently-unknown earlier archaeological remains 

though the probability is considered to be low. 

773 As a precaution, it is proposed that the groundworks would be monitored with 

provision for investigation and recording. The significance of any impact is 

considered likely to be negligible adverse. 

774 Cumulative and in-combination impacts are predicted to be insignificant. 


Appendix 9. Table of cultural heritage assets. 


European Offshore Wind Deployment Centre Environmental Statement (July 

2011): Chapter 18: Marine and Maritime Archaeology, and Chapter 20: 

Cultural Heritage 

Gordon, R., (1640) Aberdeen, Banf [sic], Murrey [sic] &c. to Inverness: [and] 

Fra the north water to Ross / Robertus Gordonius a Strathloch describebat 

1640. 

Highways Agency (2007) Design Manual for Roads and Bridges Volume 11 

Environmental Assessment; Section 3 Environmental Topics Part 2 (‘DMRB’) 





December 2012 

Historic Scotland (2009) Assessment of Impact upon the setting of the 

Historic Environment Resource 

Historic Scotland (2010) Managing Change in the Historic Environment 

‘Setting’ section (hereinafter known as ‘Managing Change’) 

Historic Scotland (December 2011) Scottish Historic Environment Policy 

(SHEP) 

Historic Scotland (2012) http://data.historicscotland.gov.uk/pls/htmldb/f?p=2100:10:0# 

(accessed July 2012) 

Institute for Archaeologists (2011) Standard and Guidance for Historic 

Environment Desk-Based Assessment 

Roy, W. (1747-55) Military Survey of Scotland. 

Technip Offshore Wind Limited (2012) Aberdeen Bay Project P1001. Onshore 

Geotechnical Desk Study Report (report reference P1001-000-RT-0000-008). 

The Scottish Government (2010) Scottish Planning Policy (SPP 2010; 

paragraphs 110 – 124) 

The Scottish Government (2011) Planning Advice Note (PAN) 2/2011: 

Planning and Archaeology 

Thomson, J., (1826) Northern Part of Aberdeen & Banff Shires. Southern Part 





December 2012 

10 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT 


775 This Chapter considers the traffic and transport impacts associated with the 

construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the Aberdeen 

Offshore Wind Farm Onshore Transmission Works (‘the Proposed 

Development’). 

776 The scope of this assessment is defined as follows: 

• determination of the baseline traffic conditions, and the existence and 

sensitivity of any receptors likely to be affected in proximity of the trunk 

and the local road network 

• review of the Proposed Development to determine the predicted 

construction, operational and decommissioning requirements relating to 

traffic and transport 

• assessment of the significance of predicted impacts from these traffic and 

transport requirements, taking into account impact magnitude (before and 

after mitigation) and baseline sensitivity 

777 The daily operation of the Proposed Development would not generate regular 

vehicular traffic other than maintenance vehicles and has been scoped out 

during consultation. However the construction process would require a 

temporary increase in the number of vehicle movements, as well as the 

transportation of several large components by road. This impact assessment 

therefore focuses on the construction phase. 


778 Consultation was undertaken with the following consultees: 

• Aberdeen Western Peripheral Route Managing Agent Team; 

• Transport Scotland (as highway authority for the A90); 

• Aberdeenshire Council – Roads Department; and 

• Belhelvie Community Council. 

779 The purpose of the consultation was to agree the scope of works for the traffic 

and transport assessment, identify baseline information and to agree the 

assessment methodology used. A summary of consultees comments is 

outlined within Table 10.1 below: 

TABLE 10.1 


Consultee 

Aberdeen Western Peripheral Route Managing 

Agent Team (18 th October 2012) 

JMP Consultants on behalf of Transport 

Scotland 13 th November 2012 

Aberdeenshire Council – Roads (14 th 


Issues 

Do not object to this application 

ER should consider impact of construction traffic on 

A90/Hareburn Terrace junction 

Should be demonstrated that deliveries would not exceed 

current maxima 

Parking spaces and surfaced hard standing should accord 

with Council’s Car Parking Standards 

Chapter 10 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT Page 162 of 211




December 2012 

TABLE 10.1 


Consultee 

Belhelvie Community Council 

Issues 

Access along Hareburn Terrace during cable laying – ER 

should consider whether vehicular/pedestrian access would 

be restricted 

Traffic issues – The ER should consider whether the 

construction works would interfere with residential, business 

and Banbury Cross nursery vehicle movements and safety 


780 This Chapter has been prepared according to the following guidance: 

• Transport Assessment and Implementation: A Guide, (Scottish Executive, 

August 2005); 

• Guidance for the Environmental Assessment of Road Traffic, Institute of 

Environmental Assessment (IEA, 1993); and 

• Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, Volume 11 (Highways Agency 

2009). 

781 It must be noted that the Guidelines set out above are aimed at assessing the 

effects of long-term operational traffic from developments. The Guidelines 

therefore have to be carefully applied to development such as the Proposed 

Development, which would generate construction traffic over a relatively short 

period, with low levels of traffic arising during its operation. 

782 There are two key sources of impact relating to the Proposed Development: 

the impacts from the transport of components on over-sized HGVs and 

general construction materials on smaller size vehicles, as well as increased 

levels of light vehicle movements due to construction workers. Both these 

impact types have been considered in this Chapter. 

783 For the purpose of undertaking the assessment and for the purposes of 

ensuring that the assessment is robust, all assumptions have been made on 

a worst-case basis, according to the following: 

• all construction materials are assumed to be sourced from outside the 

Proposed Development site, thus ensuring that the estimated level of trip 

generation is considered as a maximum; 

• all vehicle movements to the Proposed Development site would be via 

the A90. Traffic would leave the A90 carriageway at its junction with 

Hareburn Terrace and subsequently travel along Hareburn Terrace in an 

easterly direction to the Proposed Development site. Vehicles would 

leave the site via the same roads; 

• the construction period is considered as over a minimum of 14 months, 

thus ensuring activities are compressed into the shortest available time 

and thereby maximising trip generation; and 

• future traffic increases are measured against existing traffic flows, with no 

allowance for traffic growth, thus ensuring that the highest level of 

increase is assessed. 





December 2012 

10.1.3 Sources of Information 

Department for Transport 

784 Traffic Survey Data on the A90 within the vicinity of the site access has been 

obtained from the Department for Transport website (Dft 2012) which 

provides GB National Road Traffic Survey information. 

785 The data recorded has been used as the basis of stating the existing traffic 

movements which have been summarised later in this Chapter. 

BEAR Scotland Limited 

786 Personal Injury Accident (PIA) data has been obtained from BEAR Scotland 

Limited, who manage PIA data on behalf of Transport Scotland (BEAR, 

2012). The data received has been used as the basis for assessing the 

impact on road safety later in this Chapter. 

Grampian Police 

787 Personal Injury Accident (PIA) data has also been obtained from Grampian 

Police (2012). This supplements the data provided by BEAR Scotland 

Limited; providing additional detail such as likely causation factors, allowing a 

more detailed assessment of road safety later in this Chapter. 


788 The assessment would consider the increase in traffic resulting from the 

Proposed Development against a measured traffic baseline. The following 

potential impacts are considered: 

• noise and vibration arising as a result of the predicted increase in traffic; 

• driver severance and delay caused as a result of the predicted increase 

in traffic; 

• pedestrian severance and delay caused as a result of the predicted 

increase in traffic; 

• the potential impact on road safety arising as a result of the predicted 

increase in traffic; 

• the potential impacts arising as a result of the transit of hazardous or 

dangerous loads; and 

• dust and dirt on roads left by vehicles associated with the Proposed 

Development. 

789 The significance of these impacts would be determined through the guidance 

provided in the IEMA guidelines (IEA, 1993). 

790 The IEMA Guidelines (IEA 1993) set out two ‘significance’ thresholds which 

are to be adopted when considering predicted increases in traffic: 

• where the total traffic would increase by 30% or more (10% in sensitive 

areas); and/or 

• where the HGV traffic would increase by 30% or more (10% in sensitive 

areas). 





December 2012 

791 In situations where predicted increases in total traffic would exceed these 

thresholds, a full assessment of impact is required. 

792 The guidance advises that projected changes in traffic of less than 10% would 

have no discernible environmental impact and therefore no further 

assessment is required, irrespective of the sensitivity of the receptor. 

793 Given the low number of sensitive receptors on the A90 and the A90’s status 

as part of the Strategic Road Network, for the purposes of this assessment 

the A90 is not considered to be ‘sensitive’. Based on this, the 30% increase 

threshold as defined in the IEMA Guidelines is deemed to apply for 

assessment purposes. Increases in traffic levels on the A90 below 30% would 

be considered as having no discernible environmental impact. 

794 Given the presence of sensitive receptors on Hareburn Terrace such as 

Banbury Cross Nursery and residential properties, for the purposes of this 

assessment Hareburn Terrace is considered to be sensitive. Based on this, 

the 10% threshold as defined in the IEMA Guidelines is deemed to apply for 

assessment purposes. Increases in traffic levels on Hareburn Terrace below 

10% would be considered as having an insignificant impact. 


795 The route for all vehicle movements to the Proposed Development site, 

including oversized HGVs (abnormal loads), would be via the A90, which is a 

part of the Strategic Road Network (SRN) in Scotland and an established 

route for such loads. Similarly, the A90/Hareburn Terrace junction is provided 

to accommodate the turning movements of vehicles of varying lengths. 

796 The specific traffic impacts associated with construction traffic would be more 

local to the Proposed Development site, and therefore the Study Area for this 

assessment covers the following: 

• the A90 within the vicinity of Blackdog; 

• the Hareburn Terrace junction with the A90; and 

• Hareburn Terrace within the vicinity of the Proposed Development site 

access road. 

10.3 Baseline 

10.3.1 Introduction 

797 This section provides details of the existing situation in terms of baseline 

traffic, the highway network and recorded traffic accidents. 

10.3.2 Existing Highway Network 

798 The location of the Proposed Development in the context of the surrounding 

local highway network is shown in Figure 10-1 and is described in detail 

below. 





December 2012 

A90 Trunk Road 

799 The A90 is part of the Strategic Road Network (SRN) in Scotland and 

provides a strategic link between Aberdeen to the south and Peterhead to the 

north. The road is generally a dual carriageway with at-grade junctions and 

private accesses provided directly onto it. A road of this nature and width is 

designed to have a capacity in the order of 39,000 vehicles per day. 

800 In the vicinity of Hareburn Terrace, the A90 is a dual carriageway road built to 

current design standards, is street lit and subject to the national speed limit of 

70 mph. 

801 The existing A90/Hareburn Terrace junction is a priority junction arrangement 

onto a dual carriageway. The priority junction is formed by widening the 

central reserve to provide an offside diverging lane and waiting space for 

vehicles turning right from the major road (A90(T)) into the minor road 

(Hareburn Terrace). This allows vehicles of nearly all lengths turning right 

from the minor road into the major road to carry out the manoeuvre in two 

stages. The junction has a wide minor road (Hareburn Terrace) with splitter 

island and a wide flare with a high level of visibility which acts as an on-slip 

ensuring that vehicles can merge safely. 

Hareburn Terrace 

802 Hareburn Terrace is a single carriageway road which is currently used for 

access to residential properties within Blackdog village, Banbury Cross 

Nursery and two small business units. There is also some vehicular access 

to the beach car park via a private road beyond the Development Site 

proposed access road. 

803 Hareburn Terrace is lit, subject to a 20 mph speed restriction, traffic calmed 

by means of speed cushions and is of standard carriageway width, narrowing 

to approximately 4 m in width at its most eastern extent. As a residential road 

it includes a standard pedestrian footpath along its full length on the northern 

side which is where the majority of residential properties are located. 

804 The Proposed Development access road would enter the site directly from 

from the eastern end of Hareburn Terrace. 

10.3.3 Existing Traffic Flows 

805 Traffic data for the local highway network has been obtained from the 

Department for Transport website (DfT, 2012) which provides GB National 

Road Traffic Survey information. The website comprises an interactive map 

which features a strategic road network diagram overlaid onto web based 

mapping. Traffic count points are highlighted and are assigned a number. 

806 The traffic data is presented as fully classified two-way Annual Average Daily 

Traffic Flow (AADT); the data was recorded annually between 2000 and 

2011. Count Point 74308 is located on the A90 to the south of Hareburn 

Terrace. A summary of the selected data for 2011 (most recent) is provided 

in Table 10-2, indicating total Motor Vehicle (MV) and total Heavy Goods 

Vehicle (HGV) traffic flows. 





December 2012 

TABLE 10-2 

DfT Traffic Flows 2011 

Count Point/Location 

Annual Average Daily Traffic Flow 

Total 

HGV 

CP74308 / A90 15,471 1,027 

807 The traffic data collected indicates that the A90 has a total two-way traffic flow 

of 15,471 vehicles, 1,027 of which are HGVs. The A90 is a principal carrier of 

HGV traffic, as would be expected of a trunk road in this location. 

808 Traffic data for Hareburn Terrace is not available however based upon 

existing activity using the road, the following assumptions have been made: 

• The road provides access to 90 residential properties; 

• The road provides access to Banbury Cross Nursery which has up to 41 

places (Banbury Cross Nursery Ltd, 2012); and 

• The road provides access to two small business units (Refer Scientific 

and Donside Safety Supplies). 

809 On the basis of the above existing development, it has been forecast that 

Hareburn Terrace is likely to experience a total of 593 vehicle movements per 

day, comprising of 575 light vehicle movements (cars) and 9 two way HGV 

trips. 

810 This has been forecast using the TRICS database (TRICS 2012). TRICS is 

the standard industry methodology for trip generation forecasting, comprising 

a database of transport surveys for a wide variety of developments in the UK 

and Ireland. TRICS provides an average trip rate based upon a selection of 

relevant sites identified which is then used to assist the trip generation 

forecast for the proposals. Sites similar in terms of non-car accessibility and 

local population density were selected in order to determine the likely vehicle 

flow on Hareburn Terrace. 

811 It is also noted that traffic is not generated throughout the length of the road; 

only the initial western section of the link within proximity of the A90 is subject 

to the upper levels of the traffic forecast. 

10.3.4 Road Traffic Accidents 

812 Details of recorded road traffic accidents within the study area over the five 

year period from 2007 to 2011 have been obtained from BEAR Scotland 

Limited, who manage PIA data on behalf of Transport Scotland. 

813 The records issued by BEAR Scotland Limited provide a detailed description 

of each accident; vehicle groups broken down into individual categories and 

collisions and resulting casualty severities; fatal, serious and slight, as defined 

below: 

• fatal (a crash resulting in a death); 

• serious (detention in hospital; includes paralysis, fractures and severe 

lacerations); and 

• slight (includes whiplash, sprains and minor lacerations). 





December 2012 

814 The accident records indicate that six incidents were recorded within the 

study area over the five year period; two classified as being ‘serious’ in nature 

and the remainder classified as being ‘slight’ in nature. No fatal incidents 

occurred during this time. 

815 The accidents are set out in full in Appendix 10B and summarised in Table 

10-3 below. 

TABLE 10-3 

Recorded Road Traffic Accidents (2007-2011) 

Location Slight Serious Total 

A90 north of Hareburn Terrace 3 0 3 

A90/Hareburn Terrace Junction 1 2 3 

A90 South of Hareburn Terrace 0 0 0 

Hareburn Terrace 0 0 0 

Totals 4 2 6 

816 A summary of the accident history broken down into vehicle types is provided 

in Table 10-4. 

TABLE 10-4 

Recorded Road Traffic Accidents Vehicle Type Summary (2007-2011) 

Incidents Involving: Slight Serious Total 

Car 5 3 8 

Goods Vehicle 3.5t 1 1 2 

Goods Vehicle 7.5t 1 0 1 

817 Table 10-4 shows that cars were involved in the majority of recorded 

accidents over the five year period. 

818 The PIA data provided by BEAR Scotland Limited has also been cross 

referenced with PIA data obtained from Grampian Police, which provides 

additional detail such as likely causation factors, allowing a more detailed 

assessment of road safety. 

819 The incidents have then been examined in detail to determine the likely 

causes in order to assess whether the proposals are likely to increase the 

occurrence or severity of accidents. The following provides a summary of the 

accidents recorded within the study area along with their likely causation 

factors (where known): 

Reference: 1002725 

Severity: Slight 

Date: 17/07/2010 Time: 2015hrs Road Surface: Dry 

Weather: Fine (without high winds) 

Description: Going ahead at right hand bend, car skidded and overturned, 

leaving carriageway to nearside. 

Likely Causation Factors: Unknown 





December 2012 





Description: Goods Vehicle 7.5t turning right hit car going ahead. 

Likely Causation Factors: Failed to judge other person’s path or speed, failed 

to look properly, poor turn or manoeuvre. 



Date: 28/06/2007 Time: 1345hrs Road Surface: Wet/Damp 


Description: Goods Vehicle 3.5t turning right hit car overtaking moving 

vehicle. 






Description: Car turning right hit car going ahead which left carriageway to 

nearside. 



Severity: Serious 



Description: Car towing a single trailer turning right hit car going ahead. 

Likely Causation Factors: Failed to look properly, failed to judge other 

person’s path or speed. 


Severity: Serious 





December 2012 



Description: Goods Vehicle 3.5t turning right hit car going ahead which left 

carriageway to nearside. 

Likely Causation Factors: Poor turn or manoeuvre, failed to look properly. 

820 The incidents recorded in proximity of the Proposed Development site, as 

detailed above, have been attributed (where known) to poor driver behaviour, 

and as such do not suggest that the existing highway layout is deficient, or 

unsuitable for traffic associated with the site. 


821 The Proposed Development includes a number of design mitigation measures 

designed to minimise the impact of the Proposed Development upon the 

surrounding area. 

822 The Proposed Development site would be accessed from Hareburn Terrace 

via a permanent access road constructed to the approved standards as 

prescribed by the Aberdeenshire Council Roads Department. Measuring 4.5 

m wide, this access road would enable large construction vehicles to safely 

enter and exit the Proposed Development site from Hareburn Terrace. 

823 In addition, a temporary construction compound area would be provided. The 

provision of a large construction compound area where construction worker 

facilities and storage space would be provided avoids the need to construct 

such a facility on Hareburn Terrace itself, thus minimising impact upon the 

surrounding area. Once construction activities have been completed this 

area would be reduced in scale and used for vehicle parking. 

824 In addition to the above and also provided during the construction stage, a 

short section of surfaced access track would extend from the eastern end of 

Hareburn Terrace into the temporary construction compound in order to 

provide construction vehicle/equipment access and construction vehicle 

turning. 

825 The provision of an access track complete with temporary turning area 

ensures that construction vehicles are able to access the Proposed 

Development site without blocking/waiting on Hareburn Terrace and also 

provides construction vehicles with sufficient manoeuvring space in which to 

turnaround. 


826 The baseline assessment has identified a number of potential receptors, 

which may be directly affected by the Proposed Development. As previously 

stated this is predominantly through the construction phase. These receptors 

are: 

• A90 Trunk Road; 

• The A90 / Hareburn Terrace junction; and 





December 2012 

• Hareburn Terrace. 

827 During normal periods of operation it is expected that the Proposed 

Development site would be unmanned. Planned maintenance activities 

would require site visitations in order to ensure operational and safety 

standards are maintained, however these would be conducted predominantly 

using vans or four wheel drive vehicles and would generate an average of 

one trip per week; on most days generating no traffic at all. Such negligible 

traffic flows would be indistinguishable from normal daily traffic flows on the 

A90 and Hareburn Terrace. 

828 The construction phase of the Proposed Development would be the greatest 

generator of vehicle trips: the assessment of impacts have therefore been 

focussed on this phase. 

10.5.1 Trip Generation 

Introduction 

829 This section of the Chapter provides detailed calculations and timing of trips 

arising through the Proposed Development’s construction phase. Traffic 

requirements have been approximated with consideration of each of the 

following: 

• major construction material deliveries (incl. road construction materials 

and concrete deliveries) 

• plant/equipment delivery and removal 

• site spoil/debris export 

• workers travelling to and from the site daily 

• a five and a half (5.5) day working week, twenty two (22) day month 

• the working day is assumed to be 08:00 to 18:00 Monday to Friday and 

08:00 to 12:00 on Saturday 

Construction Phase Traffic Movements 

830 Indicative anticipated traffic flow to and from the Proposed Development is 

summarised in Table 10-5. 

831 Indicative anticipated traffic flow is based upon approximations of likely traffic 

requirements for construction activities – a precautionary approach has been 

adopted in order that traffic flow is not underestimated, it is however 

anticipated that site traffic requirements could reduce following more detailed 

design. 


TABLE 10-5 

Indicative Site Traffic 




Activity Type of Vehicle No. of Trips (two-way) per Month 

Delivery of plant, fencing, portacabins, etc. Flat bed HGVs 10 

Import access track material and delivery of plant HGVs 133 133 

Import temporary construction compound material HGVs 47 47 

Delivery of excavation & earthworks plant Flat bed HGVs 12 12 

Import beach access track material HGVs 84 84 

December 2012 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

Substation(s) civil/concrete works Concrete wagons 93 186 186 93 

Substation(s) electrical fit out and equip. inst. Flat bed HGVs 8 16 16 8 

Crane 1 

Abnormal Load 2 

Mobilise cable pull-in spreads (winch & plinth) Flat bed HGVs 3 1 1 

Crane 1 

Concrete wagons 8 

Cable installation and demobilisation Flat bed HGVs 4 

Crane 1 

Test and commission Vans, cars (incl. in ‘ALL’) - - 

Site reinstatement HGVs 18 

Total Monthly Trips 190 180 96 96 93 186 186 101 31 17 9 5 18 0 

Daily Trips: 9 9 5 5 5 9 9 5 2 1 1 1 1 0 

‘ALL’ workers travelling to site daily Vans, cars 330 198 176 176 242 484 484 484 572 572 330 264 352 264 

Daily (Vans, Cars): 15 9 8 8 11 22 22 22 26 26 15 12 16 12 





December 2012 

HGV Trips 

832 Table 10-5 shows that the highest trip generation in terms of HGVs would 

occur in months 1, 2, 6 and 7, primarily due to access track 

construction/delivery of plant and concrete works. This equates to 9 two way 

HGV movements per day within normal working hours or as agreed within the 

Construction Traffic Management Plan. This level of maximum HGV trip 

generation has been carried forward to the impact assessment which is 

detailed later in this Chapter. 

Light Vehicle Trips 

833 Light vehicles are those which consist of smaller vehicles such as cars and 

vans, which would typically be associated with the workforce. Table 10-5 

shows that the highest trip generation in terms of light vehicles would occur in 

months 9 and 10, due to workers travelling to the Proposed Development site 

on a daily basis. This equates to 26 two way light vehicle movements per 

day. This level of maximum light vehicle trip generation has been carried 

forward to the impact assessment which is detailed later in this Chapter. 

Trip Distribution 

834 It has been assumed that all construction materials are to be sourced from 

outside the Proposed Development site. 

835 The distribution of trips arising from the off-site movements would be 

dependent on the sourcing of the materials: the actual sourcing of materials is 

not confirmed at this stage. As a result and to ensure a robust assessment of 

impact on the road network, it is assumed that all construction materials are 

sourced from the south; given that the nearest major conurbation would be 

Aberdeen to the south of the Proposed Development. 

836 With respect to light vehicle trips, in a similar vein these are assumed to arise 

from the A90 south of the Proposed Development. 

837 Phasing and duration of construction works is indicative only and would be 

finalised during detailed design once Contractors have been appointed. 

10.5.2 Construction Phase 

Potential Impacts 

838 Potential construction phase impacts may arise as a result of vehicular 

movement of substation components and general construction traffic. 

839 The following section assesses the impact of this traffic and its significance, in 

accordance with the methodology defined in Section 10.2. 

Impact on the A90(T) 

840 Based on the trip generation calculations outlined in Section 10.5.1, as a 

‘worst case’ the Proposed Development would result in a maximum of 35 twoway 

vehicle movements per day (26 light vehicles and 9 HGVs) accessing the 

Proposed Development Site via the A90. 





December 2012 

841 The predicted increases in traffic on the A90 resulting from construction of the 

Proposed Development is summarised in Table 10-6 below. 

TABLE 10-6 

Predicted Increase in Daily Traffic Flows, A90 Blackdog 

Count Point/Location 

2011 AADT Proposed Traffic Increase (%) 

Total HGV Total HGV Total HGV 

CP74308 / A90 15,471 1,027 70 18 0.45% 1.75% 

842 Table 10-6 shows that the projected change in traffic as a result of the 

Proposed Development is less than 10%; with total traffic movements 

increasing by 0.45% and HGV traffic increasing by 1.75%. 

843 The IEMA Guidelines (IEA 1993) advise that projected changes in traffic of 

less than 10% would create no discernible environmental impact and 

therefore no further assessment is required, irrespective of the sensitivity of 

the receptor. 

844 It is therefore concluded that the temporary increase in vehicle movements 

associated with the construction phase of the Proposed Development would 

have no discernible environmental impact on the A90(T). 

Impact on the A90(T)/Hareburn Terrace Junction 

845 In assessing the A90(T)/Hareburn Terrace Junction it has been necessary to 

select the most appropriate ‘significance threshold’. In accordance with the 

methodology outlined in Section 10.2, Hareburn Terrace is considered to be 

sensitive due to the presence of residential properties and a day nursery and 

as such the 10% threshold is deemed to apply for assessment purposes. 

846 It has been forecast in Section 10.5.1 that Hareburn Terrace currently 

experiences a total of 589 vehicle movements per day, comprising of 575 light 

vehicle movements (cars) and 14 Heavy Goods Vehicle movements (HGVs). 

The current use of Hareburn Terrace is therefore predominantly by cars as 

opposed to HGVs. 

847 Construction traffic required for the Proposed Development would include a 

proportion of HGV movements as set out in Table 10-5 above. This table 

shows that the highest trip generation in terms of HGVs would occur in 

months 1, 2, 6 and 7, primarily due to access track construction/delivery of 

plant and concrete works. This equates to 9 two way HGV movements per 

day. 

848 Given the low background traffic flow on Hareburn Terrace, especially in 

terms of HGV traffic flow, it is acknowledged that the construction traffic when 

compared to the traffic baseline exceeds the 10% ‘significance’ criteria as 

recommended by IEMA (IEA, 1993). In light of this result a full assessment of 

impact has been undertaken for Hareburn Terrace as detailed within the 

‘Hareburn Terrace’ subsection below. 

849 In terms of the available capacity of the A90/Hareburn Terrace junction, as a 

worst case the Proposed Development would result in an additional 35 twoway 

vehicle movements per day accessing the Proposed Development site 

via the junction. 





December 2012 

850 In the existing situation a total of 589 vehicles per day access Hareburn 

Terrace via the A90(T)/Hareburn Terrace junction, with vehicular movement 

peaking during the AM and PM periods, associated with residents and 

employees travelling to and from their places of work. 

851 Technical Guidance TD 42 (SODD, 1995) advises that the upper limit for 

minor road flows should be taken as about 3,000 vehicles AADT 2-way when 

considering providing a major/minor priority junction on continuous All 

Purpose Dual Carriageways (D2AP) roads in rural areas. The use of the 

A90/Hareburn Terrace junction is therefore substantially below this flow and 

traffic generated by the Proposed Development would be adequately 

accommodated within the available capacity of the junction. 

852 Following examination, the incidents recorded at the A90(T)/Hareburn 

Terrace junction as outlined within Section 10.3.4 are attributable to poor 

driver behaviour and as such do not suggest that the highway layout is 

deficient, or unsuitable for traffic associated with the Proposed Development 

site. As a result, it is considered that access to the site by HGVs and light 

vehicles would not materially impact on the existing safe operation of the 

junction. 

Impact on Hareburn Terrace 

853 As highlighted above, given the low background traffic flow on Hareburn 

Terrace, especially in terms of HGV traffic flow, it is acknowledged that the 

construction traffic when compared to the traffic baseline exceeds the 10% 

‘significance’ criteria as recommended by IEMA (IEA, 1993). 

854 In addition, Belhelvie Community Council requested that consideration should 

be given to whether the construction works would interfere with residential, 

business and Banbury Cross nursery vehicle movements and safety. 

855 In light of the above a full assessment of impact has been undertaken for 

Hareburn Terrace, covering the potential impacts outlined in Section 10.2. 

Noise and Vibration 

856 In the case of noise and vibration, the IEMA guidelines state that a change in 

noise levels of less than 3dB(A) (which would require a doubling or halving in 

the level of traffic) would not be perceptible. Increases in traffic of below 

100% would therefore be considered as having an insignificant impact in this 

regard. 

857 As construction traffic would not increase existing traffic levels along 

Hareburn Terrace by over 100% the Proposed Development is deemed to 

have an insignificant impact in terms of noise and vibration. 

Driver Severance and Delay 

858 As a worst case the Proposed Development would result in an additional 35 

two-way vehicle movements per day (26 light vehicle and 9 HGV movements) 

accessing the Development Site via Hareburn Terrace. 

859 When assessed against Technical Guidance TD 42 (SODD, 1995) it is clear 

that Hareburn Terrace would remain well within the theoretical capacity of a 





December 2012 

minor road and the proposed additional traffic generated by the Proposed 

Development would be adequately accommodated within the reserve 

capacity of the road. 

860 In light of the above significant reserve capacity and the temporary nature of 

the construction vehicle movements, the Proposed Development would not 

be of detriment to highway capacity and consequently there would be no 

perceivable impact on driver delay along Hareburn Terrace. 

Pedestrian Severance and Delay 

861 It has been demonstrated that the predicted number of development trips 

would be comfortably accommodated within the reserve capacity of the 

highway network. In addition the construction vehicle movements are 

temporary in nature and equate to less than one HGV two-way movement per 

hour, per day. 

862 Given the nature of Hareburn Terrace which benefits from wide footways, is 

street lit, subject to a 20 mph speed restriction, traffic calmed by means of 

speed cushions and the aforementioned available reserve capacity, it is 

considered that the Proposed Development would have insignificant impact in 

terms of pedestrian severance and delay. 

Road Safety 

863 Details of accidents that have been recorded on the local highway network 

are provided earlier in the Chapter within Table 10-4 and Table 10-5. This has 

shown that no vehicle accidents have been recorded along Hareburn Terrace 

beyond the junction with the A90(T). 

864 It has been demonstrated that the predicted number of Proposed 

Development trips would be comfortably accommodated within the reserve 

capacity of the highway network so as not to compromise road safety. 

865 It is therefore considered that the Proposed Development would have 

insignificant impact in terms of road safety. 

Hazardous or Dangerous Loads 

866 The movement of abnormal loads has the potential to create a general hazard 

on Hareburn Terrace. The two predicted abnormal loads would be moved to 

the Proposed Development site under controlled conditions and under a 

suitable escort. The manner in which abnormal loads are transported along 

the public highway would be subject to the approval of the appropriate 

highway authority in advance. 

867 Whilst the presence of a slow moving vehicle would cause localised traffic 

disruption, it is not expected that this would lead to any significant impact 

given the short duration of the delay and the very low number of abnormal 

loads required. 

Dust and Dirt 

868 Delivery of construction materials to the Proposed Development site via HGV 

has the potential to create adverse effects with respect to dust and dirt. 





December 2012 

869 Construction traffic required for the Proposed Development would include a 

proportion of HGV movements; the highest trip generation occurring in 

months 1, 2, 6 and 7, primarily due to access track construction/delivery of 

plant and concrete works. This equates to 9 two way HGV movements per 

day. 

870 The potential for any detritus materials being brought onto the highway would 

be limited by ensuring a regular cleaning programme of the private access 

road during adverse conditions. 

871 It is therefore considered that the Proposed Development would have a low 

impact in terms of dust and dirt. 

10.5.3 Operational Phase 

872 As previously stated the vehicle movements during the operational phase are 

likely not to exceed one vehicle movement per week. It is therefore 

concluded that no direct or indirect impacts are predicted during the 

operational phase. 

10.5.4 Decommissioning Phase 

873 At this stage the traffic and transport requirements relating to 

decommissioning are not known. This would be subject to a 

decommissioning plan which would agreed with the LPA. No significant direct 

or indirect impacts are predicted during the decommissioning phase. 


874 The nature of the existing access provision directly from Hareburn Terrace 

and the A90 implies that there would be no need for road improvement 

measures to accompany the Proposed Development, other than the 

construction of the private access road leading to the Proposed Development 

site. 

875 The Construction and Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) would 

include a Construction Traffic Management Plan outlining measures to 

minimise the impact of construction traffic in terms of highway capacity and 

local amenity. Traffic movements would be restricted to ‘typical’ working 

hours; additionally, the CEMP would seek to control vehicular movement 

within any congestion sensitive areas during peak periods if deemed 

appropriate by the Local Roads Authority (LRA), such as during nursery dropoff/collection 

times. The formation of the CEMP would be undertaken in 

consultation with Belhelvie CC and local businesses; agreed and approved by 

the LRA prior to commencement of the Proposed Development. 

876 Delivery of construction materials to the Proposed Development site is a 

potential hazard to be considered. As Principal Contractor under the CDM 

Regulations, the contractor would have an obligation to ensure that all works 

on site are undertaken in a safe manner. This would include deliveries to the 

site, and the Health and Safety Plan developed by the contractor would 

include a requirement for all drivers delivering to the site to drive with due 

care and attention, and with specific regard to the safety of other road users. 





December 2012 

877 In order to further mitigate the traffic impact of the construction phase, the 

successful contractor would operate using an agreed Construction Travel 

Plan which aims to encourage workers to travel to and from the development 

using sustainable travel modes, such as group travel in a mini bus. 

10.7 Cumulative Impact Assessment 

878 At present, there are a number of schemes known in the local area that are at 

the planning stage and scheduled to be constructed within or near to the 

timeframe of the Proposed Development. These include: 

• phase 1 of Berryhill Business Park; 

• housing development at Dubford; and 

• Aberdeen Western Peripheral Route. 

879 There is potential for the construction traffic associated with the above 

schemes when considered alongside both the onshore and offshore 

construction works could cumulatively lead to significant impacts on a single 

receptor. 

880 However, the assessment undertaken within this Chapter has shown that 

during the peak of vehicular activity associated with the construction phase of 

the Proposed Development the overall increase in vehicle movements is 

minimal, is likely to be well below the day to day variation in traffic flows and 

therefore imperceptible on the local highway network. 

881 In addition, the vehicular activity associated with the construction phase is 

temporary in nature; the daily operation of the Proposed Development would 

not generate regular vehicular traffic other than the occasional maintenance 

vehicle. 

882 It is therefore concluded that the potential cumulative impacts detailed above 

would not affect the overall predicted outcome of the impact of the Proposed 

Development. 


883 Following a detailed review of the Proposed Development site and 

surroundings, mitigation included in the site design and the further mitigation 

measures identified it is concluded that there would be no significant impacts 

on traffic and transport. 


Appendix: 10A – Blackdog Accident Plan 2007-11 

Appendix: 10B – Road Traffic Accident Data 2007-11 


Banbury Cross Nursery Ltd (2012) http://www.banburycrossltd.co.uk/Findand-Contact-Us.html 

(accessed November 2012) 





December 2012 

Department for Transport (2012) http://www.dft.gov.uk/traffic-counts/ 

(accessed November 2012) 

Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, Volume 11 (Highways Agency 2009) 

Institute of Environmental Assessment (IEA), (1993) Guidance for the 

Environmental Assessment of Road Traffic 

Scottish Executive, August (2005) Transport Assessment and 

Implementation: A Guide 

Scottish Office Development Department (SODD) (1995) TD 42 Geometric 

Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions 

Scottish Office Development Department (SODD) (1997) TA46/97 Traffic 

Flow Ranges for Use in the Assessment of New Rural Roads 

TRICS (2012) http://www.trics.org/default.cfm (accessed November 2012 





December 2012 

11 NOISE & VIBRATION 


884 This chapter considers the noise and vibration impacts associated with the 

construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the Aberdeen 

Offshore Wind Farm Onshore Transmission Works (‘the Proposed 

Development’). 

885 The scope of this assessment is defined as follows: 

• determination of the baseline noise and vibration conditions, and the 

existence and sensitivity of any receptors likely to be affected in proximity 

of the Proposed Development 

• review of the Proposed Development to determine the predicted 

construction, operational and decommissioning impacts relating to noise 

and vibration; 

• identification of appropriate mitigation measures; 

• assessment of the significance of predicted impacts from these noise and 

vibration sources, taking into account impact magnitude (before and after 

mitigation) and baseline sensitivity 


886 Consultation was undertaken with Aberdeenshire Council – Senior 

Environmental Health Officer ( John Dawson, 9th June 2011) (see Table 

11.1): 

TABLE 11.1 

Scoping Consultee Responses in relation to Noise and Vibration 

Consultee 

Issues 

Aberdeenshire Council – EHO (14 th Noise 


• Assessment to included both construction and operation noise 

• Assessment to noise ratings required 

Both assessments need to assume that housing and a school 

may be located nearby 


887 This assessment has been prepared with reference to the following policy and 

guidance: 

• Planning Advice Note (PAN) 1/2011 Planning and Noise (Scottish 

Government 2011) 

• BS 5228 1:2009 Code of practice for noise and vibration control on 

construction and open sites – Part 1: Noise. (BSI 2009a) 

• BS 5228 2:2009 Code of practice for noise and vibration control on 

construction and open sites – Part 2: Vibration. (BSI 2009b) 

• BS7385:1993 Evaluation and Measurement for Vibration in Buildings 

(BSI 1993) 

Chapter 11 NOISE AND VIBRATION Page 180 of 211




December 2012 

• BS4142:1997 Method for Rating industrial noise affecting mixed 

residential and industrial areas (BS4142 1997) 

• Draft Guidelines for Noise Impact Assessment (IEMA 2002) 

• ISO9613-2 Acoustics (ISO 2011). 

888 A summary of these policy and guidance documents is contained in Appendix 

11A 


889 The impact assessment has been undertaken using technical guidance and 

British Standards, as set out in Appendix 11A, in order to limit potential 

impacts during construction and operation. 

890 The assessment has also drawn upon information provided by consultations 

with Aberdeenshire Council and has involved a desk study, field work and 

data processing, analysis and interpretation using professional judgement. 

891 The data obtained as part of the desk study and collected as part of the field 

work has been processed and interpreted to complete the impact assessment 

and recommend mitigation measures where appropriate. 

892 The magnitude of the noise impact has been based on the impact scale 

outlined in the draft Guidelines for Noise Impact Assessment (IEMA 2002) – 

(See Appendix 11A – Table 11 A1) for noise. The magnitude of vibration has 

been based on British Standard 5228: Part 2 (BSI 2009b) for vibration. The 

following categories of magnitude have been used: 

TABLE 11.2 

Magnitude of Potential Noise and Vibration Effects 

Magnitude Noise Vibration 

Negligible No change in noise level Less than 0.14mms -1 of vibration 

Low Between 0.1 and 2.9dB increase in noise level Between 0.14 and 0.3 mms -1 of vibration 

Medium Between 3.0 and 4.9dB increase in noise level Between 0.3 and 1.0mms -1 of vibration 

High Between 5.0 and 9.9dB increase in noise level Between 1.0 and 10.0mms -1 of vibration 

Very High More than 10dB increase in noise level More than 10.0mms -1 of vibration 

893 Assessment of the significance of any impact from the Proposed 

Development has been based on the sensitivity of the receptor, duration of 

impact and the magnitude of impact. 

Duration of Effect 

894 This has been defined in the following categories: 

a long-term/permanent effect (more than 10 years) 

a medium-term effect (existing for 5 to 10 years) 

a short-term effect (existing for 1 to 5 years) 

a temporary effect (existing for less than a year) 

Sensitivity of the Receptor 





December 2012 

895 The importance of the receptor is considered in relation to its sensitivity to 

noise: 

Very High: Residential properties (night-time), schools and health care 

buildings (daytime) 

High: Residential properties (daytime), SAC, SPA (or equivalent) 

Medium: Offices and other non-noise producing employment areas 

Low: Industrial areas 

Implications of Significance 

896 Table 11.2 provides a matrix for significance of impact. Where the 

significance is classified as moderate or major it is considered to be a 

potentially significant effect. It should be noted that significant effects need 

not be unacceptable or irreversible. 

TABLE 11.2 

Matrix for Significance of Impact 

Magnitude of 

Effect based 

on spatial, 

duration and 

scale of 

effect 








Cumulative and In-combination Impact Assessment Methodology 

897 The significance of each effect of the Proposed Development has been 

assessed. These have then been considered, firstly in combination with those 

of AOWF (“in-combination”) and secondly in combination with AOWF and 

other developments which are currently the subject of planning applications, 

or have been approved but not yet implemented (“cumulative”). 

Worst Realistic Case 

898 The assessment has been based on construction activities taking place at 

standard working hours, at the closest approach to noise-sensitive properties, 

and for the operational noise of an outdoor Voltage Power Factor Control 

(VPFC) (STATCOM). 


899 The study/assessment area has been determined as being from the furthest 

to nearest receptors which could be affected audibly by this Proposed 

Development. 

11.3 Baseline 

900 The Proposed Development site would accommodate each of the following 

buildings and/or equipment compounds: 

• AOWFL 33kV Substation; 

• AOWFL VPFC equipment compound; 





December 2012 

• SSE (SHET plc) 132kV Substation 

901 Noise sources during the construction phase would comprise activities such 

as site preparation, foundation and buildings works, and cable laying. Piling 

operations would occur using vibration, rather than percussion methods. 

902 In terms of operation, it is anticipated that the two substation compounds 

would not generate any meaningful noise and have therefore been excluded 

from this assessment. The main noise generator would be the Voltage Power 

Factor Control (VPFC). 

903 VPFC equipment noise sources would typically include cooling and air 

conditioning equipment (for power electronic devices), and associated 

reactors and/or transformers. 

904 Anticipated cooling/air conditioning fans noise levels are described for 

information only in Table 11-3 for an indicative +/- 50MVAr VPFC installation. 

TABLE 11.3 

Indicative Sound Power Levels 

Item of Plant 

Sound power level of cooling 

fans 

Sound pressure level @10m of 

air conditioning (-20 o C... 

+40 o C) 

Sound Power Level, LW, dB(A) 

90* 

44 

905 Baseline environmental noise surveys were carried out at a range of noisesensitive 

receptors on the 26 th and 27 th June 2011 to capture typical 

background noise levels for the area. The noise monitoring locations, shown 

in Figure 11.1, are considered as being representative of the nearest noisesensitive 

locations to the Proposed Development and set out in Table 11.4 

below: 

Table 11.4 

Noise Monitoring Locations 

Location Grid Reference Distance from Proposed 

Development site 

Noise Receptor 1 – Eastern end 

of Hareburn Terrace 

Noise Receptor 2 – Tarbothill 

Farm 

NJ962139 

NJ956132 

150m Northeast 

900m Southwest 

Noise Measurement Methodology 

The noise monitoring equipment used during the survey is shown in Table 11.5 below. All noise monitoring 

equipment was calibrated before and after the measurements and no calibration drifts were found to have 

occurred. The equipment had been calibrated to a traceable standard by UKAS-accredited laboratories within 

the 24 months preceding the surveys. 

Table 11.5 

Noise Monitoring Equipment 

Location Equipment Serial 

Number 

All Locations Norsonic Nor 140 Typ1 Sound Level Meter 1403012 





December 2012 

Norsonic 1251 Acoustic Calibrator 31872 

At locations 1 and 2 daytime measurements were carried out over four non-consecutive 15-minute periods on 

both a weekday and weekend. Night-time measurements at these locations were carried out over a 30- 

minute period during the early hours of a Monday morning which is considered be the quietest period of the 

week. 

At the measurement positions the following noise level indices were recorded: 

• LAeq,T The A-weighted equivalent continuous noise level over the measurement 

period. 

• LA90 The A-weighted noise level exceeded for 90% of the measurement period. This 

parameter is often used to describe background noise. 

• LA10 The A-weighted noise level exceeded for 10% of the measurement period. This 

parameter if often used to describe road traffic noise. 

• LAmax The maximum A-weighted noise level during the measurement period. 

The weather conditions during the survey periods were acceptable for noise monitoring, being dry with little or 

no wind. 

The microphone was placed 1.5m above the ground in free-field conditions, (at least 3.5m from the nearest 

vertical, reflecting surface). 

906 The results of the noise surveys are presented in full in Appendix 11B and are 

summarised in Table 11.6 below. 

Table 11.6 

Summary of Measured Noise Levels, free-field, dB 

Location Day Period LAeq,T LA90 LA10 LAmax 

Hareburn Terrace Weekend Daytime 53.1 48.4 52.9 76.8 

Midweek Daytime 51.1 42.7 50.7 77.1 

Midweek Night-time 43.6 41.6 45.2 52.4 

Tarbothill Weekend Daytime 48.1 45.2 49.4 66.9 

Midweek Daytime 52.3 48.1 53.9 69.0 

Midweek Night-time 41.7 31.1 44.7 57.3 

907 The noise climate in the area comprised local and distant road traffic, aircraft, 

local activities such as walkers, and natural sounds such as the noise from 

the sea (which decreased at the receptors situated further inland) the wind in 

trees, bird song and dogs barking. 

908 Baseline noise has the effect of ‘masking’ some introduced noise and setting 

a threshold to measure potential change. 


909 Development design mitigation refers to potential impacts which have been 

reduced or omitted through the design process. 





December 2012 

910 In the case of the substation, a section of landscaping to the north has been 

introduced which would also contribute to noise attenuation at the properties 

of Blackdog village. 


Construction Noise 

911 An estimate of the likely effects of noise from construction of the Proposed 

Development has been made for the receptors closest to the site. The 

predictions are based on the methodology contained within BS5228-1:2009 

(BSI 2009) over the core working day and reflects the currently available 

construction information. The predictions assume that no mitigation measures 

have been implemented. 

912 The predicted noise levels have been assessed against an external façade 

criterion of 70dB L Aeq,1hr . The derivation of the 70dB criterion is contained in 

Appendix 11A (BS5228 1:2009 - BSI 2009a). Paragraph E2 states: 

“Noise levels, between say 07.00 and 19.00 hours, outside the nearest 

window of the occupied room closest to the site boundary should not exceed: 

• 70 decibels (dBA) in rural, suburban areas away from main road traffic 

and industrial noise; 

• 75 decibels (dBA) in urban areas near main roads in heavy industrial 

areas. 

These limits are for daytime working outside living rooms and offices.” 

913 For the purpose of predicting the likely noise impact, the construction works 

are due to last for a period of 14 months and have been divided into the 

following main phases: 

• Site preparation works (2 months) – to include earthmoving, site 

profiling and landscaping works. The total sound power level at source for 

these items is assumed to be 116dB L WA ; 

• Piling Operations (2 months) – it is assumed that piling operations 

would use the vibratory piling method in order to offer as much protection 

to the surrounding receptors as possible. The total sound power level at 

source for the piling rig is assumed to be 115dB L WA ; 

• Foundation works (2 months) – it is assumed that any concreting works 

would require the use of a concrete pump and poker vibrators. The total 

sound power level at source for these items of plant is assumed to be 

113dB L WA ; 

• Building works (7 months) – to include the use of a tracked crane. The 

total sound power level at source for these items of plant is assumed to 

be 113dB L WA ; and 

• Trenching and cable laying (4 months) – to include the use of a tracked 

excavator and dozer. The total sound power level at source for these 

items of plant is assumed to be 111.5dB L WA . 

914 It should be noted that some works would run simultaneously and more detail 

is provided in Chapter 5. 





December 2012 

915 Construction works throughout the 5 main phases are likely to be limited to 

the following hours: 

• Monday to Friday 08:00 to 18:00 hours; and 

• Saturday 08:00 to 13:00 hours. 

916 Consideration has been given to the potential noise impacts on residential 

properties and the nursery from HGVs accessing the Proposed Development 

site along Hareburn Terrace. Based on the information provided in the Traffic 

and Transport chapter (chapter 12) there would be a low level of HGVs 

accessing the site – 9 per day. The predicted noise level at the nearest 

property to the road, No.1 Hareburn Terrace, would be 49.7dB L Aeq,1hr which is 

below the prevailing ambient noise levels measured on Hareburn Terrace and 

is therefore not considered to be a significant impact. 

917 Predictions have been carried out of the noise levels likely to be generated by 

each of the above phases of work using the methodology outlined in BS5228 

Part 1: Noise.(BSI 2009a) 

918 In each instance, it has been considered that construction works are being 

undertaken at the closest approach to a high sensitivity noise-sensitive 

receptor due to the construction activity being limited to day time activity only. 

The predicted noise levels are set out in Table 11.7. 

Table 11.7 

BS5228-1 (BSI 2009) Noise Assessment, free-field, dB 

Location 

Predicted Noise Level LAeq, 1 hour 

Site 

Preparation 

Piling 

Foundation 

Works 

Building 

Works 

Hareburn Terrace 58.2 56.8 55.4 54.9 62.9 

Tarbothill 41.9 40.0 38.8 38.9 25.1 

Trenching & 

Cable laying 

919 The results shown in Table 11.7 indicate that noise from all construction 

works, based on worse case scenario (at closest properties of high sensitivity) 

fall below the derived criterion (70 dB LAeq, 1 hr ). 

920 Accordingly, and provided hours of daytime operation are adhered to, the 

potential noise impact from construction has been assessed as temporary, 

low magnitude and therefore of minor impact significance. 

Construction Vibration 

921 BS5228-2 (BSI 2009), gives recommendations for controlling vibration on 

construction and open sites. It is considered that the main source of vibration 

during the construction of the Proposed Development is likely to be related to 

piling works. 

922 Table 11.8 shows the predicted vibration levels generated by vibratory piling 

operations at the Proposed Development site and provides an indication of 

the perception levels detailed in BS5228-2 (BSI 2009b). The predictions are 

based on a 5% probability that the predicted value would be exceeded. 

Table 11.8 

BS5228-2 (BSI 2009) Vibration Assessment 





December 2012 

Location 

Distance from 

Source, m 

Predicted Vibration 

Level, mms -1 

Perception Level 

Hareburn Terrace 165 0.35 just perceptible 

Tarbothill 800 0.05 less than just perceptible 

923 Table 11.8 shows that vibration levels due to construction piling operations 

would be less than just perceptible at both sensitive locations assessed. 

Based on the guidance contained in BS7385 (BSI 1990), the likelihood of 

structural damage due to construction vibration is expected to be negligible. 

924 The potential vibration impact has been assessed at low magnitude: high 

sensitivity and therefore of minor significance. 

925 Based on the above, mitigation measures to reduce the likelihood of 

complaint from vibration levels generated by piling are considered 

unnecessary. 

Operational Phase 

926 An assessment has been carried out in accordance with the guidance 

contained in BS4142 (BSI 1997) to determine whether noise emissions from 

the fixed plant are likely to give rise to complaints from occupants of the 

residential noise-sensitive receptors closest to the Proposed Development 

site. 

927 The VPFC (STATCOM) is the noisiest part of the substation compound. As 

previously stated this assessment has only considered the VPFC 

(STATCOM) as the noise levels, based on available data, from the 

substations are considered negligible. As there is currently limited noise data 

available for the proposed plant, an assessment to noise ratings as requested 

by the Council is not possible. 

928 Predictions of the noise levels at the nearby noise-sensitive receptors have 

been undertaken using the proprietary software-based noise model, Cadna/A, 

which implements the full range of UK calculation methods. In this instance, 

the calculation algorithms set out in ISO9613 (ISO 2011) have been used. 

929 No detailed tonal noise data is available for the VPFC. It is assumed that the 

plant would have some intermittent noise sources or noise sources that would 

be variable in nature, therefore an acoustic feature correction of 5dB has 

been added to the noise level to give a noise rating level, L Ar,T. 

930 The results of the BS4142 (BSI 1997) assessments are shown in Table 11.9 

below. 

Table 11.9 

BS4142 (BSI 1997) Assessment, free-field, dB 

Location Day Period 


Measured 

Background 

Noise Level LA90 

Predicted Rating 

Level LAr,T 

Weekend Daytime 48.4 41.3 -7.1 

Midweek Daytime 42.7 41.3 -1.4 

Midweek Night-time 41.6 42.4 +0.8 

Difference 





December 2012 

Tarbothill 

Weekend Daytime 45.2 26.3 -18.9 

Midweek Daytime 48.1 26.3 -21.8 

Midweek Night-time 31.1 27.1 -4.0 

931 BS4142 (BSI1997) states: 

“A difference of around 10dB or higher indicates that complaints are likely. A 

difference of around 5dB is of marginal significance. A difference of -10dB is a 

positive indication that complaints are unlikely”. 

932 The results shown in Table 11.9 indicate that at Tarbothill the predicted noise 

rating levels generated by operation of the Proposed Development would lead 

to a situation where there is a positive indication that complaints would be 

unlikely during the daytime and night-time period. 

933 At Hareburn Terrace during daytime the results indicate that noise rating 

levels would lead to a situation of negligible significance with complaints 

unlikely. 

934 At Hareburn Terrace during night-time the potential noise impact has been 

assessed at low magnitude: very high sensitivity and therefore of minor 

significance. 

Decommissioning Phase 

935 It is anticipated that the decommissioning phase would utilise similar plant to 

that of the construction phase and therefore noise impacts would be of the 

same magnitude and timescale. 


936 Although noise levels are predicted to be lower than the assessment criteria 

adopted for this assessment construction work should be carried out to Best 

Available Techniques to minimise the potential impact. 

937 Construction works would usually be subject to control by planning conditions 

and the following points should be considered reasonable to control and 

minimise noise impacts from such associated activities. Given the absence of 

detailed information at this stage, in relation to construction methods and 

programmes, it is recommended that ‘Best Practicable Means’ should be 

employed to minimise construction and demolition impacts, including the 

examples detailed below. These measures have been included as an 

example of suitable mitigation measures and should not be regarded as an 

exhaustive list. 

• Careful selection of working methods and programme 

• Selection of quietest working equipment available (e.g. electric/battery 

powered equipment which is generally quieter than petrol/diesel powered 

equipment) 

• Positioning equipment behind physical barriers, ie existing features, 

hoarding, or provision of lined and sealed acoustic covers for equipment 

that could potentially contribute to a noise nuisance 





December 2012 

• Directing noise emissions away from plant including exhausts or engines 

away from sensitive locations 

• Ensuring that regularly maintained and appropriately silenced equipment 

is used 

• Shutting down equipment when not in use, ie maintain a ‘no idling policy’ 

• Handling all materials in a manner which minimises noise 

• If piling is undertaken, methods which minimise noise and vibration 

should be selected by the contractor 

• Switch all audible warning systems to the minimum setting required by 

the Health and Safety Executive 

• Restricting hours of site operation to the hours defined in Section 11.5 

• Employ best practices and follow guidance of British Standard 5228, 

Code of Practice for Noise Control on Construction and Open Sites (Parts 

1 & 2) 1997 

• If it is necessary to operate equipment outside normal working hours or a 

significant noise impact is anticipated then the Best Practicable Means as 

defined under Section 72 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 would be 

employed to minimise noise from such equipment 

• The Local Authority is provided with powers under the Control of Pollution 

Act to control noise and vibration from construction sites including, if 

necessary, serving notices under Section 60 

938 In order to reduce the potential of complaints from noise emitted by the VPFC 

(STATCOM) acoustic walls on sides facing affected residential properties 

could be installed with a minimum sound reduction R W of 10dB. 


939 After mitigation the impacts would be of negligible significance. 

11.8 Cumulative Impacts 

940 An EIA (EOWDC ER 2011) has been carried out on the proposed AOWF 

which the Proposed Development would serve. The assessment identified 

that for all dwellings located onshore, wind turbine noise would meet the 

amenity and night-time noise criteria proposed with ETSU-R-97 (ETSU 1997). 

No cumulative effects resulting from the combined development of the 

Proposed Development and AOWF during construction, operation and 

decommissioning have therefore been identified. 

11.9 In-Combination Impacts 

941 No significant cumulative potential impacts have been predicted, and 

therefore no in-combination effects from the Proposed Development and 

AOWF are predicted. 





December 2012 

11.10 Monitoring 

942 No monitoring of impacts is proposed due to the temporary nature of the 

construction activities. 


943 It has therefore been concluded that there would be no significant impacts 

from noise and vibration on nearby sensitive receptors. 

11.12 Summary 

944 A noise assessment of construction, operation and decommissioning of the 

Proposed Development has been carried out to British Standard and other 

government guidance. 

945 Predicted construction and decommissioning noise levels have been 

compared to established noise limits and found to be acceptable. 

Notwithstanding this, works should be carried out with Best Available 

Techniques to minimise any potential impact. 

946 The predicted impact from operational noise was found to be of minor 

adverse significance. 

947 Providing a suitable barrier or housing the VPFC (STATCOM) would 

potentially reduce the impact to negligible significance. 


Environmental Statement 



December 2012 

TABLE 11.10 

Impact Assessment 

Potential Impact Duration Significance Mitigation Residual 

Significance 

Site Construction Noise Temporary Minor Best Available Negligible 

Techniques 

Site Construction Vibration Temporary Negligible Best Available Negligible 

Techniques 

Operational Plant Permanent Minor Creation of Negligible 

acoustic walls 

on sides facing 

affected 

residential 

properties 

Decommissioning Temporary Minor Best Available Minor 

Techniques 

Monitoring 

No 

No 

Noise Monitoring 

Scheme 

No 


Environmental Statement 



December 2012 


Appendix 11A Policy and Guidance Summaries 

Appendix 11B. Noise Monitoring Results 


British Standard Institute (BS7385:1993) Evaluation and measurement for 

vibration in buildings 

British Standard Institute (BS4142:1997) Method for Rating industrial noise 

affecting mixed residential and industrial areas 

British Standard Institute (BS 5228 1:2009) Code of practice for noise and 

vibration control on construction and open sites – Part 1: Noise. (BSI 2009a) 

British Standard Institute (BS 5228 2:2009) Code of practice for noise and 

vibration control on construction and open sites – Part 2: Vibration (BSI 

2009b) 

The Working Group on Noise (1997) The Assessment and Rating of Noise 

from Wind Farms (ETSU R 97) 

European Offshore Wind Deployment Centre (2011) Environmental 

Statement (July 2011): Chapter 24: In Air Noise 

Institute of Acoustics/Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment 

Working Party) (IEMA ) (2002) Draft Guidelines for Noise Impact Assessment 

International Standards Institute (2011) ISO9613-2 Acoustics – Attenuation of 

sound during propagation outdoors - Part 2 General method of calculation 

Scottish Government (2011) Planning Advice Note 1/2011: Planning and 

Noise 





December 2012 

12 SOCIOECONOMICS, TOURISM AND RECREATION 


948 This Chapter provides an assessment of the potential impact of the Proposed 

Development on socioeconomic, tourism and recreation receptors. 


• identifies relevant socioeconomic, tourism and recreational receptors 

• identifies and assesses the potential impacts of the Proposed 

Development on socioeconomic, tourism and recreation receptors 


950 The following consultees were issued with a copy of the Scoping Report in 

October 2012. 

• Aberdeenshire Council 

• Aberdeen City Council 

• Belhevie Community Council 

• Donside Safety Supplies (premises on Hareburn Terrace) 

• FCC Environment (operators of Tarbothill Landfill) 

• Murcar Links Golf Club 

• Refer Scientific (premises on Hareburn Terrace) 

• The Scottish Rights of Way and Access Society 

951 One response was received, in relation to socioeconomics, tourism and 

recreation, from Belhelvie Community Council. This feedback was received 

during attendance at a community council meeting on 15 October 2012 and is 

summarised in Table 11-1. It is noted that this issue has been addressed in 

the Traffic and Transport chapter. 

TABLE 11-1 

Summary of Consultation responses relating to Socioeconomics, tourism and recreation 

Consultee 

Issues 

Belhelvie Community The assessment should consider whether vehicular/pedestrian access 

Council 

would be restricted along Hareburn Terrace during cable installation. 

12.1.2 Data sources 

952 This assessment has drawn on information provided in the following publicly 

available documents and studies: 

• Aberdeen City and Shire Structure Plan (Aberdeen City and Shire 

Strategic Development Planning Authority, 2009) 

• Aberdeen City Core Paths Plan (Aberdeen City Council, 2009) 

• Aberdeenshire Draft Core Paths Plan (Aberdeenshire Council, 2009) 

• NOMISweb (Office of National Statistics (ONS), 2012) 

Chapter 12 

SOCIOECONOMICS, TOURISM AND 

RECREATION 

Page 193 of 211




December 2012 


953 This chapter considers the potential socioeconomic impact of the Proposed 

Development on the local economies of Aberdeenshire and Aberdeen City, 

and the potential impact upon tourism and recreational receptors within or 

close to the Proposed Development site. 

954 Potential indirect impacts upon tourism and recreational receptors are 

assessed in other Chapters of this ER: Landscape and visual impacts are 

assessed in Chapter 8; traffic and transport impacts are assessed in Chapter 

10; noise and vibration impacts in Chapter 11; and dust and air quality 

impacts in Chapter 13. 


955 The Study Area for the assessment of potential socioeconomic impacts of the 

Proposed Development includes the Aberdeenshire and Aberdeen City 

Council areas. 

956 A Study Area of 1 km from the Proposed Development site has been used for 

the identification of tourism and recreation receptors and local businesses 

with the potential to receive impacts as a result of the Proposed 

Development. 

12.2.2 Type of Impact 

957 Impacts on socioeconomic, tourism and recreation receptors can be 

described as direct, indirect or cumulative as outlined in Table 11-2. 

Table 11-2 

Type of impacts 

Type 

Direct Impact 

Indirect Impact 

Cumulative Impact 

Description 

Employment opportunities during construction, 

operation and maintenance and decommissioning 

phases of the Proposed Development. Physical 

disturbance or damage to receptors other socioeconomic 

indicators within the footprint of the 

Proposed Development such as interference with 

rights of access. 

Employment created by the additional expenditure 

of wages into the local economy and the purchasing 

of basic materials and equipment as a result of the 


Cumulative impacts are those where the combined 

impact of two or more developments are of greater 

significance than those of the Proposed 

Development itself. 

12.2.3 Magnitude of Impact 

958 The criteria used for assessing the magnitude of impacts is summarised in 

Table 11-2. 

Chapter 12 


RECREATION 

Page 194 of 211




December 2012 

Table 11-2 

Magnitude of Impacts 

Magnitude of Impact 

Definition 

Major 

Total loss or major alteration of the receptor /socioeconomic 

indicator. 

Moderate 

Loss of, or alteration to, one or more key elements of 

the receptor/socio-economic indicator 

Slight Slight alteration to the receptor/socio-economic 

indicator. 

Negligible 

Barely perceptible alteration 

12.2.4 Sensitivity 

959 The sensitivity of a receptor to an impact reflects the level of importance 

assigned to it. This allows the identification of key socioeconomic, tourism or 

recreational receptors. 

960 The criteria used for defining sensitivity to impacts is summarised in Table 11- 

3. 

Table 11-3 

Sensitivity of Socioeconomic, Tourism and Recreational Assets / Indicator 

Sensitivity to Impact 

Definition 

High receptor / socio-economic indicator of national 

importance 

Medium receptor / socio-economic indicator of regional 

importance 

Low 

receptor / socio-economic indicator of local importance 

12.2.5 Determining Significance of Impacts 

961 The significance of an impact on a socioeconomic, tourism or recreational 

asset is assessed by combining the magnitude of the impact and the 

sensitivity of the receptor. 

962 The evaluation of significance presented in Table 11-4 provides a guide to 

decision making, but is not a substitute for professional judgment and 

interpretation, particularly where the sensitivity or impact magnitude levels are 

not clear or are borderline between categories. Values can be positive or 

adverse and these are specified where applicable in the assessments within 

this Chapter. 

Table 11-4 

Matrix for Significance of Impact 

Sensitivity or Value of Magnitude of Impact 

Resource or Receptor 

Negligible Slight Moderate Major 

Low Negligible Negligible Minor Moderate 

Medium Negligible Minor Moderate Major 

High Negligible Moderate Major Major 

963 Predicted impacts of ‘major’ or ‘moderate’ significance are considered 

significant, for the purpose of this assessment of impacts on socioeconomics, 

tourism and recreation. 

Chapter 12 


RECREATION 

Page 195 of 211




December 2012 

12.3 Baseline Study 

12.3.1 Socioeconomics 

964 NOMIS official labour market statistics (Office for National Statistics, 2012) 

show that between June 2011 and July 2012, 79.3% of the economically 

active (16 to 64 years old) population of Aberdeenshire and 77.9% of 

Aberdeen City were in employment, both greater than the national average of 

71%. Of the economically active population 3.7% of the Aberdeenshire 

population and 5.7% of Aberdeen City were unemployed during the same 

period. The Scottish average was 7.9%. 

965 Table 11-5 outlines the employment profile within Aberdeenshire and 

Aberdeen City areas. 

Table 11-5 

Employment Profile within Aberdeenshire, Aberdeen City and Scotland 

Aberdeen City 

Aberdeenshir 

e 

Aberdeen City 

(%) 

Total Employee 

Jobs 

Aberdeenshir 

e (%) Scotland (%) 

176,300 89,100 - - - 

Full Time 126,000 56,500 71.5 63.4 67.8 

Part-time 50,300 32,600 28.5 36.6 32.2 

Manufacturing 12,100 12,000 6.8 13.5 8.7 

Construction 6,400 7,800 3.6 8.7 5.9 

Services 

(including) 

137,300 61,100 77.8 68.6 81.9 

Distribution, 

hotels & 

restaurants 

32,700 20,500 18.5 23 22.2 

Transport & 

communications 

9,400 3,900 5.3 4.4 5.1 

Finance, IT, other 

business activities 

44,500 12,200 25.2 13.7 19.1 

Public admin, 

education & health 

44,300 20,000 25.1 22.5 30 

Other services 6,400 4,400 3.6 4.9 5.4 

Tourism-related † 12,600 7,300 7.1 8.2 8.9 

† Tourism consists of industries that are also part of the services industry 

966 The figures in Table 11-1 show that Aberdeen City, has proportional 

employment below the Scottish average in all reported sectors apart from 

Transport & communications and Finance, IT, other business activities. 

Aberdeenshire has an above average proportion of employment in 

construction and manufacturing, but below average proportion of employment 

in all other sectors. Although there are almost twice as many employee jobs 

in Aberdeen City as Aberdeenshire, there are less construction jobs (in 

Chapter 12 


RECREATION 

Page 196 of 211




December 2012 

number and proportion). Aberdeenshire has a higher proportion of jobs in the 

construction industry than the Scottish average. 

967 Tourism jobs in both Aberdeen and Aberdeenshire comprise a smaller 

proportion of total jobs than the Scottish average. 

968 Employment as a socioeconomic receptor is therefore considered to be of 

regional importance. 

12.3.1.1 Business uses 

969 Existing businesses and employment opportunities within 1 km of the 

development site comprise Murcar Links Golf Club (See Figure 11-1 SE1), 

Donside Safety Supplies (SE2), Refer Scientific (SE3), the Blackdog 

Industrial Centre (SE4), a number of industrial premises around Hill of 

Tramaud (SE5) and the now restored Tarbothill Landfill site (SE6). 

970 The Banbury Cross children’s day care nursery is located on Hareburn 

Terrace. The proposed access to the development site would pass the day 

nursery. 

971 Only Refer Scientific, Donside Safety Supplies and Banbury Cross day 

nursery could be directly impacted by the Proposed Development owing to 

their shared use of Hareburn Terrace as the principal means of access. 

972 The other business uses listed would not be directly or indirectly impacted by 

the proposed works owing to the distance between these and the 

development site or the access to the development site and the nature of 

business activities undertaken at these premises. 

12.3.2 Tourism and Recreation 

973 The North Sea Trail (North Sea Trail, 2012) Coastal Path (FP1) follows the 

shore line and crosses the eastern part of the Study Area. This path is also 

identified as a ‘Core Path’ in the Core Paths Plans for Aberdeenshire 

(Aberdeenshire Council, 2009) and Aberdeen City (Aberdeen City Council, 

2009). This path is also identified as a long distance coastal Core Path and is 

considered to be of regional importance. 

974 The existing ‘proposed’ Core Path (FP2) follows the route of the cable 

corridor between Hareburn Terrace and the beach, and provides a link 

between the A90, Blackdog village and the beach, where it meets the North 

Sea Trail Coastal Path. This path is utilised by the local population as well as 

visitors from further afield (an informal car parking area lies at the northern 

end of Hareburn Terrace) to access the beach for recreational purposes, and 

this path is therefore considered to be of regional importance. 

975 Other footpaths within the Study Area comprise wider network paths to the 

north and south of Blackdog village (FP3). ‘Wider network paths’ are paths 

and tracks that already exist and in many cases are also signed, waymarked, 

or promoted via leaflets and websites but are not promoted as core paths 

(Aberdeenshire Council 2009). These paths are considered to be of local 

importance. 

Chapter 12 


RECREATION 

Page 197 of 211




December 2012 

976 Footpaths within the study area are shown in Figure 11-1. 

977 Murcar Links Golf Club lies within the Study Area, 300 m to the south of the 

Proposed Development site. The links consist of an 18 hole championship 

course and a shorter 9 hole course known as Strabathie. The Championship 

course was voted Golf Tourism Scotland Course of the Year in 2007 (Murcar 

Links Golf Club, 2012). 

978 Golf plays a key role in the economy of the north east of Scotland. Murcar 

Links Golf Club is considered to be of regional importance. The location of 

Murcar Links Golf Club is shown in Figure 11-1. 

979 There would be no direct impact on the golf course as the development site is 

300 m to the north. On this basis, no further assessment of direct impact is 

made. 

980 Indirect socio economic impacts upon the Golf Club are considered to derive 

from landscape and visual impacts only. 

981 Landscape and visual impacts of the Proposed Development are considered 

in detail in Chapter 8 of this ER. The assessment concludes that the visual 

impact of the Proposed Development from Murcar Links Golf Course would 

be negligible. 


982 During the construction of the Cable Corridor, cable installation from the 

Cable Landfall to the Substation Compound, (including cable installation 

along the Existing Proposed Core Path and across Hareburn Terrace) would 

be carried out in stages, minimising disruption to beach access due to the 

availability of alternative routes. 

983 Where the Cable Corridor crosses or runs along a footpath or path, a 

temporary diversion would be put in place during cable installation to enable 

the route to continue in use. Clear signage would be placed along the route 

of any diversions with details of areas with restricted access. The diversions 

would be temporary in nature and would only remain in place during periods 

of construction activity in a specific area. 

984 During cable installation works at the Cable Landfall it would not be 

necessary to fence off large areas of beach for extended periods restricting 

access by members of the public. The following safety and security measures 

would be used: 

• Temporary demarcation of individual working areas by safety warning 

tape or security fencing in order to restrict public access (members of the 

public would not be prevented from accessing parts of the beach 

unaffected by cable installation works) 

• Security patrol to ensure members of the public are protected from areas 

of activity during cable installation works 

Chapter 12 


RECREATION 

Page 198 of 211




December 2012 


12.5.1 Socioeconomic Impacts 

985 The Proposed Development represents the onshore component of AOWF 

onshore infrastructure and would provide a means of delivering electricity 

generated offshore to the NETS. The direct benefits associated with 

renewable energy provision are considered in the ER relating to the offshore 

elements of the project (AOWFL, 2011). 

12.5.1.1 Construction 

986 The construction of the Proposed Development would create employment 

opportunities at a local level and also for more specialist construction workers 

who are more likely to originate from outside the area. The opportunity may 

arise for local contractors to provide supporting services and labour in the 

construction of the Proposed Development. From experience of similar 

developments, the Proposed Development is considered likely to generate 

approximately 30 temporary jobs over the 14 month construction period. 

987 During the construction phase construction workers may purchase meals and 

fuel in the local area. Specialist contractors from outside the area would be 

likely to require overnight accommodation and so would increase expenditure 

on hotel accommodation in the local area. 

988 Employment as a socioeconomic indicator is considered to be of regional 

importance and is therefore of medium sensitivity. 

989 The magnitude of the impact upon employment in the Study Area is 

considered to be a slight positive impact through the creation of jobs. 

990 The significance of the impact is therefore considered to be of minor positive 

significance and is therefore not significant. 

Impact on local businesses 

991 The construction phase activities have the potential to directly affect the 

commercial operations of Donside Safety Supplies, Refer Scientific and the 

Banbury Cross Day Nursery on Hareburn Terrace by virtue of possible 

increased traffic congestion on the road and the junction with the A90. 

992 Access to the development site and vehicle movements are considered in 

detail in Chapter 10. The assessment concludes that the levels of traffic 

generated by the Proposed Development during the construction phase can 

be adequately accommodated in the reserve capacity of Hareburn Terrace 

and the junction. In addition, measures to manage vehicular movements 

appropriately would be outlined in a Traffic Management Plan and agreed 

with Aberdeenshire Council, local businesses and the local community. No 

significant impact on traffic movements on Hareburn Terrace is therefore 

predicted. 

993 The magnitude of the impact on the operations of these businesses is 

considered to be negligible and the sensitivity of the receptor low (i.e. 

Chapter 12 


RECREATION 

Page 199 of 211




December 2012 

receptors of local importance). The overall significance of the impact is 

therefore considered to be negligible. 

12.5.1.2 Operational Phase 

994 The requirement for periodic maintenance and inspection visits is likely to 

generate one full-time equivalent job. 

995 The sensitivity of the socioeconomic receptor is medium and the magnitude of 

this impact is considered to be negligible. The impact is therefore of negligible 

significance and is not significant. 

12.5.1.3 Decommissioning 

996 The socioeconomic impacts associated with the decommissioning of the 

substation would be the similar to those identified during the construction 

period. 

12.5.2 Tourism and Recreation 

12.5.2.1 Construction 

997 Cable installation works would result in a direct impact through the temporary 

obstruction of footpaths FP1 and FP2 (see Figure 11-1), due to cable 

installation taking place across or along the alignment of these footpaths. As 

outlined in Section 11.4 of this chapter, temporary diversions would be 

implemented where construction works are expected to obstruct footpaths 

and cable installation works across the beach would be phased to enable 

continuous access to and along the beach throughout the 8 week cable laying 

period. 

998 The sensitivity of footpath FP1 (the North Sea Coastal Route) and FP2 (the 

existing proposed core path) is considered to be medium (ie of regional 

importance). Due to the limited duration of the cable installation works (8 

weeks) and the availability of temporary diversion routes through the use of 

the wider footbath network, the magnitude of the impact on this receptor is 

predicted to be slight, therefore the overall significance of the impact is 

predicted to be of minor significance and is therefore not significant. 

999 There is no other existing tourism or recreational receptor within the Study 

area which has the potential to receive a direct impact as a result of the 

construction of the Proposed Development. 

12.5.2.2 Operational Phase 

1000 No direct or indirect impacts on tourism or recreational receptors would occur 

during the operational phase of the Proposed Development. 

1001 Indirect impacts upon tourism and recreation receptors which have the 

potential to occur as a result of the visual impact of the Proposed 

Development are assessed in Chapter 8, Landscape and Visual Impact 

Assessment of this ER. 

Chapter 12 


RECREATION 

Page 200 of 211




December 2012 

12.5.2.3 Decommissioning 

1002 The potential socioeconomic impacts associated with the decommissioning of 

the substation would be the similar to those encountered during the 

construction period. 

12.5.3 Cumulative Impacts 

1003 Other developments which could result in cumulative socioeconomic, tourism 

and recreation impacts in combination with the Proposed Development 

include : 

• Aberdeen Western Peripheral Route 

• AOWF 

• The proposed extension of the settlement of Blackdog 

1004 Given the small scale nature of the Proposed Development, the short term 

duration of the construction phase works and the location of the Development 

Site, no cumulative impacts are expected to arise. 


1005 No further mitigation measures are proposed beyond the development design 

mitigation described in Section 11.4. 


1006 No mitigation is proposed beyond the development design mitigation 

proposed in Section 11.4 of this Chapter and therefore the Residual Impacts 

are the same as those identified in Section 11.5. 

12.8 Summary of Impacts 

1007 An impact of minor positive significance has been identified upon 

socioeconomic receptors (employment) within the Study Area. This positive 

impact is not significant. 

1008 The impact of the Proposed Development on employment during operation is 

of negligible significance and is therefore not significant. 

1009 The direct impact of the Proposed Development on the operations of local 

businesses is considered to be of negligible significance. 

1010 An impact of minor negative significance has been identified upon the North 

Sea Coastal Route, and the existing proposed core path, both footpaths 

which cross the Proposed Development site. This impact is not significant. 

1011 An assessment of visual impacts upon tourism and recreation receptors 

identified in this chapter is included in Chapter 8: Landscape and Visual 

Impact Assessment of this ER and no visual assessment has been 

undertaken in this Chapter. 

Chapter 12 


RECREATION 

Page 201 of 211




December 2012 

1012 No cumulative impacts have been identified as a result of the Proposed 

Development. 


1013 The potential impacts upon socioeconomic receptors within Aberdeenshire 

and Aberdeen City, tourism and recreational receptors and local businesses 

within 1km of the Proposed Development site has been considered in respect 

of the construction, operation and decommissioning of the Proposed 

Development. 

1014 A socioeconomic impact of minor positive significance has been identified 

through provision of employment opportunities during the construction of the 

Proposed Development. The socioeconomic impact of the operation of the 

Proposed Development is of negligible positive significance. These impacts 

are not significant. 

1015 The direct impact of the Proposed Development on the operations of local 

businesses is considered to be of negligible significance. This impact is not 

significant. 

1016 An impact upon recreational receptors of minor adverse significance has 

been identified upon the North Sea Coastal Trail and the existing proposed 

core path as a result of the requirement to temporarily divert these routes. 

This impact is not significant. 


Aberdeen City and Shire Strategic Development Planning Authority (2009) 

Aberdeen City and Shire Structure Plan August 2009 

Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Ltd. (2011) European Offshore Wind 

Deployment Centre Environmental Statement (July 2011) 

Aberdeen City Council (2009) Aberdeen City Core Paths Plan April 2009 

Aberdeenshire Council (2009) Aberdeenshire Council draft Core Paths Plan 

June 2009 

Aberdeenshire Council (2012) Aberdeenshire Statistics, Aberdeenshire 

Profile July 2012 

Long Distance Walking Association (LDWA) (2012) LDWA Website 

http://www.ldwa.org.uk/ [Accessed December 2012] 

Murcar Links Golf Club (2012) Murcar Links website 

http://www.murcarlinks.com/ [Accessed December 2012] 

North Sea Trail (2012) North Sea Trail Website http://www.northseatrail.org/ 

[Accessed December 2012] 

Office for National Statistics (2012) NOMISweb website 

http://www.nomisweb.co.uk [Accessed December 2012] 

Scottish Enterprise (2011) An assessment of Golf Tourism’s Future Growth 

Potential to 2020 

Chapter 12 


RECREATION 

Page 202 of 211




December 2012 

13 OTHER ISSUES 

1018 This Chapter addresses other issues which have been raised by consultees 

through during the course of this assessment. The following issues are 

addressed in this Chapter: 

• electromagnetic fields 

• security 

• carbon balance 

• air quality and dust management 

• waste management 

13.1 Electro Magnetic Fields 

1019 Power frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields (EMFs) arise from generation, 

transmission, distribution and use of electricity and would occur around power 

lines and electric cables and around domestic, office or industrial equipment 

that uses electricity. EMFs comprise electric and magnetic fields. Electric 

fields are the result of voltages applied to electrical conductors and 

equipment. Fences, shrubs and buildings are considered to easily block 

electric fields. Magnetic fields are produced by the flow of electric current; 

however unlike electric fields, most materials do not readily block magnetic 

fields. The intensity of both electric fields and magnetic fields diminishes with 

increasing distance from the source. 

1020 Electric fields depend on the operating voltage of the equipment. Magnetic 

fields depend on the electrical currents flowing and are not significantly limited 

by most common materials. Typically, ground-level magnetic fields from 

underground cables fall much more rapidly with distance than those from a 

corresponding overhead line, but can be higher at small distances from the 

cable. 

1021 There is no direct statutory provision in the planning system relating to 

protection from EMFs, although planning guidance was produced for Scottish 

local planning authorities in 1998. More recent guidance from wider UK 

planning system suggests that guidelines for both public and occupational 

exposure published by the International Commission on Non- Ionizing 

Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) in 1998 should be taken into account. 

1022 AOWFL confirm that the Proposed Development would not exceed ICNIRP’s 

reference levels at these locations. 

13.2 Safety and Security 

1023 The safety and security of the Proposed Development is important both from 

the perspective of ensuring the safety of the general public and preventing 

theft. Measures incorporated into the design of the Proposed Development to 

ensure security and safety would be described in the project description 

chapter of the ER. 

1024 PAN 77 Designing Safer Places states that it is important that developers take 

a pro-active approach to minimise the opportunity for crime in their 

Chapter 13 OTHER ISSUES Page 203 of 211




December 2012 

developments. Consideration of the principles of designing safer places is 

required early in the project planning stage. The responsibility of the 

developer does not end when the development is complete. Developers must 

also consider the longer-term safety of the development. For example, this 

could include ensuring that an adequate management and maintenance plan 

for landscaping is in place. 

1025 Secured by Design (Association of Chief Police Officers, 1989) focuses on 

crime prevention of homes and commercial premises and promotes the use of 

security standards for a wide range of applications and products. The safety 

and security of the Proposed Development would adhere to the guidance 

provided. 

1026 In line with national guidance on the security of electrical substations, it is 

proposed that the perimeter fencing is 2.4m grey metal palisade fencing. 

13.3 Carbon Balance 

1027 The planning application is for the onshore transmission works to enable 

electricity to be transferred from AOWF to the electricity grid. Good 

construction practice would ensure that best practice is sought from every 

aspect of the construction process. This would include reducing waste, 

recycling materials wherever possible and minimising the environmental 

footprint of the Proposed Development. 

1028 The Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm ES sets out in Chapter 25 that using the 

Scottish Government Carbon Payback Calculator 2011 that the energy 

balance from construction would be redressed within the first year of 

operation. 

1029 It is therefore concluded that the overall carbon balance of AOWF would be 

positive within one year of operation. The Proposed Development is an 

essential part of the infrastructure to allow Scotland to benefit from this energy 

source. 

13.4 Air Quality and Dust Management 

1030 The development site, being located in open coastal space would not have 

significant air quality issues, however dust may be generated on occasions 

during the construction phase. 

1031 AOWFL commit to implementing standard dust suppression conditions, as 

required by Aberdeenshire Council. 

13.5 Waste Management 

1032 The management of waste generated during the Proposed Development falls 

into 3 categories: 

• construction 

• operational 

• decommissioning 





December 2012 

1033 The management of waste generated during construction would form part of 

the Construction Management Plan and would adhere to the following 

principles: 

• in-situ excavated materials would be re-used on development site, or 

where there is a surplus or there is unsuitable material it would be 

exported from the development site to an appropriately licensed waste 

management facility 

• surplus imported construction materials would be exported from the 

development site for use elsewhere or to an appropriately licensed waste 

management facility for re-cycling 

1034 The management of waste generated during the operation of the Proposed 

Development would be minimal. Redundant equipment and other materials 

arising from ongoing maintenance would be removed from development site 

under the development site’s Environmental Management System procedures 

for recycling or disposal at an appropriately licensed waste management 

facility. 

1035 The management of waste generated during the decommissioning of the 

facility would form an integral part of the decommissioning plan which would 

require all such material to be removed for recycling or disposal at an 

appropriately licensed waste management facility. 


AOWFL (2011) Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm Environmental Statement 

Association of Chief Police Officers (1989) Secured by Design 

http://www.securedbydesign.com/ 

International Commission on Non- Ionizing Radiation Protection (1998) 

ICNIRP Guidelines for Limiting Exposure To Time‐Varying Electric, Magnetic 

and Electromagnetic Fields 

Scottish Government (2006) PAN 77 Designing Safer Places 

Scottish Government (2011) Carbon Payback Calculator 





December 2012 

14 SUMMARY OF MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT 


1036 This Chapter of the ER presents a summary of the mitigation and 

management measures identified by the specialist environmental studies in 

the ER. Full details can be found in the respective ER Chapters. 

1037 The mitigation measures included in this ER fall into one of three categories: 

• measures incorporated into the design (Development Design Mitigation) 

• measures through controls on demolition and construction procedures 

• post-completion measures through controls on the completed Proposed 

Development and on operational procedures 

1038 Table 14.1 outlines a topic by topic summary of the key issues addressed by 

the ER and the mitigation measures proposed for construction and 

operational phases of the Proposed Development. Development design 

mitigation is not included here as these measures are incorporated into the 

standard design process. Further information on these can be found in the 

technical Chapters. 

14.2 Implementation of Mitigation Measures 

1039 The Applicant anticipates that Aberdeenshire Council would impose 

conditions on the planning consent to include commitment to these mitigation 

measures where appropriate. 

14.3 Review Procedure 

1040 The construction programme is expected to commence in 2014 and be 

completed by 2015. It is recognised that environmental standards and 

legislation that currently apply to the Proposed Development may change 

during this period. In light of this, the Applicant intends to undertake regular 

reviews of the Proposed Development in order to ensure that best practice 

and environmental legislation is being followed. The review process would be 

iterative and ongoing, so that new information is identified at an early stage 

and incorporated into the Proposed Development. 

1041 The best practicable construction techniques would be incorporated into the 

works, which would be updated when new techniques are devised. This 

would also apply to monitoring of the works, and ensuring that the most 

effective mitigation measures are used to minimise disturbance to 

surrounding receptors. The best practicable techniques would therefore be 

vital to prevent any likely significant adverse effects. AOWFL would prepare a 

Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) which would clearly 

set out the methods of managing environmental issues during the 

construction works. The procedures would be part of an evolving document 

which would be updated for each phase of work, thus ensuring it always 

incorporates current mitigation techniques and practices. The CEMP would be 

agreed with Aberdeenshire Council prior to works commencing on the 

Proposed Development site. 





December 2012 

TABLE 14.1 

Summary of Mitigation and Monitoring Measures 

Measures to be applied during Construction 

Hydrology, 

hydrogeology and 

ground water 

Ecology and 

ornithology 

Landscape and visual 

Cultural heritage 

Traffic and transport 

Reduction in risk of 

pollution 

Blackdog Burn 

Badger and Otter 

Reptiles 

Breeding birds 

Habitats 

Japanese knotweed 

Visual impact on 


Avoidance of damage to 

unknown archaeological 

remains 

Traffic impact on 


Abnormal load 

movements 

Adoption of CEMP to the satisfaction of SEPA and 

Aberdeenshire Council to minimise risk to water 

resources (Including Blackdog Burn) during construction 

and operation 

Adoption of current best practice to prevent water 

pollution incidents and develop a Pollution Incident 

Response Plan 

AOWF will manage the crossing of the burn according to 

any requirements from SEPA 

Protected species surveys to be carried out prior to 

construction 

Excavations covered or fenced off overnight where 

possible. Those left open would include a suitable means 

of escape for mammals 

Grassland within construction area to be mown short 

outwith the winter period and kept short during 

construction 

Removal of existing material which may be used as 

refuge prior to hibernation period 

Excavations to be inspected prior to infilling during reptile 

active season – late March to end of October 

Scrub clearance would take place out of breeding season 

Restoration of vegetation along cable route 

Adoption of CEMP to the satisfaction of Aberdeenshire 

Council to minimise potential impacts from construction. 

Remove material using best practice methodologies – to 

be included in the CEMP 

Proposed woodland planting regime would be 

implemented during construction to minimise visual 

impact of the site throughout operation 

Undertake monitoring of construction groundworks 

Implementation of measures within the Construction 

Traffic Management Plan, as agreed by Aberdeenshire 

Council, local businesses and the local community, to 

ensure vehicular movements along Hareburn Terrace are 

managed appropriately. 

Inclusion of a planning condition to restrict HGV vehicle 

movements during existing peak activity times along 

Hareburn Terrace to be agreed by Aberdeenshire 

Council 

Abnormal loads movements would be subject to 

movement under escort and in agreement with 


Noise and vibration Site construction noise Inclusion of a planning condition to agree maximum noise 

levels through the application of appropriate working 

hours – to be included within the CEMP 

Adoption of best practicable means to the satisfaction of 

Aberdeenshire Council to minimise construction and 

traffic noise 

Vibration 

Inclusion of a planning condition to limit maximum 

vibration levels through the use of appropriate restrictions 

on working hours – to be included within the CEMP 





December 2012 

Socioeconomic 

Disruption to beach 

recreational activities 

Closure of the right of way 

Agreement with Aberdeenshire Council and local 

residents on temporary demarcation to ensure public 

safety during construction 

Staging of cable trenching activities to minimise 

disruption 

Security patrol during cable installation works 

Staging of cable trenching activities to minimise 

disruption 

Mitigation Measures on completion of the Proposed Development and through controls on the operation 

of the Proposed Development 

Hydrology, 

hydrogeology and 

ground water 

Risk of pollution Adoption of a CEMP to the satisfaction of SEPA and 


Landscape and visual 

Cultural heritage 

Traffic and transport 

Noise and vibration 

Socioeconomic 

Soil erosion 

Visual impact on 


Noise on residential 

properties from the 

operation of the VPFC 

Restoration of vegetation along cable route 

Ongoing and routine inspection of the cable route to 

monitor soil erosion 

Proposed woodland planting regime would remain in situ 

throughout the operation 

None 

None 

Assessment of the installed noise levels and inclusion of 

a noise complaint process. Agreement to undertake 

remedial action if required 

Installation of appropriate mitigation measures to 

minimise operational noise if deemed to be unacceptable 

post -construction 

None 

1042 None of the residual environmental impacts of the Proposed Development are 

significant. Therefore, from the assessment that has been undertaken, it has 

been demonstrated that with appropriate mitigation and environmental 

controls the Proposed Development can be undertaken within acceptable 

environmental limits. 





December 2012 

15 CONCLUSIONS 

1043 This Environmental Report accompanies a planning application for the 

Onshore Transmission Works, to be submitted by Aberdeen Offshore Wind 

Farm Ltd. (AOWFL) to Aberdeenshire Council under the Town and Country 

Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 (as amended). 

1044 AOWFL have decided to undertake the environmental appraisal of the 

Proposed Development to professional EIA standards, to ensure that careful 

and diligent consideration has been given to minimising potential negative 

environmental impacts from the Proposed Development and, where 

avoidance of negative impacts is not possible, proposing measures to 

mitigate against these impacts. It is anticipated that these mitigation 

measures will inform the planning conditions for the development 

1045 This chapter reports on the findings of the environmental appraisal, which has 

involved the following key stages: 

• initial development of design concepts and site / route options 

• baseline data gathering, including site survey work 

• confirmation of site / route and evolution of design 

• scoping of the assessment with Aberdeenshire Council and consultees 

• assessment of impacts (including any indirect/secondary and 

cumulative impacts) 

• development of mitigation and enhancement measures (where 

necessary), and identification of residual impacts 

• preparation of the Environmental Report 

1046 Following consultation with stakeholders through the scoping process the ER 

has undertaken assessment on the following environmental features: 

• Hydrology, Hydrogeology and Ground Conditions 

• Ecology and Ornithology 


• Cultural Heritage 

• Traffic and Transport 

• Noise and Vibration 

• Socio-economics 

1047 In addition the ER has also considered impacts from electromagnetic 

interference, safety and security, air quality, carbon balance and waste 

management 

1048 Following the assessment the following conclusions were reached: 

• Temporary negligible impacts to water quality and secondary impacts to 

associated habitats, flora, fauna and other users from sediment or 

contaminants in watercourses could occur during the construction of 

Proposed Development. A Construction and Environmental Management 

Plan would seek to ensure construction techniques would minimise the 

risk of any fuel spillage incident. 

• There would be no long term impacts on ecological or ornithological 

interests in the area 

Chapter 15 CONCLUSIONS Page 209 of 211




December 2012 

• From a landscape and visual perspective, the site is suitable for the 

proposed development. It lies in a former landfill site within an area 

designated for mixed use development. It is enclosed by landform and 

evergreen plantations, except to the north-west where it is visible from 

the edge of Blackdog, and to the north-east. Proposed planting would 

help to integrate the substation into the local landscape and assist in 

softening any effects on views towards the site from Blackdog. 

• The development would also have limited effects on the existing 

landscape resource including trees, hedgerows, public rights of way and 

designated landscapes. The proposed development would affect the 

landscape character of the land to be developed, but would not 

significantly alter the character of the surrounding landscape. An existing 

utilities compound and access road already exists within close proximity 

to the site, just to the south west such that the nature of the development 

proposed is not alien to this local landscape. 

• As expected, significant localised effects will be experienced at the 

properties located on the boundary of the site, however these are 

individual receptors rather than being representative of any wider views 

of the site. 

• None of the properties at Blackdog and within a close vicinity of the site 

would experience views of the development which would create impacts 

on residential amenity to the extent that they would become an 

undesirable place to live. Whilst significant impacts may arise for 

individual receptors that are at the boundary of the site, the impacts upon 

visual aspects of residential amenity will not be overbearing or oppressive 

given the scale of the Proposed Development, the character of the 

receiving landscape and the intrinsic sensitivity of the location. 

• Construction works for the cable route would result in minor significant 

impacts on landscape and the visual environment which could continue 

until any vegetation that has been removed can re-establish itself. 

• There would be no visual impact from construction, operation and 

decommissioning from the south from the Proposed Development site 

• The new and existing hedgerows and trees included within the proposed 

landscape mitigation scheme, together with the provision of new public 

open space and planting, would help to integrate the development into 

the local environment and help to strengthen aspects of the existing local 

landscape character. 

• Assessment has identified two potential local heritage assets which may 

be present. However both assets are likely to have been damaged by 

human activities and therefore considered to be of low sensitivity. A 

groundwork monitoring programme would be undertaken. 

• Traffic movements during construction would result in an insignificant 

impact along Hareburn Terrace due to temporary nature and low number 

of HGV movements. However, AOWFL have agreed to the inclusion of, 

and adherence to, a Construction Travel Plan together with a restriction 

on HGV movements during peak periods would result in this impact 

becoming of low significance. This would be agreed with the Belhelvie 

Community Council. 





December 2012 

• Assessment of the likely levels of noise and vibration during construction 

has shown that there would be a negligible impact on nearby residential 

properties through the incorporation of good working practice. 

• It has been identified that the VPFC equipment, if required, is likely to be 

the main noise source. Noise modelling has shown that this equipment 

would not exceed guidance limits, however. AOWFL are committed to 

monitoring this and, if necessary, would undertake measures to further 

reduce noise levels. 

• The direct impact of the Proposed Development on the operations of 

local businesses is considered to be of negligible significance and 

restricted to the construction period 

• An impact upon recreational receptors of minor adverse significance has 

been identified upon the North Sea Coastal Trail and the existing 

proposed core path as a result of the requirement to temporarily divert 

these routes during the construction period 

• The electric and magnetic fields arising from the Proposed Development 

are negligible and would not exceed ICNIRP’s reference levels at the 

nearest properties 

• AOWFL commit to implementing standard dust suppression conditions, 

as required by Aberdeenshire Council 

• The management of waste generated during construction would form part 

of the Construction Environmental Management Plan and would seek to 

reuse material on site wherever possible. Where this is not possible 

AOWFL would dispose of material through an appropriately licensed 

waste management facility for re-cycling 

1049 Therefore it is concluded that the residual environmental impacts of the 

proposed development are insignificant.

Volume 2 Written Statement Full (PDF 4 MB) - Vattenfall

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?